Quantcast
Channel: New Drug Approvals
Viewing all 2871 articles
Browse latest View live

MHRA GxP Data Integrity Definitions and Guidance for Industry: New Draft Version for Consultation

$
0
0

DRUG REGULATORY AFFAIRS INTERNATIONAL

In January and March 2015, the U.K. Medicines and Healthcare Products Regulatory Agency (MHRA) published a “GMP Data Integrity Definitions and Guidance for Industry”. The agency has recently published a new version of the Guidance. Please find here a short overview of the new features in the “GxP Data Integrity Definitions and Guidance for Industry: Draft version for consultation”.

http://www.gmp-compliance.org/enews_05505_MHRA-GxP-Data-Integrity-Definitions-and-Guidance-for-Industry-New-Draft-Version-for-Consultation_15637,15488,15420,15064,Z-COVM_n.html

In recent years, regulatory authorities have been struggling with data integrity issues. In particular the U.S. American FDA has tightened the awareness regarding the topic in many Warning Letters. In the meantime, data integrity has also become a focus of European regulatory authorities’ inspections. One of the first regulatory authorities to publish a “GMP Data Integrity Definitions and Guidance for Industry” in January and March 2015 was the U.K. Medicines and Healthcare Products Regulatory Agency (MHRA). More information can be found in “MHRA revises its Guideline on Data Integrity in the short Term

View original post 172 more words


Filed under: Uncategorized

Written Confirmation expired: Can an API still be imported when produced earlier?

$
0
0

DRUG REGULATORY AFFAIRS INTERNATIONAL

What needs to be considered if an API is produced in the time period of a valid written confirmation but imported after this confirmation has expired? This is answered in a revised Q&A Document of the EU Commission.

see………http://www.gmp-compliance.org/enews_05432_Written-Confirmation-expired-Can-an-API-still-be-imported-when-produced-earlier_15432,15354,15367,Z-QAMAP_n.html

The EU Commission has updated its Question and Answers Document “Importation of active substances for medicinal products for human use” (now version 7). In this updated version, the question “Can an API batch manufactured during the period of validity of a written confirmation be imported into the EU once the written confirmation is expired?”

In the answer it is referred to Article 46(b)(2)(b) of Directive 2001/83/EC, where it is defined that APIs can only be imported if they are manufactured in accordance with EU GMP or equivalent, and accompanied by a written confirmation from the competent authority of the exporting third country certifying this.

But what if an…

View original post 167 more words


Filed under: Uncategorized

Varenicline (Chantix™) バレニクリン酒石酸塩

$
0
0

Varenicline.svg

Varenicline (Chantix™)

Varenicline

  • MF C13H13N3
  • MW 211.26
(1R,12S)-5,8,14-Triazatétracyclo[10.3.1.02,11.04,9]hexadéca-2,4,6,8,10-pentaène [French] [ACD/IUPAC Name]
6,10-Methano-6H-azepino[4,5-g]quinoxaline, 7,8,9,10-tetrahydro-, (6R,10S)- [ACD/Index Name]
Champix
(1R,12S)-5,8,14-triazatetracyclo[10.3.1.02,11.04,9]hexadeca-2(11),3,5,7,9-pentaene
CP-526,555
MFCD08460603
MFCD10001497
UNII:W6HS99O8ZO
APPROVALS
FDA MAY 10, 2006
EMA SEPT 2006
PMDA JAPAN JAN 25 2008

Varenicline (trade name Chantix and Champix usually in the form of varenicline tartrate), is a prescription medication used to treatnicotine addiction. Varenicline is a nicotinic receptor partial agonist—it stimulates nicotine receptors more weakly than nicotine itself does. In this respect it is similar to cytisine and different from the nicotinic antagonist, bupropion, and nicotine replacement therapies(NRTs) like nicotine patches and nicotine gum. As a partial agonist it both reduces cravings for and decreases the pleasurable effects of cigarettes and other tobacco products. Through these mechanisms it can assist some patients to quit smoking.

Varenicline

Varenicline
CAS Registry Number: 249296-44-4
CAS Name: 7,8,9,10-Tetrahydro-6,10-methano-6H-pyrazino[2,3-h][3]benzazepine
Additional Names: 5,8,14-triazatetracyclo[10.3.1.02,11.04,9]hexadeca-2(11)-3,5,7,9-pentaene
Manufacturers’ Codes: CP-526555
Molecular Formula: C13H13N3
Molecular Weight: 211.26
Percent Composition: C 73.91%, H 6.20%, N 19.89%
Literature References: Nicotinic a4b2 acetylcholine receptor partial agonist. Prepn: P. R. P. Brooks, J. W. Coe, WO 0162736(2001 to Pfizer). Synthesis, receptor binding studies, and in vivo dopaminergic acitvity: J. W. Coe et al., J. Med. Chem. 48, 3474 (2005). Metabolism: R. S. Obach et al., Drug Metab. Dispos. 34, 121 (2006).
Derivative Type: Tartrate
CAS Registry Number: 375815-87-5
Trademarks: Champix (Pfizer)
Molecular Formula: C13H13N3.C4H6O6
Molecular Weight: 361.35
Percent Composition: C 56.51%, H 5.30%, N 11.63%, O 26.57%
Therap-Cat: Aid in smoking cessation.
バレニクリン酒石酸塩
Varenicline Tartrate

C13H13N3▪C4H6O6 : 361.35
[375815-87-5]

Medical uses

Varenicline is used for smoking cessation. In a 2009 meta-analysis varenicline was found to be more effective than bupropion (odds ratio 1.40) and NRTs (odds ratio 1.56).[1]

A 2013 Cochrane overview and network meta-analysis concluded that varenicline is the most effective medication for tobacco cessation and that smokers were nearly three times more likely to quit on varenicline than with placebo treatment. Varenicline was more efficacious than bupropion or NRT and as effective as combination NRT for tobacco smoking cessation.[2][3]

The United States’ Food and Drug Administration (US FDA) has approved the use of varenicline for up to twelve weeks. If smoking cessation has been achieved it may be continued for another twelve weeks.[4]

Varenicline has not been tested in those under 18 years old or pregnant women and therefore is not recommended for use by these groups. Varenicline is considered a class C pregnancy drug, as animal studies have shown no increased risk of congenital anomalies, however, no data from human studies is available.[5] An observational study is currently being conducted assessing for malformations related to varenicline exposure, but has no results yet.[6] An alternate drug is preferred for smoking cessation during breastfeeding due to lack of information and based on the animal studies on nicotine.[7]

Varenicline L-tartrate (Compound I) is the international commonly accepted name for 7,8,9,10- tetrahydro-6, 10-methano-6i7-pyrazino [2, 3- h] [3 ] benzazepme, (2R, 3R) -2 , 3-dihydroxybutanedioate (1:1) (which is also known as 5,8,14- tπazatetracyclo [10.3.1. O211. O49] -hexadeca-2 (11) , 3, 5, 7, 9-pentaene, (2R, 3R)-2,3- dihydroxybutanedioate (1:1)) and has an empirical formula of C13H13N3 C4H6O6 and a molecular weight of 361.35. Varenicline L-tartrate is a commercially marketed pharmaceutically active substance known to be useful for the treatment of smoking addiction.

Figure imgf000002_0001

(D

Varenicline L-tartrate is a partial agonist selective for (X4β2 nicotinic acetylcholine receptor subtypes. In the United States, varenicline L-tartrate is marketed under the name Chantix™ for the treatment of smoking cessation. Varenicline base and its pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts are described in U.S. Patent No. 6,410,550. In particular, Example 26 of U.S. Patent No. 6,410,550 describes the preparation of varenicline hydrochloride salt using 1- (4 , 5-dinitro-10- aza-tπcyclo [6.3.1.O27] dodeca-2, 4, 6-trien-10-yl) -2,2,2- tπfluoroethanone (compound of formula (III)) as starting compound. On the other hand, Example HA) of U.S. Patent No. 6,410,550 illustrates the preparation of compound of formula (III) via nitration of compound of formula (II) using an excess of nitronium triflate (>4 equiv) as a nitrating agent. The process disclosed in U.S. Patent No. 6,410,550 is depicted in Scheme 1.

Figure imgf000003_0001

VareniclineΗCl

Scheme 1

However, Coe et al., J. Med. Chem., 48, 3474 (2005), describes the same process and examples as U.S. Patent No. 6,410,550, and it also reveals that this process affords intermediate ortho-4 , 5-dinitrocompound of formula (III) together with the meta-3, 5-dinitro- isomer (i.e. the meta-dinitrocompound) in a ratio 9:1. The presence of the meta-dinitrocompound may affect not only the purity of the intermediate compound of formula III but it may also have an effect on the purity of the final varenicline tartrate, given that it can be carried along the synthetic pathway and/or it can also give rise to other derivative impurities. Thereby, as well as in U.S. Patent No. 6,410,550, in order to isolate pure compound of formula (III) , the raw product is triturated with ethyl acetate/hexane to afford compound of formula (III) with 77% yield. Additionally, the mother liquor is purified by chromatography on silica gel to improve the yield to a total of 82.8%. However, this process is not desirable for industrial implementation since it requires extensive and complicated purification procedures, i.e. trituration of the solid product along with column chromatography purification of the mother liquor, which is not very efficient or suitable for industrial scale-up.

Several improved processes for the synthesis of varenicline or its salts have been reported in the literature (e.g. WO2006/090236) . However, none of these processes tackle the optimization of the purification step of compound of formula (III).

There is therefore the need for providing an improved process for the preparation of varenicline L- tartrate which involves simple experimental procedures well suited to industrial production, which avoids the use of column chromatography purifications, and which affords high pure varenicline L-tartrate which hence can be used directly as a starting product for the preparation of the marketed pharmaceutical speciality.

Additionally, it has been observed that varenicline L-tartrate is usually obtained as a yellow solid under – A –

standard synthetic conditions. In this regard, colour must be attributed to the presence of some specific impurities that may or may not be detectable by conventional methods such as HPLC. The presence of impurities may adversely affect the safety and shelf life of formulations. In this connection, International application No. WO2006/090236 describes the isolation of vareniclme L- tartrate as a white solid. However, in order to remove coloured impurities, the varenicline L-tartrate obtained in WO2006/090236 is treated with a particular activated carbon having a specific grade (i.e. Darco KB-B™) . In fact, Example 5 of WO2006/090236 describes a large reprocessing step which comprises: dissolving varenicline L-tartrate in water, adding toluene, basifying with NaOH aqueous solution, collecting the toluene phase containing varenicline free base, distilling, adding methanol, azeotropically distilling the mixture, and adding more methanol to obtain a methanolic solution containing varenicline free base, adding Darco KB-B™ (10% w/w) , stirring for one hour, filtering through a pad of celite, and treating with L-tartaric acid to give varenicline L- tartrate salt as a white solid. Further, WO2006/090236 provides the absorbance at 430 nm of a varenicline L- tartrate salt solution, either in dichloromethane or in toluene, with or without using Darco KB-B™ activated carbon. However, this measure cannot be used to corroborate the whiteness of the solid varenicline L- tartrate. In addition, Example 3 of International application No. WO2002/092089, also disclose the preparation of varenicline L-tartrate polymorphic form C (i.e. a hydrate polymorph) as a white precipitate. Therefore, there is also a need for a simple and efficient method for preparing varenicline L-tartrate with enhanced whiteness and having a high purity.

SYNTHESIS

Synthesis of Intermediate VIII

Paper

J. Med. Chem. 48, 3474 (2005).

http://pubs.acs.org/doi/pdf/10.1021/jm050069n

STR1

PATENT

https://www.google.com/patents/WO2001062736A1?cl=en

CLIP

Profiles of Drug Substances, Excipients and Related Methodology, Volume 37

edited by Harry G. Brittain

STR1

STR1

STR1

STR1

STR1

STR1

STR1

SYNTHESIS

DOI: 10.1021/jm00190a020
DOI: 10.1021/jm050069n

CLIP

Scheme (I) compound patent US6410550B1 is provided adjacent difluorobromobenzene as raw materials by DA reaction, oxidation, cyclization, debenzylation get varenicline intermediate (II). The synthesis route is as follows:

Figure CN102827079AD00051
CLIP

Patent CN101693712A mainly given varenicline intermediate (II) The preparation process is different from the compound patented. After the five-step method patents cited compounds. The entire route is longer, while using a large number of precious metal catalysts and reaction conditions need very strict control, inappropriate EVAL industry production.

Figure CN102827079AD00052
CLIP

STR1

STR1

PATENT

CN 102827079

A varenicline intermediate 2,3, 4, 5-tetrahydro-1,5-methylene bridge synthesis -1H-3- benzazepine hydrochloride, which comprises the following Step: (1) 2-indanone of formula 3 and the compound and paraformaldehyde under alkaline or acidic conditions Mannich reaction, as shown in general formula 2 intermediate; (2) the step (I) obtained through reaction of Formula 2 intermediate under basic or acidic conditions by reducing the role of the carbonyl group is reduced to a methylene group, and get varenicline intermediate (II) by debenzylation, the reaction is:

Figure CN102827079AC00021

Wherein, R groups are selected from _H, _Me, _Et, _iPr> _t_Bu.

Figure 2;

Figure CN102827079AD00072

Wherein, R group is -H, -Me, -Et, -iPr or -t_Bu.

(2) Step (I) obtained by the reaction intermediates of formula under basic or acidic conditions by reducing the role of the carbonyl group is reduced 2 methylene, and get by debenzylation cutting Lenk Lin intermediate (II);

Figure CN102827079AD00073

STR1

CLIP

Varenicline, a nicotinic 􀀁4􀀂2 partial agonist, was approved in the US for the treatment of smoking cessation in May of 2006. It was developed and marketed by Pfizer as a treatment for cigarette smokers who want to quit. Varenicline partially activates the nicotinic receptors and thus reduces the craving for cigarette that smokers feel when they try to quit smoking. By mitigating this craving and antagonizing nicotine activity without other symptoms, this novel drug helps quitting this dangerous addiction easier on the patients [6,52]. Several modifications [54,55] to the original synthesis [53,56] have been reported in the literature, including an improved process scale synthesis of the last few steps (Scheme 15) [57]. The Grignard reaction was initiated on a small scale by addition of 2-bromo fluorobenzene 113 to a slurry of Magnesium turnings and catalytic 1,2-dibromoethane in THF and heating the mixture until refluxing in maintained. To this refluxing mixture was added a mixture of the 2-bromo fluorobenzene 113 and cyclopentadiene 114 over a period of 1.5 h. After complete addition, the reaction was allowed to reflux for additional 1.5 h to give the Diels- Alder product 115 in 64% yield. Dihydroxylation of the olefin 115 by reacting with catalytic osmium tetraoxide in the presence of N-methylmorpholine N-oxide (NMO) in acetone: water mixture at room temperature provided the diol 116 in 89% yield. Oxidative cleavage of diol 116 with sodium periodate in biphasic mixture of water: DCE at 10ºC provided di-aldehyde 117 which was immediately reacted with benzyl amine in the presence of sodium acetoxyborohydride to give benzyl amine 118 in 85.7% yield. The removal of the benzyl group was effected by hydrogenation of the HCl salt in 40-50 psi hydrogen pressure with 20% Pd(OH)2 in methanol to give amine hydrochloride 119 in 88% yield. Treatment of amine 119 with trifluoroacetic anhydride and pyridine in dichloromethane at 0ºC gave trifluoroacetamide 120 in 94% yield. Dinitro compound 121 was prepared by addition of trifluoroacetamide 120 to a mixture of trifluoromethane sulfonic acid and nitric acid, which was premixed, in dichloromethane at 0ºC. Reduction of the dinitro compound 121 by hydrogenation at 40-50 psi hydrogen in the presence of catalytic 5%Pd/C in isopropanol:water mixture provided the diamine intermediate 122 which was quickly reacted with glyoxal in water at room temperature for 18h to give compound 123 in 85% overall yield. The trifluoroacetamide 123 was then hydrolyzed with 2 M sodium hydroxide in toluene at 37-40ºC for 2-3h followed by preparation of tartrate salt in methanol to furnish varenicline tartrate (XV).

STR1

[52]Keating, G.; Siddiqui, M. A. A. CNSdrugs, 2006, 11, 946.
[53] Coe, J. W.; Brooks, P. R.; Vetelino, M. G.; Wirtz, M. C.; Arnold,E. P. ; Huang, J.; Sands, S. B.; Davis, T. I.; Lebel, L. A.; Fox, C.
B.; Shrikhande, A.; Heym, J. H.; Schaeffer, E.; Rollema, H.; Lu,Y.; Mansbach, R. S.; Chambers, L. K.; Rovetti, C. C.; Schulz, D.
W.; Tingley, III, F. D.; O’Neill, B. T. J. Med. Chem., 2005, 48,3474.
[54] Brooks, P. R.; Caron, S.; Coe, J. W.; Ng, K. K.; Singer, R. A.;Vazquez, E.; Vetelino, M. G.; Watson, Jr. H. H.; Whritenour, D.
C.; Wirtz, M. C. Synthesis, 2004, 11, 1755.
[55] Singer, R. A.; McKinley, J. D.; Barbe, G.; Farlow, R. A. Org. Lett.,2004, 6, 2357.
[56] Coe, J. W.; Brooks, P. R. P. US-6410550 B1, 2002.
[57] Busch, F. R.; Hawkins, J. M.; Mustakis, L. G.; Sinay, T. G., Jr.;Watson, T. J. N.; Withbroe, G. J. WO-2006090236 A1, 2006.

PATENT

WO 2002085843

https://google.com/patents/WO2002085843A2?cl=en

STR1

PATENT

https://www.google.com/patents/EP2204369A1?cl=en

Varenicline (a compound I of formula I) is the international commonly accepted non-proprietary name for 7,8,9,10-tetrahydro-6,10-methano-6H-pyrazino[2,3-h][3]benzazepine (which is also known as 5,8,14-triazatetracyclo[10.3.1.02,11.04,9]-hexadeca-2(11),3,5,7,9-pentaene), and has an empirical formula of C13H13N3 and a molecular weight of 211.26.

Figure imgb0001

The L-tartrate salt of varenicline is known to be therapeutically useful and is commercially marketed for the treatment of smoking addiction. Varenicline L-tartrate is a partial agonist selective for α4β2 nicotinic acetylcholine receptor subtypes. In the United States, varenicline L-tartrate is marketed under the trade mark Chantix and is indicated as an aid to smoking cessation treatment.

Varenicline base and its pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts are described in U.S. Patent No. 6,410,550 . In particular, the preparation of varenicline provided in this reference makes use of 10-aza-tricyclo[6.3.1.02,7]-dodeca-2(7),3,5-triene (a compound of Formula VI), as a key intermediate compound (see Scheme 1 below). Specifically, Example 1 of U.S. Patent No. 6,410,550 describes the synthetic preparation of key intermediate compound of Formula VI as depicted in Scheme 1.

Figure imgb0002

1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-1,4-methano-naphthalene-cis-2,3-diol (a compound of Formula III), and / or indane-1,3-dicarbaldehyde (a compound of Formula IV).

Example 1: Preparation of 1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-1,4-methano-naphthalene-cis-2,3-diol (a compound of Formula III)

A 10mL round bottom flask was charged with a compound of formula II (142mg, 1mmol), N-methylmorpholine-N-oxide (120mg, 1.03mmol), tert-butanol (3mL) and water (1mL). FibreCat 3003 (OsO4 anchored onto a polymeric support) (11.6mg, 0.0025mmol) was added to this solution and the mixture was heated to reflux. Complete conversion to a compound of formula III was detected by GC, method A, after 48h.

Example 2: Preparation of 1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-1,4-methano-naphthalene-cis-2,3-diol (a compound of Formula III)Step A) Preparation of hexadecyl-trimethylammoniumpermanganate (HTAP):

HTAP was prepared from ion exchange reaction between hexadecyltrimethylammoniumbromide and potassium permanganate.

Potassium permanganate (17.38g, 0.11mol, 1equiv.) was dissolved in 500mL water. A solution of hexadecyltrimethylammoniumbromide (40.10g, 0.11mol, 1equiv) in 500mL water was added drop-wise over 45 min at 20-22°C, and the mixture stirred for 30 minutes at this temperature. The precipitated solid was collected by filtration, washed with water (3 x 100mL) and dried under vacuum at 35°C for 24 hours to give 34.38g of HTAP as a light purple solid.

Step B) Preparation of a compound of formula III:

Compound II (3.52g, 24.8mmol, 1equiv.) was dissolved in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (80mL) and a solution of HTAP (10g, 24.8mmol, 1.0equiv.) in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (125mL) was added drop-wise at 23-30°C over 45min. The reaction was monitored by TLC (hexane-ethyl acetate = 1:1). After complete reaction the mixture was cooled to below 10°C, and methyl tert-butyl ether (50mL) and 5% aqueous NaOH solution (50mL) were added and the mixture stirred for 30min. The solid was removed by filtration, and washed with methyl tert-butyl ether (2 x 30mL). The combined layers of the filtrate were separated and the aqueous phase extracted with methyl tert-butyl ether (2 x 30mL). The organic layers were combined and washed with 5% aqueous NaOH solution (50mL), water (2 x 50mL), dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated to obtain a dark green solid. This residue was suspended in acetone (15mL) and collected by filtration, washing with additional acetone (3 x 5mL). The product was dried under vacuum at 40°C to give 2.215g (50.7% yield) as a white crystalline solid.

Analytical data: m.p. = 178.8-179.3°C; 1H-NMR: See Figure 1; 13C-NMR: See Figure 2.

Example 3: Preparation of indane-1,3-dicarbaldehyde (a compound of Formula IV)

A 25 mL round bottom flask was charged with a compound of formula I (142mg, 1mmol), Ruthenium (III) chloride hydrate (Aldrich, Reagent Plus) (7.2mg, 0.035mmol), acetonitrile (8.5mL) and water (1.1mL). The solution was heated to 45°C and sodium periodate (449mg, 2.1mmol) was added portionwise over 25 minutes. After 1h, the reaction was cooled to ambient temperature and filtered. The solids were washed with ethyl acetate (3 x 2mL) and water (3mL). The filtrate was concentrated under vacuum and 5mL of water were added to the obtained residue. The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 5mL) and the combination of the organic layers was washed with water (3 x 5mL), dried with MgSO4 and concentrated under vacuum to obtain a compound of formula IV (118mg) in 68% yield, 70.9% purity (analyzed by GC, method A).

PATENT

WO 199935131, WO 2002092089, US 2013030179

STR1

PATENT

https://www.google.com/patents/WO2009065872A2?cl=en

Example 1: Preparation of 7,8,9,10- tetrahydro-6, 10-methano-6H-pyrazino [2, 3-h] [3] benzazepine L-tartrate (i.e. varenicline L-tartrate)

A) Preparation of compound of formula (III)

This example is based on U.S. Patent No. 6,410,550.

A 250 mL round bottom flask with thermometer, condenser, addition funnel and magnetic stirring was charged with 10-aza-tricyclo [ 6.3.1. O27] dodeca-2, 4, 6- triene para-toluene sulfonic acid salt (12.4g, 37.5 mmol) and 44 mL of CH2Cl2. Triethylamine (8.3 g, 82.5 mmol) was added to the slurry and the resulting solution was cooled to 0-5 0C. The addition funnel was charged with a solution of (CF3CO)2O (8.1q, 41.25 mmol) in 19 mL of CH2Cl2. This solution was slowly added to the reaction mixture, maintaining the temperature < 15 0C. The resulting mixture was stirred for 1 hour, and the complete conversion was monitored by GC. The crude reaction mixture was washed with water (2 * 40 mL) and brine (40 mL) . The organic phase was used in the next step without further purification.

On the other hand, a 500 mL round bottom flask with thermometer, condenser, addition funnel and magnetic stirring was charged with CF3SO3H (25.9 g, 172.5 mmol), CH2Cl2 (110 mL) and cooled to 0-5 0C. At this temperature, fuming nitric acid (5.4 g, 86.25 mmol) was added slowly. To the resulting slurry at 0-5 0C, the solution obtained in the previous step was slowly added, maintaining the temperature < 15 0C. After the addition, the reaction mixture was stirred overnight. The complete dinitration was confirmed by GC. The crude reaction mixture was poured into water (60 mL) an ice (80 g) and stirred. The phases were separated and the aqueous phase was extracted with CH2Cl2 (3 x 50 mL) . The mixture of the organic phases was washed with aqueous saturated NaHCO3, dried over Na2SO4 and volatiles evaporated under vacuum to obtain 11.9 g of a solid that was suspended and stirred for 2 hours in AcOEt (12 mL) and hexanes (24 mL) . The solid was filtered and washed with hexanes to obtain the compound of formula (III), 9.1g with a purity of 88.9% by GC (9.8% of meta-dimtrocompound impurity) .

B) Preparation of compound of formula (IV)

This example is based on International Patent No. WO/2006/090236.

A 200 mL autoclave was charged with (III) (9.1 g, 26.3 mmol), damp 5% Pd/C 50% and 180 mL of a 2- propanol/water (80/20 wt/wt) . The reaction was stirred under 50 psi of hydrogen for 18 hours. The complete hydrogenation was confirmed by GC analysis. The reaction was filtered through Celite and washed with 2-propanol (40 mL) . To this solution, K2HPO4(458 mg, 2.63 mmol) was added. The mixture was cooled at 0-5 0C and a solution of 4.07 g of 40% aqueous glyoxal diluted with water (14.5 mL) was added slowly. The resulting solution was stirred 2 hours at this temperature and overnight at room temperature. The complete conversion was confirmed by GC analysis. The reaction was concentrated under vacuum to a volume of 68 mL and water (128 mL) was added drop- wise. The resulting suspension was stirred for 2 hours at room temperature, 1 hour in a ice/water bath, filtered, washed with water (20 mL) and dried m a oven at 50 0C to obtain the compound of formula (IV), 6.78 g.

C) Preparation of vareniclme L-tartrate (compound of formula (I) )

This example is based on International Patent No. WO/2006/090236.

A 250 mL round bottom flask with thermometer, condenser, and magnetic stirring was charged with compound of formula (IV) (6.78 g, 22 mmol) and toluene

(47 mL) . To this solution was added a solution of NaOH (2.7 g, 68.2 mmol) in water (34 mL) . The mixture was heated to 400C and stirred for 4 hours. The complete hydrolysis was confirmed by GC analysis. Toluene (68 mL) was added and the reaction was cooled. The phases were separated and the aqueous phase was extracted with toluene (30 mL) . The organic phases were evaporated under vacuum. The residue was dissolved in MeOH (90 mL) and evaporated again. The final residue was dissolved in 156 mL of MeOH. 1.3 g of activated carbon “Darco G-60 100 mesh” were added and the mixture was stirred for 30 min and filtered through Celite to obtain an intense yellow solution. The process with activated carbon was repeated without any improvement in the colour. This solution was added drop-wise over a solution of L- tartaric acid (3.63 g, 24.2 mmol) in MeOH (47 mL) . The slurry was stirred for 72 hours at room temperature, filtered, washed with MeOH and dried in an oven at 50 0C for 8 hours, to obtain 5.05 g of varenicline L-tartrate as a yellow solid with a 95.5% purity by HPLC (4.4% of unknown impurity A). Colour L: 92.75, a*: -7.19, b*:43.08.

Comparative Example 2: Preparation of 7,8,9,10- tetrahydro-6, 10-methano-6H-pyrazmo [2, 3-h] [3 ] benzazepine L-tartrate (i.e. varenicline L-tartrate) A) Preparation of compound of formula (IV)

This example is based on International Patent No. WO/2006/090236.

A 200 mL autoclave was charged with (III) prepared according to Comparative Example 1.A) (4.1 g) , 123 mg of damp 5% Pd/C 50% and 81 mL of a 2-propanol/water (80/20 wt/wt) . The reaction was stirred under 50 psi of hydrogen for 24 hours. The complete hydrogenation was confirmed by GC analysis. The reaction was filtered through Celite and washed with 2-propanol (16 mL) . To this solution, K2HPO4 (207 mg, 1.19 mmol) was added. The mixture was cooled at 0-5 0C and a solution of 1.84 g of 40% aqueous glyoxal diluted with water (6.6 mL) was added slowly. The resulting solution was stirred 2 hours at this temperature and overnight at room temperature. The complete conversion was confirmed by GC analysis. The reaction was concentrated under vacuum to a volume of 30 mL and water (56 mL) was added drop-wise. The resulting suspension was stirred for 2 hours at room temperature, 1 hour in a ice/water bath, filtered, washed with water and dried in a oven at 50 0C to obtain 3.15 g of compound of formula (IV) .

B) Preparation of vareniclme L-tartrate (compound of formula (I) )

This example is based on International application No. WO/2006/090236. A 100 mL round bottom flask with thermometer, condenser, and magnetic stirring was charged with

7, 8, 9, 10-tetrahydro-8- (tπfluoroacetyl) -6, 10-methano-6H- pyrazino [2 , 3-h] [3] benzazepine, i.e. compound of formula

(IV) (3.14 g, 10.2 mmol) and toluene (22 mL) . To this solution was added a solution of NaOH (1.3 g, 31.6 mmol) in water (16 mL) . The mixture was heated to 40 0C and stirred for 2.5 hours. The complete hydrolysis was confirmed by GC analysis. Toluene (30 mL) was added and the reaction was cooled. The phases were separated and the aqueous phase was extracted with toluene (15 mL) . The organic phases were evaporated under vacuum. The residue was dissolved in MeOH (45 mL) and evaporated again. The final residue was dissolved m 70 mL of MeOH. 314 mg of activated carbon “Darco G-60 100 mesh” were added and the mixture was stirred for 30 mm and filtered through Celite to obtain a yellow solution. This solution was added drop-wise over a solution of L- tartaπc acid (1.68 g, 11.22 mmol) m MeOH (22 mL) . The slurry was stirred for 1 hour at room temperature, filtered, washed with MeOH (2 x 5 mL) and dried under vacuum, to obtain vareniclme L-tartrate (2.48 g) as a yellow solid with a 95.6% purity by HPLC (4.4% of unknown impurity A). Colour L: 99.50, a*: -4.98, b*:43.02

Comparative Example 3: Preparation of 7,8,9,10- tetrahydro-6, 10-methano-6H-pyrazino [2, 3-h] [3 ] benzazepine L-tartrate (i.e. vareniclme L-tartrate)

This example is based on International application No. WO/2002/092089.

2 g of vareniclme L-tartrate as obtained from Comparative Example 1 were dissolved in 3 mL of water.

To this solution, 100 mL of CH3CN were added, and the resulting slurry was stirred for 10 mm and filtered.

After drying the product was analysed to be a 98.2% purity by HPLC (1.7% of unknown impurity A) . Colour L: 91.44, a*: -3.24, b* : 33.47

Example 1: Preparation of 7, 8, 9, lO-tetrahydro-6, 10- methano-6H-pyrazmo [2, 3-h] [3] benzazepine L-tartrate

(i.e. vareniclme L-tartrate)

A) Preparation of compound of formula (III) This example is based on U.S. Patent No. 6,410,550, except for the purification step, which is the object of the present invention (i.e. crystallization in toluene) .

A 500 mL round bottom flask with thermometer, condenser, addition funnel and magnetic stirring was charged with 10-aza-tricyclo [ 6.3.1. O27] dodeca-2, 4, 6- tπene para-toluene sulfonic acid salt (32.5g, 98.2 mmol) and 115 mL of CH2Cl2. Triethylamine (21.8 g, 216 mmol) was added to the slurry and the resulting solution was cooled to 0-5 0C. The addition funnel was charged with a solution of (CF3CO)2O (22.7 g, 108 mmol) in 50 mL of CH2Cl2. This solution was slowly added to the reaction mixture, maintaining the temperature < 15 0C. The resulting mixture was stirred for 1 hour, and the complete conversion was monitored by GC. The crude reaction mixture was washed with water (2 x 100 mL) and brine (100 mL) . The organic phase was used in the next step without further purification.

A l L round bottom flask with thermometer, condenser, addition funnel and magnetic stirring was charged with CF3SO3H (67.8 g, 452 mmol), CH2Cl2 (280 mL) and cooled to 0-5 0C. At this temperature, fuming nitric acid (14.2 g, 226 mmol) was slowly added. To the resulting slurry at 0-5 0C, the solution obtained in the previous step was slowly added, maintaining the temperature < 15 0C. After the addition, the reaction mixture was stirred overnight. The complete dinitration was confirmed by GC. The crude reaction mixture was poured into water (150 mL) an ice (200 g) and stirred. The phases were separated and the aqueous phase was extracted with CH2Cl2 (100 mL) . The mixture of the organic phases was washed with aqueous saturated NaHCO3 (2×100 mL) , water (100 mL) , dried over Na2SO4 and volatiles evaporated under vacuum to obtain 30.5 g of a solid with a 83.6% purity by GC (12.5% of meta- dinitrocompound impurity) . 20 g of this solid were crystallized in toluene (100 mL) to obtain the compound of formula (III), 15 g of a pale brown solid with a 98.5 % purity by GC (meta-dinitrocompound impurity not detected) .

B) Preparation of compound of formula (IV) This example is based on International Patent No. WO/2006/090236.

A 200 mL autoclave was charged with (III) (9.1 g, 26.3 mmol, crystals from toluene), damp 5% Pd/C 50% and 180 mL of a 2-propanol/water (80/20 wt/wt) . The reaction was stirred under 50 psi of hydrogen for 18 hours. The complete hydrogenation was confirmed by GC analysis. The reaction was filtered over Celite and washed with 2- propanol (40 mL) . To this solution, K2HPO4 (458 mg, 2.63 mmol) was added. The mixture was cooled at 0-5 0C and a solution of 4.07 g of 40% aqueous glyoxal diluted with water (14.5 mL) was added slowly. The resulting solution was stirred 2 hours at this temperature and overnight at room temperature. The complete conversion was confirmed by GC analysis. The reaction was concentrated under vacuum to a volume of 68 mL and water (128 mL) was added drop-wise. The resulting suspension was stirred for 2 hours at room temperature, 1 hour in a ice/water bath, filtered, washed with water (20 mL) and dried m a oven at 50 0C to obtain the product, 7.16 g of compound of formula (IV) with a 99.9% purity by HPLC. C) Preparation of varenicline L-tartrate (compound of formula ( I) )

Thrs example rs based on International Patent No. WO/2006/090236. A 250 mL round bottom flask with thermometer, condenser, and magnetic stirring was charged with a solution of NaOH (2.89 g, 72.23 mmol) in water (36 mL) , compound of formula (IV) (7.15 g, 23.3 mmol) and toluene (50 mL) . The mixture was heated to 40 0C and stirred for 4 hours. The complete hydrolysis was confirmed by GC analysis. Toluene (71 mL) was added and the reaction was cooled. The phases were separated and the aqueous phase was extracted with toluene (36 mL) . The organic phases were evaporated under vacuum. The residue was dissolved in MeOH (110 mL) and evaporated again. The final residue was dissolved in 164 mL of MeOH. 750 mg of activated carbon “Darco G-60 100 mesh” were added and the mixture was stirred for 30 min and filtered through Celite to obtain a yellow solution. This solution was added drop- wise over a solution of L-tartaric acid (3.84 g, 25.6 mmol) in MeOH (50 mL) . The slurry was stirred for 14 hours at room temperature, filtered, washed with MeOH and dried under vacuum, to obtain varenicline L-tartrate

(7.04 g) as an off-white solid with a >99.9% purity by HPLC (unknown impurity A not detected) . Colour L: 94.39, a*: 2.27, b*:9.02.

Post-marketing surveillance

No evidence for increased risks of cardiovascular events, depression, or self-harm with varenicline versus nicotine replacement therapy has been found in one post-marketing surveillance study.[23]

Mechanism of action

Varenicline displays full agonism on α7 nicotinic acetylcholine receptors.[24][25] And it is a partial agonist on the α4β2, α3β4, and α6β2 subtypes.[26] In addition, it is a weak agonist on the α3β2 containing receptors.

Varenicline’s partial agonism on the α4β2 receptors rather than nicotine’s full agonism produces less effect of dopamine release than nicotine’s. This α4β2 competitive binding, reduces the ability of nicotine to bind and stimulate the mesolimbic dopamine system – similar to the method of action of buprenorphine in the treatment of opioid addiction.[3]

Pharmacokinetics

Most of the active compound is excreted by the kidneys (92–93%). A small proportion is glucuronidated, oxidised, N-formylated or conjugated to a hexose.[27] The elimination half-life is about 24 hours.

History

Use of Cytisus plant as a smoking substitute during World War II[28] led to use as a cessation aid in eastern Europe and extraction of cytisine.[29] Cytisine analogs led to varenicline at Pfizer.[30][31][32]

Varenicline received a “priority review” by the US FDA in February 2006, shortening the usual 10-month review period to 6 months because of its demonstrated effectiveness inclinical trials and perceived lack of safety issues.[33] The agency’s approval of the drug came on May 11, 2006.[4] On August 1, 2006, varenicline was made available for sale in the United States and on September 29, 2006, was approved for sale in the European Union.[34]

SEE

Busch FR, Concannon PE, Handfield RE, McKinley JD, McMahon ME, Singer RA, Watson TJ, Withbroe GJ, Stivanello M, Leoni L, Bezze C. Synthesis of (1 (Aminomethyl)-2,3-dihydro-1H-inden-3-yl)methanol: Structural Confirmation of the Main Band Impurity Found in Varenicline® Starting Material.Synth Commun. 2008;38:441–447. http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/00397910701771231.
Varenicline standards and impurity controls. www.freepatentsonline.com/US2007/0224690.html.
N-formyl and N-methyl degradation products. www.freepatentsonline.com/y2004/0235850.html.
Methods of reducing degradant formation in pharmaceutical compositions of Varenicline.www.freepatentsonline.com/y2008/0026059.html.
Varenicline standards and impurity controls. www.freepatentsonline.com/EP2004186.html.
Satheesh B, Kumarpulluru S, Raghavan V, Saravanan D. UHPLC Separation and Quantification of Related Substances of Varenicline Tartrate Tablet. Acta Chromatogr. 2010;22:207–218.http://dx.doi.org/10.1556/AChrom.22.2010.2.4.
STR1
US6410550 Nov 13, 1998 Jun 25, 2002 Pfizer Inc Aryl fused azapolycyclic compounds
WO2009155403A2 * Jun 18, 2009 Dec 23, 2009 Teva Pharmaceutical Industries Ltd. Processes for the preparation of varenicline and intermediates thereof
Reference
1 * BHUSHAN, VIDYA; RATHORE, RAJENDRA; CHANDRASEKARAN, S.: “A Simple and Mild Method for the cis-Hydroxylation of Alkenes with Cetyltrimethylammonium Permanganate” SYNTHESIS, no. 5, 1984, pages 431-433, XP002581198
2 * BROOKS P R ET AL: “Synthesis of 2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,5-methano-1H-3-benzaz epine via oxidative cleavage and reductive amination strategies” SYNTHESIS 20040803 DE, no. 11, 3 August 2004 (2004-08-03), pages 1755-1758, XP002581197 ISSN: 0039-7881
3 * SORBERA L A ET AL: “Varenicline tartrate: Aid to smoking cessation nicotinic [alpha]4[beta]2 partial agonist” DRUGS OF THE FUTURE 200602 ES LNKD- DOI:10.1358/DOF.2006.031.02.964028, vol. 31, no. 2, February 2006 (2006-02), pages 117-122, XP002581199 ISSN: 0377-8282 DOI: 10.1358/dof.2006.031.02.964028
WO2001062736A1 * Feb 8, 2001 Aug 30, 2001 Pfizer Products Inc. Aryl fused azapolycyclic compounds
WO2002085843A2 * Mar 4, 2002 Oct 31, 2002 Pfizer Products Inc. Process for the preparation of 1,3-substituted indenes and aryl-fused azapolycyclic compounds
WO2006090236A1 * Feb 21, 2006 Aug 31, 2006 Pfizer Products Inc. Preparation of high purity substituted quinoxaline
WO2008060487A2 * Nov 9, 2007 May 22, 2008 Pfizer Products Inc. Polymorphs of nicotinic intermediates
Reference
1 * COE J W ET AL: “Varenicline: an alpha4beta2 Nicotinic Receptor Partial Agonist for Smoking Cessation” JOURNAL OF MEDICINAL CHEMISTRY, AMERICAN CHEMICAL SOCIETY, WASHINGTON., US, vol. 48, no. 10, 1 January 2005 (2005-01-01), pages 3474-3477, XP002474642 ISSN: 0022-2623 cited in the application
Citing Patent Filing date Publication date Applicant Title
WO2010005643A1 * May 28, 2009 Jan 14, 2010 Teva Pharmaceutical Industries Ltd. Processes for purifying varenicline l-tartrate salt and preparing crystalline forms of varenicline l-tartrate salt
WO2011110954A1 * Mar 8, 2011 Sep 15, 2011 Actavis Group Ptc Ehf Highly pure varenicline or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof substantially free of methylvarenicline impurity
WO2011154586A3 * Jun 13, 2011 Mar 22, 2012 Medichem, S. A. Improved methods for the preparation of quinoxaline derivatives
EP2581375A2 * Jun 13, 2011 Apr 17, 2013 Medichem, S.A. Improved methods for the preparation of quinoxaline derivatives
US8039620 May 21, 2009 Oct 18, 2011 Teva Pharmaceutical Industries Ltd. Varenicline tosylate, an intermediate in the preparation process of varenicline L-tartrate
US8178537 Jun 22, 2010 May 15, 2012 Teva Pharmaceutical Industries Ltd. Solid state forms of varenicline salts and processes for preparation thereof

References

  1. Jump up^ Mills EJ, Wu P, Spurden D, Ebbert JO, Wilson K (2009). “Efficacy of pharmacotherapies for short-term smoking abstinance: a systematic review and meta-analysis” (PDF). Harm Reduct J 6: 25. doi:10.1186/1477-7517-6-25. PMC 2760513. PMID 19761618.
  2. ^ Jump up to:a b Cahill K, Stevens S, Perera R, Lancaster T (May 2013). “Pharmacological interventions for smoking cessation: an overview and network meta-analysis”. Cochrane Database Syst Rev (Systematic Review & Meta-Analysis) 5: CD009329.doi:10.1002/14651858.CD009329.pub2. PMID 23728690.
  3. ^ Jump up to:a b c d Elrashidi MY, Ebbert JO (June 2014). “Emerging drugs for the treatment of tobacco dependence: 2014 update”. Expert Opin Emerg Drug (Review) 19 (2): 243–60.doi:10.1517/14728214.2014.899580. PMID 24654737.
  4. ^ Jump up to:a b U.S. Food and Drug Administration.FDA Approves Novel Medication for Smoking Cessation. Press release, 11 May 2006.
  5. Jump up^ Cressman, AM; Pupco, A; Kim, E; Koren, G; Bozzo, P (May 2012). “Smoking cessation therapy during pregnancy.”. Canadian Family Physician 58 (5): 525–7. PMC 3352787.PMID 22586193.
  6. Jump up^ “Varenicline Pregnancy Cohort Study”. clinicaltrials.gov.
  7. Jump up^ “LactMed”. nih.gov.
  8. Jump up^ Leung, LK; Patafio, FM; Rosser, WW (September 28, 2011). “Gastrointestinal adverse effects of varenicline at maintenance dose: a meta-analysis”. BMC clinical pharmacology11 (1): 15. doi:10.1186/1472-6904-11-15. PMC 3192741. PMID 21955317.
  9.  American Cancer Society. “Cancer Drug Guide: Varenicline”. Retrieved 2008-01-19.
  10. Jump up^ “DailyMed – CHANTIX- varenicline tartrate”. nih.gov.
  11. FDA. “Public Health Advisory: FDA Requires New Boxed Warnings for the Smoking Cessation Drugs Chantix and Zyban”. Retrieved 2009-07-01.
  12. ^ Jump up to:a b “www.accessdata.fda.gov” (PDF).
  13.  Hughes, JR (8 January 2015). “Varenicline as a Cause of Suicidal Outcomes.”. Nicotine & tobacco research : official journal of the Society for Research on Nicotine and Tobacco.doi:10.1093/ntr/ntu275. PMID 25572451.
  14.  “FDA Drug Safety Communication: Chantix (varenicline) may increase the risk of certain cardiovascular adverse events in patients with cardiovascular disease”. 2011-06-16.
  15. Jump up^ Singh, S; Loke, YK, Spangler, JG, Furberg, CD (Sep 6, 2011). “Risk of serious adverse cardiovascular events associated with varenicline: a systematic review and meta-analysis” (PDF). CMAJ : Canadian Medical Association 183 (12): 1359–66.doi:10.1503/cmaj.110218. PMC 3168618. PMID 21727225.
  16.  Takagi, H; Umemoto, T (Sep 6, 2011). “Varenicline: quantifying the risk”. CMAJ : Canadian Medical Association 183 (12): 1404. doi:10.1503/cmaj.111-2063.PMC 3168634. PMID 21896705.
  17. Jump up^ Samuels, L (Sep 6, 2011). “Varenicline: cardiovascular safety”. CMAJ : Canadian Medical Association 183 (12): 1407–08. doi:10.1503/cmaj.111-2073. PMC 3168639.PMID 21896709.
  18.  “European Medicine Agency confirms positive benefit-risk balance for Champix.”. 2011-07-21.
  19. ^ Jump up to:a b Prochaska JJ, Hilton JF (2012). “Risk of cardiovascular serious adverse events associated with varenicline use for tobacco cessation: systematic review and meta-analysis”. BMJ (Systematic Review & Meta-Analysis) 344: e2856.doi:10.1136/bmj.e2856. PMC 3344735. PMID 22563098.
  20.  Mills EJ, Thorlund K, Eapen S, Wu P, Prochaska JJ (January 2014). “Cardiovascular events associated with smoking cessation pharmacotherapies: a network meta-analysis”.Circulation (Network Meta-Analysis) 129 (1): 28–41.doi:10.1161/CIRCULATIONAHA.113.003961. PMID 24323793.
  21.  cessation in cardiovascular patients”. Evidence-Based Medicine (Review & Commentary) 19 (5): 193. doi:10.1136/eb-2014-110030.PMID 24917603.
  22.  Rowland K (April 2014). “ACP Journal Club. Review: Nicotine replacement therapy increases CVD events; bupropion and varenicline do not”. Annals of Internal Medicine(Review & Commentary) 160 (8): JC2. doi:10.7326/0003-4819-160-8-201404150-02002.PMID 24733219.
  23. Jump up^ Kotz D, Viechtbauer W, Simpson C, van Schayck OC, West R, Sheikh A (2015).“Cardiovascular and neuropsychiatric risks of varenicline: a retrospective cohort study”.Lancet Respir Med (retrospective cohort) 3: 761–768. doi:10.1016/S2213-2600(15)00320-3. PMC 4593936. PMID 26355008.
  24. Jump up^ Mihalak KB, Carroll FI, Luetje CW; Carroll; Luetje (2006). “Varenicline is a partial agonist at alpha4beta2 and a full agonist at alpha7 neuronal nicotinic receptors”. Mol. Pharmacol.70 (3): 801–805. doi:10.1124/mol.106.025130. PMID 16766716.
  25. Jump up^ Mineur YS, Picciotto MR; Picciotto (December 2010). “Nicotine receptors and depression: revisiting and revising the cholinergic hypothesis”. Trends Pharmacol. Sci. 31 (12): 580–6. doi:10.1016/j.tips.2010.09.004. PMC 2991594. PMID 20965579.
  26.  Tanuja Bordia. “Varenicline Is a Potent Partial Agonist at α6β2* Nicotinic Acetylcholine Receptors in Rat and Monkey Striatum”. aspetjournals.org.
  27.  Obach, RS; Reed-Hagen, AE; Krueger, SS; Obach, BJ; O’Connell, TN; Zandi, KS; Miller, S; Coe, JW (2006). “Metabolism and disposition of varenicline, a selective alpha4beta2 acetylcholine receptor partial agonist, in vivo and in vitro”. Drug metabolism and disposition: the biological fate of chemicals 34 (1): 121–130.doi:10.1124/dmd.105.006767. PMID 16221753.
  28.  “[Cytisine as an aid for smoking cessation].”. Med Monatsschr Pharm 15 (1): 20–1. Jan 1992. PMID 1542278.
  29.  Prochaska, BMJ 347:f5198 2013 http://www.bmj.com/content/347/bmj.f5198
  30.  Coe JW, Brooks PR, Vetelino MG, Wirtz MC, Arnold EP, Huang J, Sands SB, Davis TI, Lebel LA, Fox CB, Shrikhande A, Heym JH, Schaeffer E, Rollema H, Lu Y, Mansbach RS, Chambers LK, Rovetti CC, Schulz DW, Tingley FD 3rd, O’Neill BT (2005). “Varenicline: an alpha4beta2 nicotinic receptor partial agonist for smoking cessation”. J. Med. Chem. 48(10): 3474–3477. doi:10.1021/jm050069n. PMID 15887955.
  31. Schwartz JL (1979). “Review and evaluation of methods of smoking cessation, 1969–77. Summary of a monograph”. Public Health Rep 94 (6): 558–63. PMC 1431736.PMID 515342.
  32.  Etter JF (2006). “Cytisine for smoking cessation: a literature review and a meta-analysis”. Arch. Intern. Med. 166 (15): 1553–1559. doi:10.1001/archinte.166.15.1553.PMID 16908787.
  33.  Kuehn BM (2006). “FDA speeds smoking cessation drug review”. JAMA 295 (6): 614–614.doi:10.1001/jama.295.6.614. PMID 16467225.
  34.  European Medicines Agency (2011-01-28). “EPAR summary for the public. Champix varenicline”. London. Retrieved 2011-02-14.

External links

Manufacturer’s website USA

STR1

Varenicline
Varenicline.svg
Varenicline ball-and-stick model.png
Systematic (IUPAC) name
7,8,9,10-Tetrahydro-6,10-methano-6H-pyrazino[2,3-h] [3]benzazepine
Clinical data
Trade names Chantix
AHFS/Drugs.com Monograph
MedlinePlus a606024
License data
Pregnancy
category
  • AU: B3
  • US: C (Risk not ruled out)
Routes of
administration
Oral
Legal status
Legal status
Pharmacokinetic data
Protein binding <20%
Metabolism Limited (<10%)
Biological half-life 24 hours
Excretion Renal (81–92%)
Identifiers
CAS Number 249296-44-4 Yes 375815-87-5
ATC code N07BA03 (WHO)
PubChem CID 5310966
IUPHAR/BPS 5459
DrugBank DB01273 Yes
ChemSpider 4470510 Yes
UNII W6HS99O8ZO Yes
KEGG D08669 
ChEBI CHEBI:84500 
ChEMBL CHEMBL1076903 Yes
Chemical data
Formula C13H13N3
Molar mass 211.267 g/mol

////////////Varenicline, Chantix™, FDA 2006, 249296-44-4, 375815-87-5,  Champix , Pfizer, バレニクリン酒石酸塩

n1c2cc3c(cc2ncc1)[C@@H]4CNC[C@H]3C4


Filed under: Uncategorized Tagged: 249296-44-4, 375815-87-5, バレニクリン酒石酸塩, Champix, Chantix™, FDA 2006, PFIZER, Varenicline

FDA approves Adlyxin (lixisenatide) to treat type 2 diabetes

$
0
0

 

 

07/28/2016 07:53 AM EDT
The U.S. Food and Drug Administration approved Adlyxin (lixisenatide), a once-daily injection to improve glycemic control (blood sugar levels), along with diet and exercise, in adults with type 2 diabetes.

July 28, 2016

Release

The U.S. Food and Drug Administration approved Adlyxin (lixisenatide), a once-daily injection to improve glycemic control (blood sugar levels), along with diet and exercise, in adults with type 2 diabetes.

“The FDA continues to support the development of new drug therapies for diabetes management,” said Mary Thanh Hai Parks, M.D., deputy director, Office of Drug Evaluation II in the FDA’s Center for Drug Evaluation and Research. “Adlyxin will add to the available treatment options to control blood sugar levels for those with type 2.”

Type 2 diabetes affects more than 29 million people and accounts for more than 90 percent of diabetes cases diagnosed in the United States. Over time, high blood sugar levels can increase the risk for serious complications, including heart disease, blindness and nerve and kidney damage.

Adlyxin is a glucagon-like peptide-1 (GLP-1) receptor agonist, a hormone that helps normalize blood sugar levels. The drug’s safety and effectiveness were evaluated in 10 clinical trials that enrolled 5,400 patients with type 2 diabetes. In these trials, Adlyxin was evaluated both as a standalone therapy and in combination with other FDA-approved diabetic medications, including metformin, sulfonylureas, pioglitazone and basal insulin. Use of Adlyxin improved hemoglobin A1c levels (a measure of blood sugar levels) in these trials.

In addition, more than 6,000 patients with type 2 diabetes at risk for atherosclerotic cardiovascular disease were treated with either Adlyxin or a placebo in a cardiovascular outcomes trial. Use of Adlyxin did not increase the risk of cardiovascular adverse events in these patients.

Adlyxin should not be used to treat people with type 1 diabetes or patients with increased ketones in their blood or urine (diabetic ketoacidosis).

The most common side effects associated with Adlyxin are nausea, vomiting, headache, diarrhea and dizziness. Hypoglycemia in patients treated with both Adlyxin and other antidiabetic drugs such as sulfonylurea and/or basal insulin is another common side effect. In addition, severe hypersensitivity reactions, including anaphylaxis, were reported in clinical trials of Adlyxin.

The FDA is requiring the following post-marketing studies for Adlyxin:

  • Clinical studies to evaluate dosing, efficacy and safety in pediatric patients.
  • A study evaluating the immunogenicity of lixisenatide.

Adlyxin is manufactured by Sanofi-Aventis U.S. LLC, of Bridgewater, New Jersey.

END……………….

 

 

lixisenatide;Lixisenatide|Lixisenatide Acetate;Lixisenatide Acetate
CAS: 320367-13-3
MF: C215H347N61O65S
MW: 4858.53

827033-10-3.png

Lixisenatide

Lixisenatide

 

827033-10-3; Lixisenatide [INN]; UNII-74O62BB01U; DesPro36Exendin-4(1-39)-Lys6-NH2;   DesPro36Exendin-4(1-39)-Lys6-NH2
Molecular Formula: C215H347N61O65S
Molecular Weight: 4858.49038 g/mol
IUPAC Condensed

H-His-Gly-Glu-Gly-Thr-Phe-Thr-Ser-Asp-Leu-Ser-Lys-Gln-Met-Glu-Glu-Glu-Ala-Val-Arg-Leu-Phe-Ile-Glu-Trp-Leu-Lys-Asn-Gly-Gly-Pro-Ser-Ser-Gly-Ala-Pro-Pro-Ser-Lys-Lys-Lys-Lys-Lys-Lys-NH2

from PubChem
LINUCS

[][L-Lys-NH2]{[(1+2)][L-Lys]{[(1+2)][L-Lys]{[(1+2)][L-Lys]{[(1+2)][L-Lys]{[(1+2)][L-Lys]{[(1+2)][L-Ser]{[(1+2)][L-Pro]{[(1+2)][L-Pro]{[(1+2)][L-Ala]{[(1+2)][Gly]{[(1+2)][L-Ser]{[(1+2)][L-Ser]{[(1+2)][L-Pro]{[(1+2)][Gly]{[(1+2)][Gly]{[(1+2)][L-Asn]{[(1+2)][L-Lys]{[(1+2)][L-Leu]{[(1+2)][L-Trp]{[(1+2)][L-Glu]{[(1+2)][L-Ile]{[(1+2)][L-Phe]{[(1+2)][L-Leu]{[(1+2)][L-Arg]{[(1+2)][L-Val]{[(1+2)][L-Ala]{[(1+2)][L-Glu]{[(1+2)][L-Glu]{[(1+2)][L-Glu]{[(1+2)][L-Met]{[(1+2)][L-Gln]{[(1+2)][L-Lys]{[(1+2)][L-Ser]{[(1+2)][L-Leu]{[(1+2)][L-Asp]{[(1+2)][L-Ser]{[(1+2)][L-Thr]{[(1+2)][L-Phe]{[(1+2)][L-Thr]{[(1+2)][Gly]{[(1+2)][L-Glu]{[(1+2)][Gly]{[(1+2)][L-His]{}}}}}}}}}}}}}}}}}}}}}}}}}}}}}}}}}}}}}}}}}}}}

from PubChem
Sequence

HGEGTFTSDLSKQMEEEAVRLFIEWLKNGGPSSGAPPSKKKKKK

from PubChem
PLN

H-HGEGTFTSDLSKQMEEEAVRLFIEWLKNGGPSSGAPPSKKKKKK-[NH2]

from PubChem
HELM

PEPTIDE1{H.G.E.G.T.F.T.S.D.L.S.K.Q.M.E.E.E.A.V.R.L.F.I.E.W.L.K.N.G.G.P.S.S.G.A.P.P.S.K.K.K.K.K.K.[am]}$$$$

Lixisenatide (trade name Lyxumia) is a once-daily injectable GLP-1 receptor agonist for the treatment of diabetes, discovered by Zealand Pharma A/S of Denmark and licensed and developed by Sanofi.[1] Lixisenatide was accepted for review by the US FDA on February 19, 2013, and approved by the European Commission on February 1, 2013.[2] On September 12, 2013, Sanofi delayed the approval process in the US, citing internal data from a cardiovascular risk study. The drug will likely be resubmitted for approval in 2015.

Lixisenatide is a once-daily injectable GLP-1 receptor agonist discovered by Zealand Pharma A/S of Denmark and licensed and developed by Sanofi. As of September 2010 it is in clinical trials for diabetes. Lixisenatide was accepted for review by the US FDA on February 19, 2013, and approved by the European Commission on February 1, 2013. The drug will likely be resubmitted for approval in 2015.

Mechanism of action

GLP-1 is a naturally-occurring peptide that is released within minutes of eating a meal. It is known to suppress glucagon secretion from pancreatic alpha cells and stimulate insulin secretion by pancreatic beta cells. GLP-1 receptor agonists are used as an add-on treatment for type 2 diabetes and their use is endorsed by the European Association for the Study of Diabetes, the American Diabetes Association, the American Association of Clinical Endocrinologists and the American College of Endocrinology.

Physical and chemical properties

Lixisenatixe has been described as “des-38-proline-exendin-4 (Heloderma suspectum)-(1–39)-peptidylpenta-L-lysyl-L-lysinamide”, meaning it is derived from the first 39 amino acids in the sequence of the peptide exendin-4, found in the Gila monster (Heloderma suspectum), omitting proline at position 38 and adding six lysine residues. Its complete sequence is:[3]

H–HisGlyGlu–Gly–ThrPhe–Thr–SerAspLeu–Ser–LysGlnMet–Glu–Glu–Glu–AlaValArg–Leu–Phe–Ile–Glu–Trp–Leu–Lys–Asn–Gly–Gly–Pro–Ser–Ser–Gly–Ala–Pro–Pro–Ser–Lys–Lys–Lys–Lys–Lys–Lys–NH2

Old post

Sanofi to withdraw the lixisenatide New Drug Application (NDA) in the U.S., The company plans to resubmit the NDA in 2015, after completion of the ELIXA CV study.

lixisenatide

Sanofi Provides Update on Lixisenatide New Drug Application in U.S.

Paris, France – September 12, 2013 – Sanofi (EURONEXT: SAN and NYSE: SNY) announced today its decision to withdraw the lixisenatide New Drug Application (NDA) in the U.S., which included early interim results from the ongoing ELIXA cardiovascular (CV) outcomes study. The company plans to resubmit the NDA in 2015, after completion of the ELIXA CV study.

The decision to withdraw the lixisenatide application follows discussions with the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) regarding its proposed process for the review of interim data. Sanofi believes that potential public disclosure of early interim data, even with safeguards, could potentially compromise the integrity of the ongoing ELIXA study. Sanofi’s decision is not related to safety issues or deficiencies in the NDA………………………read all at

http://www.pharmalive.com/sanofi-pulls-diabetes-drug-nda

 

EU

References

  1.  Christensen, M; Knop, FK; Holst, JJ; Vilsboll, T (2009). “Lixisenatide, a novel GLP-1 receptor agonist for the treatment of type 2 diabetes mellitus”. IDrugs : the investigational drugs journal 12 (8): 503–13. PMID 19629885.
  2.  “Sanofi New Drug Application for Lixisenatide Accepted for Review by FDA”. Drugs.com/PR Newsire. 19 February 2013.
  3.  “International Nonproprietary Names for Pharmaceutical Substances (INN). Recommended INN: List 61” (PDF). WHO Drug Information 23 (1): 66f. 2009.
Lixisenatide
Clinical data
Trade names Lyxumia
License data
Routes of
administration
Subcutaneous injection
Legal status
Legal status
  • UK: POM (Prescription only)
Identifiers
CAS Number 827033-10-3
ATC code A10BX10 (WHO)
PubChem CID 16139342
IUPHAR/BPS 7387
ChemSpider 17295846
ChEBI CHEBI:85662
Chemical data
Formula C215H347N61O65S
Molar mass 4858.49 g/mol

///////FDA 2016, SANOFI, FDA,  approves , Adlyxin, lixisenatide, type 2 diabetes, Sanofi-Aventis U.S. LLC, Bridgewater, New Jersey, Lyxumia

CCC(C)C(C(=O)NC(CCC(=O)O)C(=O)NC(Cc1c[nH]c2c1cccc2)C(=O)NC(CC(C)C)C(=O)NC(CCCCN)C(=O)NC(CC(=O)N)C(=O)NCC(=O)NCC(=O)N3CCCC3C(=O)NC(CO)C(=O)NC(CO)C(=O)NCC(=O)NC(C)C(=O)N4CCCC4C(=O)N5CCCC5C(=O)NC(CO)C(=O)NC(CCCCN)C(=O)NC(CCCCN)C(=O)NC(CCCCN)C(=O)NC(CCCCN)C(=O)NC(CCCCN)C(=O)NC(CCCCN)C(=O)N)NC(=O)C(Cc6ccccc6)NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(CCCNC(=N)N)NC(=O)C(C(C)C)NC(=O)C(C)NC(=O)C(CCC(=O)O)NC(=O)C(CCC(=O)O)NC(=O)C(CCC(=O)O)NC(=O)C(CCSC)NC(=O)C(CCC(=O)N)NC(=O)C(CCCCN)NC(=O)C(CO)NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC(=O)O)NC(=O)C(CO)NC(=O)C(C(C)O)NC(=O)C(Cc7ccccc7)NC(=O)C(C(C)O)NC(=O)CNC(=O)C(CCC(=O)O)NC(=O)CNC(=O)C(Cc8cnc[nH]8)N

AND

CCC(C)C(C(=O)NC(CCC(=O)O)C(=O)NC(CC1=CNC2=CC=CC=C21)C(=O)NC(CC(C)C)C(=O)NC(CCCCN)C(=O)NC(CC(=O)N)C(=O)NCC(=O)NCC(=O)N3CCCC3C(=O)NC(CO)C(=O)NC(CO)C(=O)NCC(=O)NC(C)C(=O)N4CCCC4C(=O)N5CCCC5C(=O)NC(CO)C(=O)NC(CCCCN)C(=O)NC(CCCCN)C(=O)NC(CCCCN)C(=O)NC(CCCCN)C(=O)NC(CCCCN)C(=O)NC(CCCCN)C(=O)N)NC(=O)C(CC6=CC=CC=C6)NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(CCCNC(=N)N)NC(=O)C(C(C)C)NC(=O)C(C)NC(=O)C(CCC(=O)O)NC(=O)C(CCC(=O)O)NC(=O)C(CCC(=O)O)NC(=O)C(CCSC)NC(=O)C(CCC(=O)N)NC(=O)C(CCCCN)NC(=O)C(CO)NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC(=O)O)NC(=O)C(CO)NC(=O)C(C(C)O)NC(=O)C(CC7=CC=CC=C7)NC(=O)C(C(C)O)NC(=O)CNC(=O)C(CCC(=O)O)NC(=O)CNC(=O)C(CC8=CN=CN8)N

Filed under: DIABETES, FDA 2016 Tagged: Adlyxin, Approves, Bridgewater, fda, FDA 2016, lixisenatide, lyxumia, New Jersey, SANOFI, Sanofi-Aventis U.S. LLC, TYPE 2 DIABETES

VELPATASVIR (GS-5816), GILEAD SCIENCES, велпатасвир, فالباتاسفير , 维帕他韦 ,

$
0
0

img

VELPATASVIR (GS-5816), GILEAD SCIENCES

CAS 1377049-84-7

Molecular Formula: C49H54N8O8
Molecular Weight: 883.00186 g/mol

Hepatitis C virus NS 5 protein inhibitors

KEEP WATCHING AS I ADD MORE DATA, SYNTHESIS……………

Gilead Sciences, Inc. INNOVATOR

Elizabeth M. Bacon, Jeromy J. Cottell, Ashley Anne Katana, Darryl Kato, Evan S. Krygowski, John O. Link, James Taylor, Chinh Viet Tran, Martin Teresa Alejandra Trejo, Zheng-Yu Yang, Sheila Zipfel,

Elizabeth Bacon

Senior Research Associate II at Gilead Sciences

Methyl {(2S)-1-[(2S,5S)-2-(5-{2-[(2S,4S)-1-{(2R)-2- [(methoxycarbonyl)amino]-2-phenylacetyl}-4- (methoxymethyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl]-1 ,1 1 dihydroisochromeno[4′,3′:6,7]naphtho[1 ,2-d]imidazol-9-yl}-1 H-imidazol-2-yl)-5- methylpyrrolidin-1 -yl]-3-methyl-1 -oxobutan-2-yl}carbamate

methyl {(2S)-1-[(2S,5S)-2-(9-{2-[(2S,4S)-1-{(2R)-2-[(methoxycarbonyl)amino]-2-phenylacetyl}-4-(methoxymethyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl]-1H-imidazol-5-yl}-1,11-dihydroisochromeno[4′,3′:6,7]naphtho[1,2-d]imidazol-2-yl)-5-methylpyrrolidin-1-yl]-3-methyl-1-oxobutan-2-yl}carbamate

methyl {(2S)-1 – [(2S,5S)-2-(5-{2-[(2S,4S)-l- {(2R)-2-[(methoxycarbonyl)amino]-2-phenylacetyl} -4-(methoxymethyl) pyrrolidin-2-yl]-l,l 1 dihydroisochromeno [4′,3′:6,7]naphtho[l,2-d]imidazol-9-yl}-lH-imidazol-2-yl)- 5-methylpyrrolidin-l-yl]-3-methyl-l -oxobutan-2-yl}carbamate

str1

Research Scientist I at Gilead Sciences

{(2S)-1-[(2S,5S)-2-(9-{2-[(2S,4S)-1-{(2R)-2-[(Méthoxycarbonyl)amino]-2-phénylacétyl}-4-(méthoxyméthyl)-2-pyrrolidinyl]-1H-imidazol-4-yl}-1,11-dihydroisochroméno[4′,3′:6,7]naphto[1,2-d]imidazol-2-yl)-5 -méthyl-1-pyrrolidinyl]-3-méthyl-1-oxo-2-butanyl}carbamate de méthyle
Carbamic acid, N-[(1R)-2-[(2S,4S)-2-[4-[1,11-dihydro-2-[(2S,5S)-1-[(2S)-2-[(methoxycarbonyl)amino]-3-methyl-1-oxobutyl]-5-methyl-2-pyrrolidinyl][2]benzopyrano[4′,3′:6,7]naphth[1,2-d]imidazol-9-yl]-1H- imidazol-2-yl]-4-(methoxymethyl)-1-pyrrolidinyl]-2-oxo-1-phenylethyl]-, methyl ester

Methyl {(2S)-1-[(2S,5S)-2-(9-{2-[(2S,4S)-1-{(2R)-2-[(methoxycarbonyl)amino]-2-phenylacetyl}-4-(methoxymethyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl]-1H-imidazol-4-yl}-1,11-dihydro[2]benzopyrano[4′,3′:6,7]naphtho[1,2-d]imidazol-2-yl)-5-methylpyrrolidin-1-yl]-3-methyl-1-oxobutan-2-yl}carbamate

str1

Velpatasvir.png

.

str1

Description Pan-genotypic HCV NS5A inhibitor
Molecular Target HCV NS5A protein
Mechanism of Action HCV non-structural protein 5A inhibitor
Therapeutic Modality Small molecule
Latest Stage of Development Phase II
Standard Indication Hepatitis C virus (HCV)
Indication Details Treat HCV genotype 1 infection; Treat HCV infection
  • Gilead Sciences
  • Class Antivirals; Carbamates; Chromans; Imidazoles; Naphthols; Phenylacetates; Phosphoric acid esters; Pyrimidine nucleotides; Pyrrolidines; Small molecules
  • Mechanism of Action Hepatitis C virus NS 5 protein inhibitors
  • Registered Hepatitis C

Most Recent Events

  • 14 Jul 2016 Registered for Hepatitis C in Canada (PO)
  • 08 Jul 2016 Registered for Hepatitis C in Liechtenstein, Iceland, Norway, European Union (PO)
  • 30 Jun 2016 Gilead Sciences plans a phase III trial for Hepatitis C (Combination therapy, Treatment-experienced) in Japan (PO (NCT02822794)

 

Darryl Kato works on a hepatitis treatment at Gilead Sciences Inc.’s lab

Velpatasvir, also known as GS-5816, is a potent and selective Hepatitis C virus NS5A inhibitor. GS-5816 has demonstrated pan-genotypic activity and a high barrier to resistance in HCV replicon assays. GS-5816 demonstrated pangenotypic antiviral activity in patients with genotype 1-4 HCV infection. It will be further evaluated in combination with other pangenotypic direct-acting antivirals to achieve the goal of developing a well-tolerated, highly effective treatment for all HCV genotypes.

WO 2013/075029. Compound I has the formula:


methyl {(2S)-1-[(2S,5S)-2-(9-{2-[(2S,4S)-1-{(2R)-2-[(methoxycarbonyl)amino]-2-phenylacetyl}-4-(methoxymethyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl]-1H-imidazol-5-yl}-1,11-dihydroisochromeno[4′,3′:6,7]naphtho[1,2-d]imidazol-2-yl)-5-methylpyrrolidin-1-yl]-3-methyl-1-oxobutan-2-yl}carbamate

.

PAPER

Patent Highlights: Recently Approved HCV NS5a Drugs

Cidara Therapeutics, 6310 Nancy Ridge Dr., Suite 101, San Diego, California 92121, United States
Org. Process Res. Dev., Article ASAP

Abstract

Five inhibitors of the NS5a enzyme have been approved as part of oral regimens for the treatment of hepatitis C virus, including daclatasvir (Bristol-Myers Squibb), ledipasvir (Gilead Sciences), ombitasvir (AbbVie), elbasvir (Merck), and velpatasvir (Gilead Sciences). This article reviews worldwide patents and patent applications that have been published on synthetic routes and final forms for these five drugs.

 

PATENT

https://google.com/patents/WO2013075029A1?cl=en

Example NP

Methyl {(2S)-1-[(2S,5S)-2-(5-{2-[(2S,4S)-1-{(2R)-2- [(methoxycarbonyl)amino]-2-phenylacetyl}-4- (methoxymethyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl]-1 ,1 1 dihydroisochromeno[4′,3′:6,7]naphtho[1 ,2-d]imidazol-9-yl}-1 H-imidazol-2-yl)-5- methylpyrrolidin-1 -yl]-3-methyl-1 -oxobutan-2-yl}carbamate

Methyl {(2S)-l-[(2S,5S)-2-(5-{2-[(2S,4S)-l-{(2R)-2-[(methoxycarbonyl)amino]-2-phenylacetyl}-4- (methoxymethyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl]-l,ll dihydroisochromeno [4′,3′:6,7]naphtho[l,2-d]imidazol-9- yl}-lH-imidazol-2-yl)-5-methylpyrrolidin-l-yl]-3-methyl-l-oxobutan-2-yl}carbamate

The synthesis of this compound was prepared according to the procedure of example LR-1 with the following modification. During the Suzuki coupling, (2S)-l-[(2S,5S)-2-(5-iodo-lH-imidazol- 2-yl)-5-methylpyrrolidin-l-yl]-2-[(l-meth^ was used in lieu of

(2S)-l -[(2S)-2-(5-bromo-lH-imidazol-2-yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl]-2-[(l-methoxyethenyl)amino]-3- methylbutan-l-one. The crade material was purified by preparative HPLC to provide methyl {(2S)-1 – [(2S,5S)-2-(5-{2-[(2S,4S)-l- {(2R)-2-[(methoxycarbonyl)amino]-2-phenylacetyl} -4-(methoxymethyl) pyrrolidin-2-yl]-l,l 1 dihydroisochromeno [4′,3′:6,7]naphtho[l,2-d]imidazol-9-yl}-lH-imidazol-2-yl)- 5-methylpyrrolidin-l-yl]-3-methyl-l -oxobutan-2-yl}carbamate as a white solid (17 mg, 0.019 mmol, 17%). lU NMR (400 MHz, cd3od) δ 8.63 (s, 1H), 8.19 (d, 1H), 8.04 (m, 1H), 7.87 (m, 2H), 7.66 (m, 2H), 7.52 – 7.39 (m, 6H), 5.50 (m, 2H), 5.32 (s, 2H), 5.16 (m, 1H), 4.12 (m, 1H), 3.80 (m, 4H), 3.66 (s, 6H), 3.43 (m, 4H), 3.23 (s, 3H), 2.72-1.99 (m, 9H), 1.56 (d, 3H), 1.29 (m, 1H), 0.99 (d, 3H), 0.88 (d, 3H).

PATENT

US 20150361073 A1

Scheme 1

Compound (J)

Compound (I) H CO- Com pound (G)

st alkylation: Conversion of Compound (I-a) to Compound (G-a)

Compound (I-a) (45 g, 1.0 equiv.), Compound (J-a) (26.7g, 1.03 equiv.) and potassium carbonate (20.7g, 1.5 equiv.) in dichloromethane (450 mL) were stirred at about 20 °C for approximately 3-4 hours. After the completion of the reaction, water (450 mL) was charged into the reactor and the mixture was stirred. Layers were separated, and the aqueous layer was extracted with dichloromethane (200 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with 2 wt% NaH2PO4/10wt% NaCl solution (450 mL). The organic layer was then concentrated and the solvent was swapped from dichloromethane into tetrahydrofuran. A purified sample of Compound (G-a) has the following spectrum: ¾ NMR (400 MHz,

CDC13) δ 7.90-7.94 (m, 1H), 7.81-7.85 (m, 1H), 7.72 (s, 1H), 7.69 (s, 1H), 7.66 (s, 1H), 5.19-5.56 (2dd, 2H), 5.17 (s, 2H), 4.73 (t, 1H), 4.39-4.48 (m, 1H), 3.70-3.77 (m, 1H), 3.37-3.45 (m, 2H), 3.33-3.35 (d, 3H), 3.28-3.32 (m, 1H), 3.20-3.25 (dd, 1H), 2.92-2.96 (dt, 1H), 2.44-2.59 (m, 4H), 1.97-2.09 (m, 1H), 1.44 (d, 9H).

Alternative reagents and reaction conditions to those disclosed above may also be employed. For example, alternative starting material may be Compound (I) where X may be -CI, -Br, -OTs, -OS02Ph, -OS02Me, -OS02CF3, -OS02R, , and -OP(0)(OR)2 and Y may be -CI, -Br, -OTs, -OS02Ph, -OS02Me, -OS02CF3, -OS02R, and -OP(0)(OR)2. R may be alkyl, haloalkyl, or an optionally substituted aryl.

Various bases may also be employed, such as phosphate salts (including but not limited to KH2P04, K3P04, Na2HP04, and Na3P04) and carbonate salts (including but not limited to Na2C03,Cs2C03, and NaHC03). Where the starting material is Compound (J), KHC03 or preformed potassium, sodium, and cesium salts of Compound (J) may also be used.

Alternative solvents can include 2-methyltetrahydrofuran, tetrahydrofuran, isopropyl acetate, ethyl acetate, tert-butyl methyl ether, cyclopentyl methyl ether, dimethylformamide, acetone, MEK, and MIBK.

The reaction temperature may range from about 10 °C to about 60 °C.

” alkylation: Conversion of Compound (G-a) to Compound (B-a):

A solution of Compound (G-a) (prepared as described earlier starting from 45 g of Compound (I-a)) was mixed with Compound (H) (42.9g, 1.5 equiv.), and cesium carbonate (26. lg, 0.8 equiv.). The reaction mixture was stirred at about 40-45 °C until reaction was complete and then cooled to about 20 °C. Water (450 mL) and ethyl acetate (225 mL) were added and the mixture was agitated. Layers were separated, and the aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (150 mL). Combined organic phase was concentrated and solvent was swapped to toluene. A purified sample of Compound (B-a) has the following spectrum: ¾ NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 57.90-7.93 (m, 1H), 7.81-7.83 (m, 1H), 7.73 (s, 1H), 7.63-7.64 (d, 1H), 7.59-7.60 (d, 1H), 5.52-5.63 (m, 1H), 5.30-5.43 (q, 1H), 5.13-5.23 (s+m, 3H), 4.56-4.64 (m, 2H), 4.39-4.48 (m, 1H), 4.20-4.27 (m, 1H), 3.62-3.79 (m, 2H), 3.66 (s, 2H), 3.36-3.45 (m, 2H), 3.34-3.35 (d, 3H), 3.07-3.25 (m, 3H), 2.59-2.37 (m, 5H), 1.97-2.16 (m, 3H), 1.60 (s, 3H), 1.38-1.45 (m, 12H), 0.91-1.03 (m, 6H).

Alternative reagents and reaction conditions to those disclosed above may also be employed. For example, alternative starting material may include Compound (G) where Y may be -CI, -Br, -OTs, -OS02Ph, -OS02Me, -OS02CF3, -OS02R, , or -OP(0)(OR)2. where R is alkyl, aryl, or substituted aryl. In some embodiments, the substituted aryl may be an aryl having one or more substituents, such as alkyl, alkoxy, hydroxyl, nitro, halogen, and others as discussed above.

Various bases may be employed. Non-limiting examples can include phosphate salts (including but not limited to KH2P04, K3P04, Na2HP04, and Na3P04) and carbonate salts (including but not limited to K2C03 or Na2C03). If Compound (H) is used as the starting material, Li2C03 or preformed potassium, sodium, and cesium salt of Compound (H) may be employed.

Alternative solvents may include 2-methyltetrahydrofuran, dichloromethane, toluene, mixtures of THF/Toluene, isopropyl acetate, ethyl acetate, l-methyl-2-pyrrolidinone, Ν,Ν-dimethylacetamide, acetone, MEK,and MIBK. An alternative additive may be

potassium iodide, and the reaction temperature may range from about 40 °C to about 60 °C or about 40 °C to about 50 °C.

A toluene solution of Compound (B-a) (604 g solution from 45 g of Compound (I-a)) was charged to a reaction vessel containing ammonium acetate (185.2 g) and isopropanol (91.0 g). The contents of the reactor were agitated at about 90 °C until the reaction was complete (about 16 to 24 hours). The reaction mixture was cooled to about 45 °C, and then allowed to settle for layer separation. Water (226 g) was added to the organic phase, and the resulting mixture was separated at about 30 °C. Methanol (274 g), Celite (26.9 g) and an aqueous solution of sodium hydroxide (67.5 g, 50%) and sodium chloride (54.0 g) in water (608 g) were added to the organic phase, and the resulting mixture was agitated for a minimum of 30 minutes. The mixture was then filtered through Celite and rinsed forward with a mixture of toluene (250 g) and isopropanol (1 1 g). The biphasic filtrate was separated and water (223 g) was added to the organic phase, and the resulting mixture was agitated at about 30 °C for at least 15 minutes. The mixture was filtered through Celite and rinsed forward with toluene (91 g). The organic layer was concentrated by vacuum distillation to 355 g and was added over 30 minutes to another reactor containing w-heptane (578 g). The resulting slurry is filtered, with the wetcake was washed with w-heptane (450 mL) and dried in a vacuum oven to afford Compound (C-a). A purified sample of Compound (C-a) has the following spectrum: *H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 12.27-11.60 (m, 1 H), 1 1.18-10.69 (m, 1 H), 7.83 – 7.44 (m, 4 H), 7.36 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 1 H), 7.28 – 7.05 (m, 1 H), 5.65 – 5.25 (m, 1H), 5.25 – 4.83 (m, 4 H), 4.34 – 4.03 (m, 2 H), 3.93 – 3.63 (m, 4 H), 3.52 (s, 1 H), 3.35 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 4 H), 3.19 – 2.94 (m, 4 H), 2.88 (dd, J = 12.0, 7.9 Hz, 3 H), 2.66 – 1.85 (m, 5 H), 1.79 (s, 5 H), 1.37 – 1.12 (m, 6H), 1.04-0.98 (m, 6 H), 0.82 (t, J = 7.7 Hz, 2 H).

Alternative reagents and reaction conditions to those disclosed above may also be employed. For example, alternative reagents, in lieu of ammonium acetate, can include hexamethyldisilazane, ammonia, ammonium formate, ammonium propionate, ammonium hexanoate, and ammonium octanoate. Various solvents, such as toluene, xylene, an alcohol

(including but not limited to isopropanol, 1-propanol, 1-butanol, 2-butanol, 2-methoxyethanol, and glycols, such as ethylene glycol and propylene glycol) may be employed. Alternative catalyst/additives may include magnesium stearate, acetic acid, propionic acid, and acetic anhydride. The reaction temperature may range from about 60 °C to about 110 °C or about 85 °C to about 95 °C.

D

Preparation of Compound (D-a) using DDQ as oxidant:

A solution of Compound (C-a) (255.84 g) in 2-methyltetrahydrofuran (1535 mL) was cooled to about 0 °C and acetic acid (0.92 mL) was added. To this mixture was added a solution of DDQ (76.98 g) in 2-methyltetrahydrofuran (385 mL) over about 30 minutes. Upon reaction completion, a 10 wt% aqueous potassium hydroxide solution (1275 mL) was added over about 30 minutes and the mixture was warmed to about 20 °C. Celite (101.5 g) was added and the slurry was filtered through Celite (50.0 g) and the filter cake was rinsed with 2-methyltetrahydrofuran (765 mL). The phases of the filtrate were separated. The organic phase was washed successively aqueous potassium hydroxide solution (1020 mL, 10 wt%), aqueous sodium bisulfite solution (1020 mL, 10 wt%), aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution (1020 mL, 5 wt%) and aqueous sodium chloride solution (1020 mL, 5 wt%). The organic phase was then concentrated to a volume of about 650 mL. Cyclopentyl methyl ether (1530 mL) was added and the resulting solution was concentrated to a volume of about 710 mL. The temperature was adjusted to about 40 °C and Compound (D-a) seed (1.0 g) was added. The mixture was agitated until a slurry forms, then methyl tert-butyl ether (2300 mL) was added over about 3 hours. The slurry was cooled to about 20 °C over about 2 hours and filtered. The filter cake was rinsed with methyl tert-butyl ether (1275 mL) and dried in a vacuum oven at about 40 °C to provide Compound (D-a). A purified sample of Compound (D-a) has the following spectrum: ¾ NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 13.05-10.50 (comp m, 2H), 8.65-6.95 (comp m, 8H), 5.50-5.35 (m, 2H), 5.25^1.60 (comp m, 3H), 4.35-4.20 (m, 1H), 4.00-3.65 (comp m, 4H), 3.60-3.45 (m, 1H), 3.45-3.25 (comp m, 4H), 3.25-3.00 (comp m, 2H), 2.95-1.65 (comp m, 6H), 1.47 (br s, 9H), 1.40-1.25 (comp m, 2H), 1.20-0.70 (comp m, 9H).

Alternative Preparation of Compound (D-a) using Mn02 as oxidant:

A mixture of Compound (C-a) (50.0 g), manganese (IV) oxide (152.8 g) and dichloromethane (500 mL) is stirred at about 20 °C. Upon completion of the reaction, Celite (15 g) was added. The resulting slurry was filtered through Celite (20 g) and the filter cake was rinsed with dichloromethane (500 mL). The filtrate was concentrated and solvent exchanged into cyclopentyl methyl ether (250 mL). The resulting solution was warmed to about 60 °C and treated with an aqueous potassium hydroxide solution (250 mL, 10wt%). The biphasic mixture is stirred at about 45 °C for about 12 hours. The phases are then separated and the organic phase is concentrated to a volume of about 150 mL. The concentrate is filtered, seeded with Compound (D-a) seed and agitated at about 40 °C to obtain a slurry. Methyl tert-butyl ether (450 mL) was added to the slurry over 30 minutes and the resulting mixture was cooled to about 20 °C. The precipitated solid was filtered, rinsed with methyl tert-butyl ether (250 mL) and dried in a vacuum oven at about 40 °C to obtain Compound (D-a).

Alternative Preparation of Compound (D-a) through catalytic dehydrogenation

A mixture of Compound (C-a) (2.5 g, 2.7 mmol, 1 equiv), 5% Pd/Al203 (2.5 g) and 1-propanol (25 mL, degassed) was stirred at reflux under inert environment for about 5.5 hours. The reaction mixture was then cooled to ambient temperature and filtered through Celite, and the residue rinsed with 1-propanol (2 x 5 mL) to obtain a solution of Compound (D-a).

Alternative reagents and reaction conditions to those disclosed above may also be employed. For example, in a reaction scheme employing stoichiometric oxidants, alternative oxidants may include manganese(IV) oxide, copper(II) acetate, copper(II) trifluoroacetate, copper(II) chloride, copper(II) bromide, bromine (Br2), iodine (I2), N-chlorosuccinimide, N-bromosuccinimide, N-iodosuccinimide, 1 ,4-benzoquinone, tetrachloro-l,4-benzoquinone (chloranil), eerie ammonium nitrate, hydrogen peroxide, tert-butyl hydroperoxide, άϊ-tert-butyl peroxide, benzoyl peroxide, oxygen ((¾), sodium hypochlorite, sodium hypobromite, tert-butyl hypochlorite, Oxone, diacetoxyiodobenzene, and bis(trifluoroacetoxy)iodobenzene. Various additives may be employed, and non-limiting examples may be carbonate bases (e.g., potassium carbonate, potassium bicarbonate, sodium carbonate, sodium bicarbonate, and the like), amines (e.g., triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine and the like), and acids (e.g., trifluoroacetic acid, trichloroacetic acid, benzoic acid, hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, phosphoric acid, ara-toluenesulfonic acid, methanesulfonic acid), sodium acetate, potassium acetate, and the like). The reaction temperature may range from about -10°C to 80 °C. The reaction may take place in solvents, such as halogenated solvents (e.g., dichloromethane, 1,2-dichloroethane, etc.), aromatic solvents (e.g., toluene, xylenes, etc.), ethereal solvents (tetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane, cyclopentyl methyl ether, 1 ,2-dimethoxyethane, diglyme, triglyme, etc.), alcoholic solvents (e.g., methanol, ethanol, w-propanol, isopropanol, n-butanol, tert-butanol, tert-amyl alcohol, ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, etc.), ester solvents (e.g., ethyl acetate, isopropyl acetate, tert-butyl acetate, etc.), ketone solvents (e.g., acetone, 2-butanone, 4-methyl-2-pentanone, etc.), polar aprotic solvents (e.g., acetonitrile, Ν,Ν-dimethylformamide, N,N-dimethylacetamide, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidinone, pyridine, dimethyl sulfoxide, etc.), amine solvents (e.g., triethylamine, morpholine, etc.), acetic acid, and water.

In reaction schemes employing catalytic oxidants, alternative catalysts may include palladium catalysts (e.g., palladium(II) acetate, palladium(II) trifluoroacetate, palladium(II) chloride, palladium(II) bromide, palladium(II) iodide, palladium(II) benzoate, palladium(II) sulfate, tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0), tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0), bis(tri-iert-butylphosphine)palladium(0), bis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(II) chloride, bis(acetonitrile)palladium(II) chloride, bis(benzonitrile)palladium(II) chloride, palladium on carbon, palladium on alumina, palladium on hydroxyapatite, palladium on calcium carbonate, palladium on barium sulfate, palladium(II) hydroxide on carbon), platinum catalysts (e.g., platinum on carbon, platinum(IV) oxide, chloroplatinic acid, potassium chloroplatinate), rhodium catalysts (e.g., rhodium on carbon, rhodium on alumina,

bis(styrene)bis(triphenylphosphine)rhodium(0)), ruthenium catalysts (e.g., ruthenium(II) salen, dichloro(para-cymene)ruthenium(II) dimer), iridium catalysts (e.g., iridium(III) chloride, (l,5-cyclooctadiene)diiridium(I) dichloride, bis(l,5-cyclooctadiene)iridium(I) tetrafluoroborate, bis(triphenylphosphine)(l,5-cyclooctadiene)iridium(I) carbonyl chloride, bis(triphenylphosphine)(l,5-cyclooctadiene)iridium(I) tetrafluoroborate), copper catalysts (e.g., copper(I) chloride, copper(II) chloride, copper(I) bromide, copper(II) bromide, copper(I) iodide, copper(II) iodide, copper(II) acetate, copper(II) trifluoroacetate, copper(I) trifluoromethanesulfonate, copper(II) trifluoromethanesulfonate, copper(II) sulfate), iron catalysts (e.g., iron(II) sulfate, iron(II) chloride, iron(III) chloride), vanadium catalysts (e.g., dichloro(ethoxy)oxovanadium, dichloro(isopropoxy)oxovanadium), manganese catalysts (e.g., manganese(rV) oxide, manganese(III) (salen) chloride), cobalt catalysts (e.g., cobalt(II) acetate, cobalt(II) chloride, cobalt(II) salen), indium(III) chloride, silver(I) oxide, sodium tungstate, quinone catalysts (e.g., 2,3-dichloro-5,6-dicyano-l,4-benzoquinone, 1,4-benzoquinone, and tetrachloro-l,4-benzoquinone (chloranil)).

Alternative co-oxidants can include, but are not limited to, sodium nitrite, copper(II) acetate, sodium persulfate, potassium persulfate, ammonium persulfate, sodium perborate, nitrobenzenesulfonate, 2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine-l-oxyl (TEMPO), pyridine-N-oxide, hydrogen peroxide, tert-butyl hydroperoxide, di-tert-butyl peroxide, benzoyl peroxide, oxygen (02), sodium hypochlorite, sodium hypobromite, tert-butyl hypochlorite, oxone, diacetoxyiodobenzene, and bis(trifluoroacetoxy)iodobenzene.

Varoius hydrogen acceptors may be employed. Non-limiting examples can include unsaturated hydrocarbons (e.g., tert-butylethylene, tert-butyl acetylene, 2-hexyne, cyclohexene, and the like), acrylate esters (e.g., methyl acrylate, ethyl acrylate, isopropyl acrylate, tert-butyl acrylate, and the like), maleate esters (e.g., dimethyl maleate, diethyl maleate, diisopropyl maleate, dibutyl maleate, and the like), fumarate esters (e.g., dimethyl fumarate, diethyl fumarate, diisopropyl fumarate, dibutyl fumarate, and the like), and quinones (e.g. chloranil, 1 ,4-benzoquinone, etc.).

Alternative additives may be employed, such as carbonate bases (e.g., potassium carbonate, potassium bicarbonate, sodium carbonate, sodium bicarbonate, etc.), amine bases (e.g., triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine, etc.), phosphines (e.g., triphenylphosphine, tri(ort zotolyl)phosphine, tricyclohexylphosphine, tri-w-butylphosphine, tri-tert-butylphosphine, etc.), acids (e.g., trifluoroacetic acid, trichloroacetic acid, benzoic acid, hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, phosphoric acid, ara-toluenesulfonic acid, methanesulfonic acid, etc.), sodium acetate, N-hydroxyphthalimide, salen, 2,2 ‘-bipyri dine, 9,10-phenanthroline, and quinine.

The reaction can proceed at temperatures ranging from about 10 °C to about 120 °C. Various solvents can be employed, including but not limited to halogenated solvents (e.g., dichloromethane, 1,2-dichloroethane, and the like), aromatic solvents (e.g., toluene, xylenes, and the like), ethereal solvents (tetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane, cyclopentyl methyl ether, 1,2-dimethoxyethane, diglyme, triglyme, and the like), alcoholic solvents (e.g., methanol, ethanol, w-propanol, isopropanol, w-butanol, tert-butanol, tert-amyl alcohol, ethylene glycol, propylene glyco, and the like), ester solvents (e.g., ethyl acetate, isopropyl acetate, tert-butyl acetate, and the like), ketone solvents (e.g., acetone, 2-butanone, 4-methyl-2-pentanone, and the like), polar aprotic solvents (e.g., acetonitrile, Ν,Ν-dimethylformamide, Ν,Ν-dimethylacetamide, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidinone, pyridine, dimethyl sulfoxide, and the like), amine solvents (e.g., triethylamine, morpholine, and the like), acetic acid, and water.

Acetyl chloride (135 mL, 5 equiv.) was added slowly to methanol (750 mL) under external cooling maintaining reaction temperature below 30 °C. The resulting methanolic hydrogen chloride solution was cooled to about 20 °C, and added slowly over about 1 hour to a solution of Compound (D-a) (300 g, 1 equiv.) in methanol (750 mL) held at about 60 °C, and rinsed forward with methanol (300 mL). The reaction mixture was agitated at about 60 °C until reaction was complete (about 1 hour), and then cooled to about 5 °C. The reaction mixture was adjusted to pH 7-8 by addition of sodium methoxide (25 wt. % solution in methanol, 370 mL) over about 20 minutes while maintaining reaction temperature below about 20 °C. Phosphoric acid (85 wt. %, 26 mL, 1 equiv.) and Celite (120 g) were added to the reaction mixture, which was then adjusted to about 20 °C, filtered, and the filter cake was rinsed with methanol (1050 mL). The combined filtrate was polish filtered and treated with phosphoric acid (85 wt. %, 104 mL, 4 equiv.). The mixture was was adjusted to about 60 °C, seeded with Compound (E-a) seed crystals (1.5 g), aged at about 60 °C for 4 hours and cooled slowly to about 20 °C over about 7.5 hours. The precipitated product was filtered, washed with methanol (2 x 600 mL), and dried in a vacuum oven at about 45 °C to provide

Compound (E-a). !H NMR (400 MHz, D20) δ 7.53-6.77 (comp m, 8H), 5.24-4.80 (comp m, 3H), 4.59-4.38 (comp m, 2H), 4.15-3.90 (m, 1H), 3.65-3.38 (comp m, 5H), 3.36-3.14 (comp m, 4H), 2.75 (s, 1H), 2.87-2.66 (m, 1H), 2.29-1.60 (comp m, 6H), 1.27 (d, 3H), 0.76 (m, 6H).

Alternative reagents and reaction conditions to those disclosed above may also be employed. Various deprotection agents are well known to those skilled in the art and include those disclosed in T.W. Greene & P.G.M. Wuts, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis (4th edition) J. Wiley & Sons, 2007, hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. For example, a wide range of acids may be used, including but not limited to phosphoric acid, trifluoroacetic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, methanesulfonic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, benzenesulfonic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, 4-bromobenzenesulfonic acid, thionyl chloride,and trimethylsilyl chloride. A wide range of solvents may be employed, including but not limited to water, ethanol, acetonitrile, acetone, tetrahydrofuran, 1 ,4-dioxane, and toluene. Deprotection may proceed at temperatures ranging from about 20 °C to about 110 °C or from about 55 °C to about 65 °C.

A wide range of bases may be employed as a neutralization reagent. Non-limiting examples can include sodium phosphate dibasic, potassium phosphate dibasic, potassium bicarbonate, lithium hydroxide, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, triethylamine, N, N-diisopropylethylamine, and 4-methylmorpholine. Various solvents may be used for neutralization, such as water, ethanol, 1-propanol, 2-propanol, 1-butanol, 2-butanol, acetone, acetonitrile, 2-butanone, 4-methyl-2-pentanone, tetrahydrofuran, 2-methyltetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane, ethyl acetate, isopropyl acetate, dichloromethane, and dichloroethane.

Neutralization may proceed at temperatures ranging from about -20 °C to about 60 °C or about 5 °C to about 15 °C.

Various crystallization reagents can be employed. Non-limiting examples may be hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, ethanesulfonic acid, benzenesulfonic acid, 4-bromobenzenesulfonic acid, oxalic acid, and glucuronic acid. Solvents for crystallization can include, but is not limited to, water, ethanol, 1-propanol, 2-propanol, and acetonitrile. Crystallization may proceed at temperatures ranging from about -20 °C to about 100 °C.

Free-Basing of Compound (E-a) to Prepare Compound (E)

ompound (E-a) OCH, H3CO- Compound (E)

Compound (E-a) (10.0 g, 10.1 mmol) was dissolved in water (100 g) and then dichloromethane (132 g) and 28% ammonium hydroxide (7.2 g) were added sequentially. The biphasic mixture was stirred for 45 minutes. Celite (2.2 g) was added, the mixture was filtered through a bed of additional Celite (5.1 g), and the phases were then separated. The lower organic phase was washed with water (50 g), filtered, and then concentrated by rotary evaporation to produce Compound (E). ‘H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ 8.35-7.17 (m, 8H), 5.6^1.68 (m, 3H), 4.41-3.96 (m, 2H), 3.96-3.72 (br s, 1H), 3.74-3.48 (m, 2H), 3.42 (d, 2H), 3.33 (s, 3H), 3.28 (s, 1H), 3.19-3.01 (m, 1H), 3.00-2.79 (m, 1H), 2.69-1.82 (m, 6H), 1.80-1.45 (m, 3H), 1.21-0.73 (m, 8H).

Alternative reagents and reaction conditions to those disclosed above may also be employed. For example, tris-hydrochloride salts of Compound (E) may be used. Various bases may be employed, such as sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, sodium hydroxide, and potassium hydroxide. Various solvents, such as 2-methyltetrahydrofuran and ethyl acetate, may be employed. The temperature may range from about 15 °C to about 25 °C.

Alternative Free-Basing of Compound (E-b) to Prepare Compound (E)

Compound (E-b) (15.2 g) was dissolved in water (100 g) and then dichloromethane

(132 g) and 28% ammonium hydroxide (7.4 g) were added sequentially. The biphasic mixture was stirred for about 45 minutes. Celite (2.1 g) was added, the mixture was filtered through a bed of additional Celite (5.2 g), and the phases were then separated. The lower organic phase was washed with water (50 g), filtered, and then concentrated by rotary evaporation to produce Compound (E). *H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ 7.92-6.73 (m, 8H), 5.51-4.90 (m, 2H), 4.63-4.30 (m, 3H), 4.21-3.78 (m, 1H), 3.73-3.46 (m, 5H), 3.40-3.19 (m, 4H), 3.07-2.49 (m, 3H), 2.41-1.61 (m, 6H), 1.44-1.14 (m, 2H), 1.04-0.55 (m, 7H).

Salt Conversion of Compound (E-a) to Compound (E-b)

A solution of Compound (E-a) (10.0 g, 10.1 mmol), a solution of 37% HCI (10 g) in water (20 g), and acetonitrile (30 g)was warmed to about 50 °C and agitated for about lh. The solution was cooled to about 20 °C and acetonitrile (58 g) was charged to the reactor during which time a slurry formed. The slurry was stirred for about 21 h and then additional acetonitrile (39 g) was added. The slurry was cooled to about 0 °C, held for about 60 min and the solids were then isolated by filtration, rinsed with 7% (w/w) water in acetonitrile (22 g) previously cooled to about 5 °C. The wet cake was partially deliquored to afford

Compound (E-b). *H NMR (400 MHz, D20) δ 7.92-6.73 (m, 8H), 5.51^1.90 (m, 2H),

4.63-4.30 (m, 3H), 4.21-3.78 (m, 1H), 3.73-3.46 (m, 5H), 3.40-3.19 (m, 4H), 3.07-2.49 (m, 3H), 2.41-1.61 (m, 6H), 1.44-1.14 (m, 2H), 1.04-0.55 (m, 7H).

A flask was charged sequentially with 2-chloro-4,6-bis[3-(perfluorohexyl)propyloxy]-1,3,5-triazine (“CDMT”) (2.2 giv) and methanol (8.9 g) and the slurry was cooled to about 0 °C. To the mixture was added NMM (1.3 g) over about 5 minutes, maintaining an internal temperature of less than 20 °C. The solution was stirred for about 20 minutes to produce a solution of 4-(4,6-dimethoxy-l,3,5-triazin-2-yl)-4-methylmorpholinium chloride in methanol.

To a solution of Compound (E) (7.1 g) in dichloromethane (170 g) was added

Compound (Γ) (2.8 g). The solution of 4-(4,6-dimethoxy-l,3,5-triazin-2-yl)-4-methylmorpholinium chloride in methanol was added over 2 minutes followed by a rinse of methanol (1.1 g). After about 2.5 h, the completed reaction solution was washed sequentially with aqueous 10% potassium bicarbonate solution (40 mL), 3% hydrochloric acid (40 mL), and aqueous 10% potassium bicarbonate solution (40 mL). The lower organic phase was washed with water (40 mL), filtered, and then concentrated by rotary evaporation to produce Compound (A). ¾ NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ 8.56-6.67 (m, 13H), 5.76^1.94 (m, 4H), 4.86-4.67 (m, 1H), 4.47-3.98 (m, 1H), 3.98-2.72 (m, 15H), 2.74-1.77 (m, 7H), 1.77-1.40 (m, 2H), 1.39-0.53 (m, 8H).

Alternative reagents and reaction conditions to those disclosed above may also be employed. For example, tris-phosphate salts or tris-hydrochloride salts of Compound (G) may be used as alternative starting material. The reaction may take place at a temperature range of from about 10 °C to about 20 °C. Alternative coupling agents include, but are not limited to, EDC/HOBt, HATU, HBTU, TBTU, BOP, PyClOP, PyBOP, DCC/HOBt, COMU, EDCLOxyma, T3P, and 4-(4,6-dimethoxy-l,3,5-triazin-2-yl)-4-methylmorpholinium tetrafluoroborate. An alternative bases that may be employed can be diisopropylethylamine. The reaction may proceed in DMF and at temperatures ranging from about -20 °C to about 30 °C.

Salt Formation and Crystallization of Compound (A)

Crystallization of Compound (A-a)

A flask was charged with Compound (A) (10 g) and ethanol (125 mL) and was then warmed to about 45 °C. Concentrated hydrochloric acid (2.3 mL) was added followed by Compound (A-a) seed crystals (5 mg). The mixture was cooled to about 20 °C over about 5 h and held for about an additional 1 1 h. The solids were isolated by filtration, washed with ethanol (2 x 20 mL), and deliquored to produce Compound (A-a). !H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ 8.94-7.22 (m, 14H), 5.78-5.1 1 (m, 5H), 4.53-4.04 (m, 1H), 3.99-3.57 (m, 10H), 3.57-3.41 (m, 2H), 2.99-2.24 (m, 5H), 2.24-1.85 (m, 3H), 1.80-1.50 (m, 2H), 1.39-0.73 (m, 8H).

Alternative Crystallization of Compound (A-b)

A reaction vessel was charged with Compound (A) (25.0 g) followed by ethanol (125 mL) and 10% H3PO4 (250 mL). The solution was seeded with Compound (A-b) (100 mg) and stirred for about 17.5 h. The solids were isolated by filtration, washed with ethanol (2 x 5 mL), deliquored, and dried in a vacuum oven to produce Compound (A-b). JH NMR (400 MHz, D20) δ 7.76-6.48 (m, 13H), 5.53^1.90 (m, 3H), 4.60-4.32 (m, 2H), 4.29-3.76 (m, 1H), 3.70-2.75 (m, 14H), 2.66-1.51 (m, 8H), 1.51-1.09 (m, 3H), 1.05-0.45 (m, 7H).

Alternative reagents and reaction conditions to those disclosed above may also be employed. For example, alternative acids may be hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, L-tartaric acid. Various solvents may be employed, such as methanol, ethanol, water, and isopropanol. The reaction may proceed at temperatures ranging from about 5 °C to about 60 °C.

Free-Basing of Compound (A)

Free-Basing of Compound (A-a) to Prepare Compound (A)

A reaction vessel was charged with Compound (A-a) (18.2 g) followed by ethyl acetate (188 g) and 10% potassium bicarbonate (188 g) and the mixture was stirred for about 25 minutes. The phases were separated and the upper organic phase was then washed with water (188 mL). The resulting organic solution was concentrated, ethanol (188 g) was added, and the solution was evaporated to produce a concentrate (75 g). The resulting concentrate added into water (376 g) to produce a slurry. The solids were isolated by filtration, washed with water (38 g), de liquored and dried in a vacuum oven at about 50 °C to produce

Compound (A).

Alternative Free-Basing of Compound (A-b) to Prepare Compound (A)

om poun –

A reaction vessel was charged with Compound (A-b) (3.0 g) followed by EtOAc (15 mL) and 10% KHCO3 (15 mL) and agitation was initiated. After about 5 h, the phases were separated and the organic phase was washed with water (15 mL) and then concentrated by rotary evaporation under vacuum. The residue was taken up in EtOH (4.5 mL) and then added to water (30 mL) to produce a slurry. After about 15 min, the solids were isolated by filtration rinsing forward water (3 x 3 mL). The solids were dried at about 50 to 60 °C vacuum oven for about 15 h to produce Compound (A).

 PATENT

US 2015/0361085

https://patentscope.wipo.int/search/en/detail.jsf?docId=US153621930&redirectedID=true

Compound I Form I
      An additional stable form screen was performed using the same procedure as described above but included a crystalline intermediate (Compound II shown below) as seeds.


      Compound II can be synthesized according to the methods described in WO 2013/075029 or U.S. Provisional Application No. 62/010,813. Needle-like particles were formed in butyronitrile, propionitrile, MEK/toluene, MEK/IPE and 2-pentanone/toluene. XRPD patterns of the wet solids were mostly consistent with each other with minor shifting in the peaks. The new form is named Compound I Form I, which is believed to be isostructural channel solvates with the respective solvents. After air drying all solids afforded amorphous XRPD patterns.
      Another stable form screen was performed using carbon (Darco G-60) treated Compound I, solvents, antisolvent (diisopropyl ether (IPE)), and seeds of Compound I Form I. This screen afforded crystalline solids from additional solvents as summarized in Table 1. The XRPD patterns of all of these solvates are consistent with Form I. The solvates were observed to convert to amorphous solids after drying. The XRPD patterns of Compound I were obtained in the experimental setting as follows: 45 kV, 40 mA, Kα1=1.5406 Å, scan range 2-40°, step size 0.0167°, counting time: 15.875 s.

[TABLE-US-00002]

TABLE 1
Stable form screen of carbon treated Compound I
Solvents PLM Comments
Water Amorphous Slurry
Water/EtOH Amorphous Sticky phase coating
ACN/IPE Birefringent Slurry of needles
MeOH/IPE Solution Seeds dissolved
EtOH/IPE Solution Seeds dissolved
Acetone/IPE Birefringent Thick slurry of
needles
IPA/IPE Amorphous Sticky coating
MEK/IPE Birefringent Thick slurry of
needles
MIBK/IPE Birefringent White paste
DCM/IPE Birefringent Thick slurry of small
needles
THF/IPE Solution Seeds dissolved
2-MeTHF/IPE Amorphous slurry
EtOAc/IPE Birefringent Thick slurry of
needles
IPAc/IPE Amorphous slurry
Toluene Amorphous Sticky coating
      The crystallinity of Compound I Form I can be improved by using a butyronitrile/butyl ether (BN/BE) mixture according to the following procedure.
      The crystallization experiment was started with 40 to 75 mg Compound I in 1.1 to 3.0 mL of a BN/BE in a ratio of 7:4 (anhydrous solvents). The sample was held at RT over P2O5 for 23 days without agitation, and crystals formed in the solution. Afterwards, the liquid phase was replaced with butyl ether and the solids were obtained by centrifuge. These solids, corresponding to Compound I Form I, were used for the subsequent step as seed.
      Purified Compound I (709.8 mg) was prepared from reflux of ethanol solution with Darco G-60 and was added to a new vial via a filter. While stirring, 7 mL of anhydrous butyronitrile (BN) was added. A clear orange solution was obtained. While stirring, 4 mL of anhydrous butyl ether (BE) was added slowly. To the solution was added 7.7 mg of Compound I Form I (from previous BN:BE crystallization experiment) as seed. The solution became cloudy and the seeds did not dissolve. The sample was stirred for ˜10 minutes before the agitation was stopped. The vial was capped and placed into a jar with some P2O5 solids at room temperature. After 6 days, a thin layer of bright yellow precipitate was observed on the wall and the bottom of the vial. The liquid phase was withdrawn and 3 mL of anhydrous butyl ether was added. Solids were scraped down with a spatula from the vial. The suspension was heated to about 30° C. for over half hour period and was held for ˜1 hour before cooling to 20° C. at about 0.1° C./min (without agitation). The sample was stored in ajar with P2O5 solids for 5 days. The sample was vacuum filtered using 0.22 μm nylon filter, washed with 2×200 μL of anhydrous butyl ether, and air dried under reduced pressure for about 5 minutes.
      XRPD analysis of the sample showed good very sharp peaks as shown in FIG. 1. The XRPD analysis setting was as follows: 45 kV, 40 mA, Kα1=1.5406 Å, scan range 1-40°, step size 0.0167°, counting time: 36.83 s. The characteristic peaks of crystalline Compound I Form I include: 2.9, 3.6, 4.8, 5.2, 6.0° 2θ (FIG. 1). The XRPD pattern of Form I was successfully indexed, indicating that Form I is composed primarily of a single crystalline phase. Extremely large unit cell volume containing up to ˜60 API molecules in the unit cell was observed. The amorphous halo observed in the XRPD pattern could be a result of the size of the unit cell. Butyl ether stoichiometry could not be estimated. Two alternative indexing solutions were found: monoclinic and orthorhombic.
      DSC and TGA data confirmed that Form I is a solvated form. DSC shows a broad endotherm with onset at 109° C. and small endotherm with onset at 177° C. (FIG. 2). TGA shows 22% weight loss below 150° C. (FIG. 3).

PATENT

CN 105294713

https://www.google.com/patents/CN105294713A?cl=en

https://patentimages.storage.googleapis.com/pdfs/2601c633c50937ffb780/CN105294713A.pdf

str1

str1

Example 12

str1

Under nitrogen, was added l〇2g1 said, adding methylene burn 500 blood dissolved, 4mol / L fertilizer 1 1,4-dioxane SOOmL, football for 1 hour at room temperature, of the C (already burned: ethyl acetate 1: 1) point in the control board, the starting material spot disappeared, the reaction was stopped, the solvent was concentrated, was added (R & lt) -2- (methoxy several yl) -2-phenylacetic acid 29g, COMU60g, DMF blood 500, diisopropylethylamine 223M1,25 ° C reaction I h, ethyl acetate was added IL diluted, purified water is added IL painted twice, dried over anhydrous sulfate instrument, and concentrated, methanol was added SOOmL temperature 60 ° C dissolved, 250mL of purified water was slowly added dropwise, to precipitate a solid, the addition was completed, cooled to 50 ° C for 1 hour, cooled to room temperature, filtered, and concentrated to give Velpatasvir (GS-5816) product 90. 5g, 78. 2〇 yield / billion. H-NMR (400MHz, CDs isolated) 5 7. 94 – 7.67 (m, 4H), 7.59 of J = 9.1 Hz, 1H), 7. 52 (S, 1H), 7.48 – 7. 33 (m, 4H) , 7.11 of J = 18. 7Hz, 1H), 5.68 of J = 6.3Hz, 1H), 5.48 – 5.33 (m, 1H), 5.23 (dd, J = 24.1, 15.7Hz, 1H), 5.17 -5.03 (m, 3H), 4.22 (dd, J = 17.0, 9.6Hz, 1H), 4.16 – 4.01 (m, 1H), 3.91 (d, J = 24. 1 Hz, 1H), 3 83 -. 3. 68 (m, 1H), 3 68 -. 3. 59 (m, 3H), 3 59 -. 3. 49 (m, 3H), 3.38 (ddd, J = 15.9, 9.6, 5.7Hz, 2H), 3.28 – 3.14 (m, 5H), 3.10 (dd, J = 14.0, 8.2 Hz, 1H), 3.00 (dd, J = 17.8, 9.6Hz, 1H), 2.92 (dd, J = 14.5, 6.7 Hz, 1H), 2.73 – 2.41 (m, 2H), 2.40 – 2.11 (m, 2H), 2. 11 – 1.83 (m, 2H), 1.54 deduction J = 9. 7 Hz, 2H), 1.24 of J = 6.2Hz, 1H), 1.06 (t, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 0.99 of J = 6.8 Hz, 1H), 0. 94 (d, J = 6. 6Hz, 2H), 0. 85 (d, J = 6. 7Hz, 2H ).

str1

Construction

str1

str1

str1

str1

str1

str1

str1

str1

str1

str1

str1

str1

Clip and foot notes

Velpatasvir only got its name last year and was previously known as GS-5816. That compound was only announced back in 2013 when Gilead showed the initial in vitrostudies on a handful of posters. [1]  [2]  Very little information is available on this follow-up compound. The following was pretty much the summary of their poster presentation.

To understand the medical significance of this study, Sofosbuvir is the best-in-class NS5B inhibitor from Gilead (see link for more information). [3] These inhibitors work the fastest when paired with a NS5A inhibitor like Daclatasvir or Ledipasvir (making up the Sofosbuvir+Ledipasvir = Harvoni combination) or the Viekira Pak combo. Disclosure: I am an employee of Bristol-Myers Squibb which produces Daclatasvir. However, HCV comprises of 7 different genotypes. Harvoni and Viekira Pak are approved against genotypes 1a, 1b. Harvoni is indicated for genotypes 4, 5, and 6. For the treatment of genotypes 2 and 3, sofosbuvir is generally combined with ribavirin or interferon which has notable side effects. While 70% of patients have genotype 1, for the remainder of patients with the other variants, they are still stuck with the more risky (and more expensive and longer) therapy.

I think this is the structure of GS-5816. It’s not yet published in any journal.  [4]

For comparison, here is the structure of Ledipasvir, the first generation NS5A inhibitor used in Harvoni. Structurally speaking, they are pretty similar so it seems like GS-5816 is the product of good old fashioned medchem.

The clearest summary of the 4 Phase III trials can be found on Gilead’s website. [5]ASTRAL-1 was run on genotypes 1, 2, 4, 5, 6. [6]  ASTRAL-2 focused on genotype 2. ASTRAL-3 focused on genotype 3. [7]  ASTRAL-4 focused on HCV patients with Child-Pugh cirrhosis. [8] These patients previously had interferon treatment but had a poor response and are generally very sick.

I think that a few interesting things stand out. ASTRAL-1 occurred from July 2014 to December 2014 but upon a request from the FDA, ASTRAL-2 and 3 were started in September 2014-July 2015 in order to have an isolated study on genotypes 2 and 3. For a 24 week study that’s incredibly fast. As discussed elsewhere, clinical trials are often limited by the speed of patient enrollment and these studies can take years. [9] Here, they were able to find volunteers for a 1000 patient study within weeks. An interesting note about the clinical trial design, the ASTRAL-1 team knew that the historical cure rate was 85% and were able to correctly power the trial to get a statistically significant study on the first try. Also, deep sequencing was used to identify and stratify the HCV genotypes. In ASTRAL-1, 42% of the patients had NS5A resistance and 9% had NS5B resistance.

The market impact may be significant to Achillion which was a former partner of Gilead and a potential acquisition target. Achillion was working with Janssen on its own second generation NS5A inhibitor, odalasvir. This announcement may kill the market for a competing product as well as remove the acquisition hype.

How did Gilead come up with Velpatasvir? It really sounds like good solid science. Ledipasvir was developed to be a best-in-class NS5A inhibitor and it was recognized that it worked well with NS5B inhibitors. It was also understood that most of the NS5A inhibitors specific only towards certain N5SA genotypes and that there was a clear unmet need for patients with HCV genotypes 2 and 3. With the help of some computational modeling  [10]Gilead developed assays for all of the HCV genotypes to screen for a pan-genotype NS5A inhibitor to follow up to their 2014 Ledipasvir trials and leveraging their strategic advantage in the HCV market, were able to quickly ramp up 4 major clinical trials to demonstrate the clinical efficacy of their next gen drug combination.

That’s really good science. Not long ago, Gilead stated that it was planning on eradicating HCV. This compound is a part of the Gilead license with Indian generic manufacturers but it seems like MSF is contesting that decision. [11]  [12] With this drug Gilead is now another step closer towards that goal. [13]

Footnotes

[1] GS-5816, a Second-Generation HCV NS5A Inhibitor With Potent Antiviral Activity, Broad Genotypic Coverage, and a High Resistance Barrier

[2] Page on journal-of-hepatology.eu

[3] Christopher VanLang’s answer to How was Sovaldi (the drug now being marketed by Gilead), first discovered by Pharmasset?

[4] CAS # 1377049-84-7, Velpatasvir, GS 5816, Methyl [(2S)-1-[(2S,5S)-2-[9-[2-[(2S,4S)-1-[(2R)-2-[(methoxycarbonyl)amino]-2-phenylacetyl]-4-(methoxymethyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl]-1H-imidazol-5-yl]-1,11-dihydroisochromeno[4′,3′:6,7]naphtho[1,2-d]imidazol-2-yl]-5-methylpyrrolidin-1-yl]-3-methyl-1-oxobutan-2-yl]carbamate

[5] Page on gilead.com

[6] Sofosbuvir and Velpatasvir for HCV Genotype 1, 2, 4, 5, and 6 Infection — NEJM

[7] Sofosbuvir and Velpatasvir for HCV Genotype 2 and 3 Infection — NEJM

[8] Sofosbuvir and Velpatasvir for HCV in Patients with Decompensated Cirrhosis — NEJM

[9] Why do clinical trials for new drugs take several years? Remarkably, 72% of Americans are willing to be in them.

[10] Inhibition of hepatitis C virus NS5A by fluoro-olefin based γ-turn mimetics.

[11] Page on gilead.com

[12] MSF response to Gilead announcement on inclusion of hepatitis C drug GS-5816 in voluntary licence

[13] Gilead and Georgia to attempt Hep C eradication by Christopher VanLang on Making Drugs

09338-acsnews1-gileadcxd

SAVING LIVES
The Gilead team responsible for Harvoni: Front row, from left: John Link, Chris Yang, Rowchanak Pakdaman, Bob Scott, and Benjamin Graetz. Back row, from left: Erik Mogalian and Bruce Ross. Not pictured: Michael Sofia.
Credit: Gilead Sciences

Gilead’s Harvoni is a combination of two antiviral agents, sofosbuvir and ledipasvir. “In hepatitis C, the virus mutates so rapidly that to overcome resistance, we use a combination of drugs, and each one pulls their own weight in the process,” says John Link, who discovered ledipasvir.

Link says that the amount of interdisciplinary collaboration on the drug was unprecedented for the company. “Once ledipasvir was discovered, the process chemists were right there with us understanding the kinds of things we were doing, and medicinal chemists and process chemists worked on making material to scale for preclinical studies,” he says. “We all realized this was our moment to make a difference for patients with hepatitis C.”

Harvoni is the first once-a-day pill for treatment of chronic hepatitis C, and it has a cure rate in the U.S. of 94-99%. The drug is an alternative to injected interferon treatment, which has been associated with significant side effects.

“The high cure rates that we saw in our clinical trials are really amazing,” Link says. “Before we had these compounds, I had only hoped that we could equal something like interferon-type regimens in cure rates, without all the horrible side effects. To dramatically exceed them is important for patients.”

Harvoni patients can attest to the drug’s effectiveness. Mark Melancon, who had contracted hepatitis C 25 years ago, says that after taking Harvoni, he now has no trace of the virus in his body, and his liver is beginning to repair itself. “Four weeks into it, and the virus was gone. Not detectable,” he says. “To have this virus hanging over my head for 25 years and then it was just gone, I can’t explain the feeling. The people who worked hard on this medication, they need to know that I appreciate it.”

Print

REFERENCES

https://www.eiseverywhere.com/file_uploads/c2a2b5664a374fe807c0b95bb546321d_JordanFeld.pdf

WO2013075029A1 * Nov 16, 2012 May 23, 2013 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Condensed imidazolylimidazoles as antiviral compounds

References

1: Kanda T. Interferon-free treatment for HCV-infected patients with decompensated cirrhosis. Hepatol Int. 2016 Jun 9. [Epub ahead of print] Review. PubMed PMID: 27282879.

2: Gane EJ, Schwabe C, Hyland RH, Yang Y, Svarovskaia E, Stamm LM, Brainard DM, McHutchison JG, Stedman CA. Efficacy of the Combination of Sofosbuvir, Velpatasvir, and the NS3/4A Protease Inhibitor GS-9857 in Treatment-naïve or Previously Treated Patients with HCV Genotype 1 or 3 Infections. Gastroenterology. 2016 May 27. pii: S0016-5085(16)34513-9. doi: 10.1053/j.gastro.2016.05.021. [Epub ahead of print] PubMed PMID: 27240903.

3: Schreiber J, McNally J, Chodavarapu K, Svarovskaia E, Moreno C. Treatment of a patient with genotype 7 HCV infection with sofosbuvir and velpatasvir. Hepatology. 2016 May 14. doi: 10.1002/hep.28636. [Epub ahead of print] PubMed PMID: 27177605.

4: Feld JJ, Zeuzem S. Sofosbuvir and Velpatasvir for Patients with HCV Infection. N Engl J Med. 2016 Apr 28;374(17):1688-9. PubMed PMID: 27135095.

5: Curry MP, Charlton M. Sofosbuvir and Velpatasvir for Patients with HCV Infection. N Engl J Med. 2016 Apr 28;374(17):1688. PubMed PMID: 27135094.

6: Assy N, Barhoum M. Sofosbuvir and Velpatasvir for Patients with HCV Infection. N Engl J Med. 2016 Apr 28;374(17):1687. doi: 10.1056/NEJMc1601160#SA1. PubMed PMID: 27119243.

7: Foster GR, Mangia A, Sulkowski M. Sofosbuvir and Velpatasvir for Patients with HCV Infection. N Engl J Med. 2016 Apr 28;374(17):1687-8. doi: 10.1056/NEJMc1601160. PubMed PMID: 27119242.

8: Smolders EJ, de Kanter CT, van Hoek B, Arends JE, Drenth JP, Burger DM. Pharmacokinetics, Efficacy, and Safety of Hepatitis C Virus Drugs in Patients with Liver and/or Renal Impairment. Drug Saf. 2016 Jul;39(7):589-611. doi: 10.1007/s40264-016-0420-2. Review. PubMed PMID: 27098247.

9: Majumdar A, Kitson MT, Roberts SK. Systematic review: current concepts and challenges for the direct-acting antiviral era in hepatitis C cirrhosis. Aliment Pharmacol Ther. 2016 Jun;43(12):1276-92. doi: 10.1111/apt.13633. Epub 2016 Apr 18. Review. PubMed PMID: 27087015.

10: Kahveci AS, Tahan V. Sofosbuvir and Velpatasvir: A complete pan-genotypic treatment for HCV patients. Turk J Gastroenterol. 2016 Mar;27(2):205-6. doi: 10.5152/tjg.2016.160000. PubMed PMID: 27015627.

11: Younossi ZM, Stepanova M, Feld J, Zeuzem S, Jacobson I, Agarwal K, Hezode C, Nader F, Henry L, Hunt S. Sofosbuvir/velpatasvir improves patient-reported outcomes in HCV patients: Results from ASTRAL-1 placebo-controlled trial. J Hepatol. 2016 Jul;65(1):33-9. doi: 10.1016/j.jhep.2016.02.042. Epub 2016 Mar 5. PubMed PMID: 26956698.

12: Gentile I, Scotto R, Zappulo E, Buonomo AR, Pinchera B, Borgia G. Investigational direct-acting antivirals in hepatitis C treatment: the latest drugs in clinical development. Expert Opin Investig Drugs. 2016 May;25(5):557-72. doi: 10.1517/13543784.2016.1161023. Epub 2016 Mar 21. PubMed PMID: 26934419.

13: Asselah T, Boyer N, Saadoun D, Martinot-Peignoux M, Marcellin P. Direct-acting antivirals for the treatment of hepatitis C virus infection: optimizing current IFN-free treatment and future perspectives. Liver Int. 2016 Jan;36 Suppl 1:47-57. doi: 10.1111/liv.13027. Review. PubMed PMID: 26725897.

14: Bourlière M, Adhoute X, Ansaldi C, Oules V, Benali S, Portal I, Castellani P, Halfon P. Sofosbuvir plus ledipasvir in combination for the treatment of hepatitis C infection. Expert Rev Gastroenterol Hepatol. 2015;9(12):1483-94. doi: 10.1586/17474124.2015.1111757. Epub 2015 Nov 23. PubMed PMID: 26595560.

15: Foster GR, Afdhal N, Roberts SK, Bräu N, Gane EJ, Pianko S, Lawitz E, Thompson A, Shiffman ML, Cooper C, Towner WJ, Conway B, Ruane P, Bourlière M, Asselah T, Berg T, Zeuzem S, Rosenberg W, Agarwal K, Stedman CA, Mo H, Dvory-Sobol H, Han L, Wang J, McNally J, Osinusi A, Brainard DM, McHutchison JG, Mazzotta F, Tran TT, Gordon SC, Patel K, Reau N, Mangia A, Sulkowski M; ASTRAL-2 Investigators; ASTRAL-3 Investigators. Sofosbuvir and Velpatasvir for HCV Genotype 2 and 3 Infection. N Engl J Med. 2015 Dec 31;373(27):2608-17. doi: 10.1056/NEJMoa1512612. Epub 2015 Nov 17. PubMed PMID: 26575258.

16: Feld JJ, Jacobson IM, Hézode C, Asselah T, Ruane PJ, Gruener N, Abergel A, Mangia A, Lai CL, Chan HL, Mazzotta F, Moreno C, Yoshida E, Shafran SD, Towner WJ, Tran TT, McNally J, Osinusi A, Svarovskaia E, Zhu Y, Brainard DM, McHutchison JG, Agarwal K, Zeuzem S; ASTRAL-1 Investigators. Sofosbuvir and Velpatasvir for HCV Genotype 1, 2, 4, 5, and 6 Infection. N Engl J Med. 2015 Dec 31;373(27):2599-607. doi: 10.1056/NEJMoa1512610. Epub 2015 Nov 16. PubMed PMID: 26571066.

17: Curry MP, O’Leary JG, Bzowej N, Muir AJ, Korenblat KM, Fenkel JM, Reddy KR, Lawitz E, Flamm SL, Schiano T, Teperman L, Fontana R, Schiff E, Fried M, Doehle B, An D, McNally J, Osinusi A, Brainard DM, McHutchison JG, Brown RS Jr, Charlton M; ASTRAL-4 Investigators. Sofosbuvir and Velpatasvir for HCV in Patients with Decompensated Cirrhosis. N Engl J Med. 2015 Dec 31;373(27):2618-28. doi: 10.1056/NEJMoa1512614. Epub 2015 Nov 16. PubMed PMID: 26569658.

18: Pianko S, Flamm SL, Shiffman ML, Kumar S, Strasser SI, Dore GJ, McNally J, Brainard DM, Han L, Doehle B, Mogalian E, McHutchison JG, Rabinovitz M, Towner WJ, Gane EJ, Stedman CA, Reddy KR, Roberts SK. Sofosbuvir Plus Velpatasvir Combination Therapy for Treatment-Experienced Patients With Genotype 1 or 3 Hepatitis C Virus Infection: A Randomized Trial. Ann Intern Med. 2015 Dec 1;163(11):809-17. doi: 10.7326/M15-1014. Epub 2015 Nov 10. PubMed PMID: 26551263.

19: Everson GT, Towner WJ, Davis MN, Wyles DL, Nahass RG, Thuluvath PJ, Etzkorn K, Hinestrosa F, Tong M, Rabinovitz M, McNally J, Brainard DM, Han L, Doehle B, McHutchison JG, Morgan T, Chung RT, Tran TT. Sofosbuvir With Velpatasvir in Treatment-Naive Noncirrhotic Patients With Genotype 1 to 6 Hepatitis C Virus Infection: A Randomized Trial. Ann Intern Med. 2015 Dec 1;163(11):818-26. doi: 10.7326/M15-1000. Epub 2015 Nov 10. PubMed PMID: 26551051.

20: Mogalian E, German P, Kearney BP, Yang CY, Brainard D, McNally J, Moorehead L, Mathias A. Use of Multiple Probes to Assess Transporter- and Cytochrome P450-Mediated Drug-Drug Interaction Potential of the Pangenotypic HCV NS5A Inhibitor Velpatasvir. Clin Pharmacokinet. 2016 May;55(5):605-13. doi: 10.1007/s40262-015-0334-7. PubMed PMID: 26519191.

Patent ID Date Patent Title
US2013309196 2013-11-21 ANTIVIRAL COMPOUNDS
US8575135 2013-11-05 Antiviral compounds
US2013164260 2013-06-27 ANTIVIRAL COMPOUNDS
Patent ID Date Patent Title
US2015064252 2015-03-05 SOLID DISPERSION FORMULATION OF AN ANTIVIRAL COMPOUND
US2015064253 2015-03-05 COMBINATION FORMULATION OF TWO ANTIVIRAL COMPOUNDS
US8940718 2015-01-27 Antiviral compounds
US8921341 2014-12-30 Antiviral compounds
US2014357595 2014-12-04 METHODS OF PREVENTING AND TREATING RECURRENCE OF A HEPATITIS C VIRUS INFECTION IN A SUBJECT AFTER THE SUBJECT HAS RECEIVED A LIVER TRANSPLANT
US2014343008 2014-11-20 HEPATITIS C TREATMENT
US2014316144 2014-10-23 ANTIVIRAL COMPOUNDS
US2014309432 2014-10-16 ANTIVIRAL COMPOUNDS
US2014212491 2014-07-31 COMBINATION FORMULATION OF TWO ANTIVIRAL COMPOUNDS
US2014018313 2014-01-16 ANTIVIRAL COMPOUNDS
Patent ID Date Patent Title
US2016083394 2016-03-24 ANTIVIRAL COMPOUNDS
US9221833 2015-12-29 Antiviral compounds
US2015361073 2015-12-17 PROCESSES FOR PREPARING ANTIVIRAL COMPOUNDS
US2015361085 2015-12-17 SOLID FORMS OF AN ANTIVIRAL COMPOUND
US2015361087 2015-12-17 ANTIVIRAL COMPOUNDS
US2015353529 2015-12-10 ANTIVIRAL COMPOUNDS
US2015299213 2015-10-22 ANTIVIRAL COMPOUNDS
US2015175646 2015-06-25 SOLID FORMS OF AN ANTIVIRAL COMPOUND
US2015150897 2015-06-04 METHODS OF TREATING HEPATITIS C VIRUS INFECTION IN SUBJECTS WITH CIRRHOSIS
US2015141326 2015-05-21 ANTIVIRAL COMPOUNDS
Velpatasvir
Velpatasvir structure.svg
Systematic (IUPAC) name
(2S)-2-{[hydroxy(methoxy)methylidene]amino}-1-[(2S,5S)-2-(17-{2-[(2S,4S)-1-[(2R)-2-{[hydroxy(methoxy)methylidene]amino}-2-phenylacetyl]-4-(methoxymethyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl]-1H-imidazol-5-yl}-21-oxa-5,7-diazapentacyclo[11.8.0.0³,¹¹.0⁴,⁸.0¹⁴,¹⁹]henicosa-1(13),2,4(8),6,9,11,14(19),15,17-nonaen-6-yl)-5-methylpyrrolidin-1-yl]-3-methylbutan-1-one
Identifiers
CAS Number 1377049-84-7
PubChem CID 67683363
ChemSpider 34501056
UNII KCU0C7RS7Z Yes
Chemical data
Formula C49H54N8O8
Molar mass 883.02 g·mol−1

//////////////VELPATASVIR, GS-5816, GILEAD SCIENCES, Epclusa , FDA 2016, велпатасвир,فالباتاسفير  ,              维帕他韦  , велпатасвир, فالباتاسفير , 维帕他韦 , Elizabeth Bacon, Sheila Zipfel

UNII:KCU0C7RS7Z

C[C@H]1CC[C@H](N1C(=O)[C@H](C(C)C)NC(=O)OC)C2=NC3=C(N2)C=CC4=CC5=C(C=C43)OCC6=C5C=CC(=C6)C7=CN=C(N7)[C@@H]8C[C@@H](CN8C(=O)[C@@H](C9=CC=CC=C9)NC(=O)OC)COC

/////


Filed under: FDA 2016 Tagged: 维帕他韦, велпатасвир, Elizabeth Bacon, Epclusa, FDA 2016, Gilead Sciences, GS-5816, Sheila Zipfel, فالباتاسفير, VELPATASVIR

Biafungin, CD 101, a Novel Echinocandin for Vulvovaginal candidiasis

$
0
0

str1

 

str1as  CH3COOH salt

UNII-W1U1TMN677.png

CD 101

Biafungin™; CD 101 IV; CD 101 Topical; CD101; SP 3025, Biafungin acetate

UNII-G013B5478J FRE FORM,

CAS 1396640-59-7 FREE FORM

MF, C63-H85-N8-O17, MW, 1226.4035

Echinocandin B, 1-((4R,5R)-4-hydroxy-N2-((4”-(pentyloxy)(1,1′:4′,1”-terphenyl)-4-yl)carbonyl)-5-(2-(trimethylammonio)ethoxy)-L-ornithine)-4-((4S)-4-hydroxy-4-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-L-allothreonine)-

Treat and prevent invasive fungal infections; Treat and prevent systemic Candida infections; Treat candidemia

2D chemical structure of 1631754-41-0

Biafungin acetate

CAS 1631754-41-0 ACETATE, Molecular Formula, C63-H85-N8-O17.C2-H3-O2, Molecular Weight, 1285.4472,

UNII: W1U1TMN677

CD101 – A novel echinocandin antifungal C. albicans (n=351) MIC90 = 0.06 µg/mL C. glabrata (n=200) MIC90 = 0.06 µg/mL  Echinocandins have potent fungicidal activity against Candida species

  • Originator Seachaid Pharmaceuticals
  • Developer Cidara Therapeutics
  • Class Antifungals; Echinocandins; Small molecules
  • Mechanism of Action Glucan synthase inhibitors

 

BIAFUNGIN, CD 101

Watch this space as I add more info…………….

U.S. – Fast Track (Treat candidemia);
U.S. – Fast Track (Treat and prevent invasive fungal infections);
U.S. – Orphan Drug (Treat and prevent invasive fungal infections);
U.S. – Orphan Drug (Treat candidemia);
U.S. – Qualified Infectious Disease Program (Treat candidemia);
U.S. – Qualified Infectious Disease Program (Treat and prevent invasive fungal infections)

Fungal infections have emerged as major causes of human disease, especially among the immunocompromised patients and those hospitalized with serious underlying disease. As a consequence, the frequency of use of systemic antifungal agents has increased significantly and there is a growing concern about a shortage of effective antifungal agents. Although resistance rates to the clinically available antifungal agents remains low, reports of breakthrough infections and the increasing prevalence of uncommon fungal species that display elevated MIC values for existing agents is worrisome. Biafungin (CD101, previously SP 3025) is a novel echinocandin that displays chemical stability and long-acting pharmacokinetics that is being developed for once-weekly or other intermittent administration (see posters #A-693 and A- 694 for further information). In this study, we test biafungin and comparator agents against a collection of common Candida and Aspergillus species, including isolates resistant to azoles and echinocandins.

The echinocandins are an important class of antifungal agents, but are administered once daily by intravenous (IV) infusion. An echinocandin that could be administered once weekly could facilitate earlier hospital discharges and could expand usage to indications where daily infusions are impractical. Biafungin is a highly stable echinocandin for once-weekly IV administration. The compound was found to have a spectrum of activity and potency comparable to other echinocandins. In chimpanzees single dose pharmacokinetics of IV and orally administered biafungin were compared to IV anidulafungin, which has the longest half-life (T1/2 ) of the approved echinocandins.

Background  Vulvovaginal candidiasis (VVC) is a highly prevalent mucosal infection  VVC is caused by Candida albicans (~85%) and non-albicans (~15%)  5-8% of women have recurrent VVC (RVVC) which is associated with a negative impact on work/social life  Oral fluconazole prescribed despite relapse, potential DDIs and increased risk to pregnant women  No FDA-approved therapy for RVVC and no novel agent in >20 years

 

str1

Cidara Therapeutics 6310 Nancy Ridge Drive, Suite 101 San Diego, CA 92121

The incidence of invasive fungal infections, especially those due to Aspergillus spp. and Candida spp., continues to increase. Despite advances in medical practice, the associated mortality from these infections continues to be substantial. The echinocandin antifungals provide clinicians with another treatment option for serious fungal infections. These agents possess a completely novel mechanism of action, are relatively well-tolerated, and have a low potential for serious drug–drug interactions. At the present time, the echinocandins are an option for the treatment of infections due Candida spp (such as esophageal candidiasis, invasive candidiasis, and candidemia). In addition, caspofungin is a viable option for the treatment of refractory aspergillosis. Although micafungin is not Food and Drug Administration-approved for this indication, recent data suggests that it may also be effective. Finally, caspofungin- or micafungin-containing combination therapy should be a consideration for the treatment of severe infections due to Aspergillus spp. Although the echinocandins share many common properties, data regarding their differences are emerging at a rapid pace. Anidulafungin exhibits a unique pharmacokinetic profile, and limited cases have shown a potential far activity in isolates with increased minimum inhibitory concentrations to caspofungin and micafungin. Caspofungin appears to have a slightly higher incidence of side effects and potential for drug–drug interactions. This, combined with some evidence of decreasing susceptibility among some strains ofCandida, may lessen its future utility. However, one must take these findings in the context of substantially more data and use with caspofungin compared with the other agents. Micafungin appears to be very similar to caspofungin, with very few obvious differences between the two agents.

Echinocandins are a new class of antifungal drugs[1] that inhibit the synthesis of glucan in the cell wall, via noncompetitive inhibition of the enzyme 1,3-β glucan synthase[2][3] and are thus called “penicillin of antifungals”[4] (a property shared with papulacandins) as penicillin has a similar mechanism against bacteria but not fungi. Beta glucans are carbohydrate polymers that are cross-linked with other fungal cell wall components (The bacterial equivalent is peptidoglycan). Caspofungin, micafungin, and anidulafungin are semisynthetic echinocandin derivatives with clinical use due to their solubility, antifungal spectrum, and pharmacokinetic properties.[5]

List of echinocandins:[17]

  • Pneumocandins (cyclic hexapeptides linked to a long-chain fatty acid)
  • Echinocandin B not clinically used, risk of hemolysis
  • Cilofungin withdrawn from trials due to solvent toxicity
  • Caspofungin (trade name Cancidas, by Merck)
  • Micafungin (FK463) (trade name Mycamine, by Astellas Pharma.)
  • Anidulafungin (VER-002, V-echinocandin, LY303366) (trade name Eraxis, by Pfizer)

History

CCCCCOc1ccc(cc1)c2ccc(cc2)c3ccc(cc3)C(=O)N[C@H]6C[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)NC(=O)C4[C@@H](O)[C@@H](C)CN4C(=O)C(NC(=O)C(NC(=O)C5C[C@@H](O)CN5C(=O)C(NC6=O)[C@@H](C)O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)c7ccc(O)cc7)[C@@H](C)O

Discovery of echinocandins stemmed from studies on papulacandins isolated from a strain of Papularia sphaerosperma (Pers.), which were liposaccharide – i.e., fatty acid derivatives of a disaccharide that also blocked the same target, 1,3-β glucan synthase – and had action only on Candida spp. (narrow spectrum). Screening of natural products of fungal fermentation in the 1970s led to the discovery of echinocandins, a new group of antifungals with broad-range activity against Candida spp. One of the first echinocandins of the pneumocandin type, discovered in 1974, echinocandin B, could not be used clinically due to risk of high degree of hemolysis. Screening semisynthetic analogs of the echinocandins gave rise to cilofungin, the first echinofungin analog to enter clinical trials, in 1980, which, it is presumed, was later withdrawn for a toxicity due to the solvent system needed for systemic administration. The semisynthetic pneumocandin analogs of echinocandins were later found to have the same kind of antifungal activity, but low toxicity. The first approved of these newer echinocandins was caspofungin, and later micafungin and anidulafungin were also approved. All these preparations so far have low oral bioavailability, so must be given intravenously only. Echinocandins have now become one of the first-line treatments for Candida before the species are identified, and even as antifungal prophylaxis in hematopoietic stem cell transplant patients.

CIDARA THERAPEUTICS DOSES FIRST PATIENT IN PHASE 2 TRIAL OF CD101 TOPICAL TO TREAT VULVOVAGINAL CANDIDIASIS

SAN DIEGO–(BUSINESS WIRE)–Jun. 9, 2016– Cidara Therapeutics, Inc. (Nasdaq:CDTX), a biotechnology company developing novel anti-infectives and immunotherapies to treat fungal and other infections, today announced that the first patient has been dosed in RADIANT, a Phase 2 clinical trial comparing the safety and tolerability of the novel echinocandin, CD101, to standard-of-care fluconazole for the treatment of acute vulvovaginal candidiasis (VVC). RADIANT will evaluate two topical formulations of CD101, which is Cidara’s lead antifungal drug candidate.

“There have been no novel VVC therapies introduced for more than two decades, so advancing CD101 topical into Phase 2 is a critical step for women with VVC and for Cidara,” said Jeffrey Stein, Ph.D., president and chief executive officer of Cidara. “Because of their excellent safety record and potency against Candida, echinocandin antifungals are recommended as first line therapy to fight systemic Candida infections. CD101 topical will be the first echinocandin tested clinically in VVC and we expect to demonstrate safe and improved eradication of Candida with rapid symptom relief for women seeking a better option over the existing azole class of antifungals.”

RADIANT is a Phase 2, multicenter, randomized, open-label, active-controlled, dose-ranging trial designed to evaluate the safety and tolerability of CD101 in women with moderate to severe episodes of VVC. The study will enroll up to 125 patients who will be randomized into three treatment cohorts. The first cohort will involve the treatment of 50 patients with CD101 Ointment while a second cohort of 50 patients will receive CD101 Gel. The third cohort will include 25 patients who will be treated with oral fluconazole.

The primary endpoints of RADIANT will be the safety and tolerability of a single dose of CD101 Ointment and multiple doses of CD101 Gel in patients with acute VVC. Secondary endpoints include therapeutic efficacy in acute VVC patients treated with CD101. Treatment evaluations and assessments will occur on trial days 7, 14 and 28.

The RADIANT trial will be conducted at clinical trial centers across the United States. More information about the trial is available at www.clinicaltrials.gov, identifier NCT02733432.

About VVC and RVVC

Seventy-five percent of women worldwide suffer from VVC in their lifetime, and four to five million women in the United Statesalone have the recurrent form of the infection, which is caused by Candida. Many women will experience recurrence after the completion of treatment with existing therapies. Most VVC occurs in women of childbearing potential (the infection is common in pregnant women), but it affects women of all ages. In a recent safety communication, the U.S. Food and Drug Administration(FDA) advised caution in the prescribing of oral fluconazole for yeast infections during pregnancy based on a published study concluding there is an increased risk of miscarriage. The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) guidelines recommend using only topical antifungal products to treat pregnant women with vulvovaginal yeast infections. Vaginal infections are associated with a substantial negative impact on day-to-day functioning and adverse pregnancy outcomes including preterm delivery, low birth weight, and increased infant mortality in addition to predisposition to HIV/AIDS. According to the CDC, certain species of Candida are becoming increasingly resistant to existing antifungal medications. This emerging resistance intensifies the need for new antifungal agents.

About CD101 Topical

CD101 topical is the first topical agent in the echinocandin class of antifungals and exhibits a broad spectrum of fungicidal activity against Candida species. In May 2016, the FDA granted Qualified Infectious Disease Product (QIDP) and Fast Track Designation to CD101 topical for the treatment of VVC and the prevention of RVVC.

About Cidara Therapeutics

Cidara is a clinical-stage biotechnology company focused on the discovery, development and commercialization of novel anti-infectives for the treatment of diseases that are inadequately addressed by current standard-of-care therapies. Cidara’s initial product portfolio comprises two formulations of the company’s novel echinocandin, CD101. CD101 IV is being developed as a once-weekly, high-exposure therapy for the treatment and prevention of serious, invasive fungal infections. CD101 topical is being developed for the treatment of vulvovaginal candidiasis (VVC) and the prevention of recurrent VVC (RVVC), a prevalent mucosal infection. In addition, Cidara has developed a proprietary immunotherapy platform, Cloudbreak™, designed to create compounds that direct a patient’s immune cells to attack and eliminate pathogens that cause infectious disease. Cidara is headquartered inSan Diego, California. For more information, please visit www.cidara.com.

REF http://ir.cidara.com/phoenix.zhtml?c=253962&p=irol-newsArticle&ID=2176474

CLIP

Cidara Therapeutics raises $42 million to develop once-weekly anti-fungal therapy

Cidara Therapeutics (formerly K2 Therapeutics) grabbed $42 million in a private Series B funding round Wednesday to continue developing its once-weekly anti-fungal therapy. Just in June 2014, the company completed a $32 million Series A financing led by 5AM Ventures, Aisling Capital, Frazier Healthcare and InterWest Partners, which was the fourth largest A round in 2014 for innovative startups[1]. FierceBiotech named the company as one of 2014 Fierce 15 biotech startups.

Cidara has an impressive executive team. The company was co-founded by Kevin Forrest, former CEO of Achaogen (NASDAQ: AKAO), and Shaw Warren. Jeffrey Stein, former CEO of Trius Therapeutics (NASDAQ: TSRX) and Dirk Thye, former president of Cerexa, have joined Cidara as CEO and CMO, respectively. Trius successfully developed antibiotic tedizolid and was acquired in 2013 by Cubist Pharmaceuticals (NASDAQ: CBST) for $818 million.

Cidara’s lead candidate, biafungin (SP3025), was acquired from Seachaid Pharmaceuticals for $6 million. Biafungin’s half-life is much longer than that of similar drugs known as echinocandins (e.g., caspofungin, micafungin, anidulafungin), which may allow it to be developed as a once-weekly therapy, instead of once daily. The company is also developing a topical formulation of biafungin, namely topifungin. Cidara intends to file an IND and initiate a Phase I clinical trial in the second half of 2015.

Merck’s Cancidas (caspofungin), launched in 2001, was the first of approved enchinocandins. The drug generated annual sales of $596 million in 2008. The approved echinocandins must be administered daily by intravenous infusion. Biafungin with improved pharmacokinetic characteristics has the potential to bring in hundreds of millions of dollars per year.

[1] Nat Biotechnol. 2015, 33(1), 18.

CLIP

Biafungin is a potent and broad-spectrum antifungal agent with excellent activity against wild-type and troublesome azole- and echinocandin-resistant strains of Candida spp. The activity of biafungin is comparable to anidulafungin. • Biafungin was active against both wild-type and itraconazole-resistant strains of Aspergillus spp. from four different species. • In vitro susceptibility testing of biafungin against isolates of Candida and Aspergillus may be accomplished by either CLSI or EUCAST broth microdilution methods each providing comparable results. • The use of long-acting intravenous antifungal agents that could safely be given once a week to select patients is desirable and might decrease costs with long-term hospitalizations. Background: A novel echinocandin, biafungin, displaying long-acting pharmacokinetics and chemical stability is being developed for once-weekly administration. The activities of biafungin and comparator agents were tested against 173 fungal isolates of the most clinically common species. Methods: 106 CAN and 67 ASP were tested using CLSI and EUCAST reference broth microdilution methods against biafungin (50% inhibition) and comparators. Isolates included 27 echinocandin-resistant CAN (4 species) with identified fks hotspot (HS) mutations and 20 azole nonsusceptible ASP (4 species). Results: Against C. albicans, C. glabrata and C. tropicalis, the activity of biafungin (MIC50, 0.06, 0.12 and 0.03 μg/ml, respectively by CLSI method) was comparable to anidulafungin (AND; MIC50, 0.03, 0.12 and 0.03 μg/ml, respectively) and caspofungin (CSP; MIC50, 0.12, 0.25 and 0.12 μg/ml, respectively; Table). C. krusei strains were very susceptible to biafungin, showing MIC90 values of 0.06 μg/ml by both methods. Biafungin (MIC50/90, 1/2 μg/ml) was comparable to AND and less potent than CSP against C. parapsilosis using CLSI methodology. CLSI and EUCAST methods displayed similar results for most species, but biafungin (MIC50, 0.06 μg/ml) was eight-fold more active than CSP (MIC50, 0.5 μg/ml) against C. glabrata using the EUCAST method. Overall, biafungin was two- to four-fold more active against fks HS mutants than CSP and results were comparable to AND. Biafungin was active against A. fumigatus (MEC50/90, ≤0.008/0.015 μg/ml), A. terreus (MEC50/90, 0.015/0.015 μg/ml), A. niger (MEC50/90, ≤0.008/0.03 μg/ml) and A. flavus (MEC50/90, ≤0.008/≤0.008 μg/ml) using CLSI method. EUCAST results for ASP were also low for all echinocandins and comparable to CLSI results. Conclusions: Biafungin displayed comparable in vitro activity with other echinocandins against common wild-type CAN and ASP and resistant subsets that in combination with the long-acting profile warrants further development of this compound. 1. Arendrup MC, Cuenca-Estrella M, Lass-Florl C, Hope WW (2013). Breakpoints for antifungal agents: An update from EUCAST focussing on echinocandins against Candida spp. and triazoles against Aspergillus spp. Drug Resist Updat 16: 81-95. 2. Castanheira M, Woosley LN, Messer SA, Diekema DJ, Jones RN, Pfaller MA (2014). Frequency of fks mutations among Candida glabrata isolates from a 10-year global collection of bloodstream infection isolates. Antimicrob Agents Chemother 58: 577-580. 3. Clinical and Laboratory Standards Institute (2008). M27-A3. Reference Method for Broth Dilution Antifungal Susceptibility Testing of Yeasts: third edition. Wayne, PA: CLSI. 4. Clinical and Laboratory Standards Institute (2008). M38-A2. Reference Method for Broth Dilution Antifungal Susceptibility Testing of Filamentous Fungi: Second Edition. Wayne, PA: CLSI. 5. Clinical and Laboratory Standards Institute (2012). M27-S4. Reference Method for Broth Dilution Antifungal Susceptibility Testing of Yeasts: 4th Informational Supplement. Wayne, PA: CLSI. 6. European Committee on Antimicrobial Susceptibility Testing (2014). Breakpoint tables for interpretation of MICs and zone diameters. Version 4.0, January 2014. Available at: http://www.eucast.org/clinical_breakpoints/. Accessed January 1, 2014. 7. Pfaller MA, Diekema DJ (2010). Epidemiology of invasive mycoses in North America. Crit Rev Microbiol 36: 1-53. 8. Pfaller MA, Diekema DJ, Andes D, Arendrup MC, Brown SD, Lockhart SR, Motyl M, Perlin DS (2011). Clinical breakpoints for the echinocandins and Candida revisited: Integration of molecular, clinical, and microbiological data to arrive at species-specific interpretive criteria. Drug Resist Updat 14: 164-176. ABSTRACT Activity of a Novel Echinocandin Biafungin (CD101) Tested against Most Common Candida and Aspergillus Species, Including Echinocandin- and Azole-resistant Strains M CASTANHEIRA, SA MESSER, PR RHOMBERG, RN JONES, MA PFALLER JMI Laboratories, North Liberty, Iowa, USA C

REFERENCES

  1. Denning, DW (June 2002). “Echinocandins: a new class of antifungal.”. The Journal of antimicrobial chemotherapy 49 (6): 889–91. doi:10.1093/jac/dkf045. PMID 12039879.
  2.  Morris MI, Villmann M (September 2006). “Echinocandins in the management of invasive fungal infections, part 1”. Am J Health Syst Pharm 63 (18): 1693–703.doi:10.2146/ajhp050464.p1. PMID 16960253.
  3. Morris MI, Villmann M (October 2006). “Echinocandins in the management of invasive fungal infections, Part 2”. Am J Health Syst Pharm 63 (19): 1813–20.doi:10.2146/ajhp050464.p2. PMID 16990627.
  4. ^ Jump up to:a b “Pharmacotherapy Update – New Antifungal Agents: Additions to the Existing Armamentarium (Part 1)”.
  5.  Debono, M; Gordee, RS (1994). “Antibiotics that inhibit fungal cell wall development”.Annu Rev Microbiol 48: 471–497. doi:10.1146/annurev.mi.48.100194.002351.

17 Eschenauer, G; Depestel, DD; Carver, PL (March 2007). “Comparison of echinocandin antifungals.”. Therapeutics and clinical risk management 3 (1): 71–97. PMC 1936290.PMID 18360617.

///////////Biafungin™,  CD 101 IV,  CD 101 Topical,  CD101,  SP 3025, PHASE 2, CIDARA, Orphan Drug, Fast Track Designation, Seachaid Pharmaceuticals,  Qualified Infectious Disease Product, QIDP, UNII-G013B5478J, 1396640-59-7, 1631754-41-0, Vulvovaginal candidiasis,

FREE FORM

CCCCCOc1ccc(cc1)c2ccc(cc2)c3ccc(cc3)C(=O)N[C@H]4C[C@@H](O)[C@H](NC(=O)[C@@H]5[C@@H](O)[C@@H](C)CN5C(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)C(NC(=O)[C@@H]6C[C@@H](O)CN6C(=O)C(NC4=O)[C@@H](C)O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)c7ccc(O)cc7)[C@@H](C)O)OCC[N+](C)(C)C

AND OF ACETATE

CCCCCOc1ccc(cc1)c2ccc(cc2)c3ccc(cc3)C(=O)N[C@H]4C[C@@H](O)[C@H](NC(=O)[C@@H]5[C@@H](O)[C@@H](C)CN5C(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)C(NC(=O)[C@@H]6C[C@@H](O)CN6C(=O)[C@@H](NC4=O)[C@@H](C)O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)c7ccc(O)cc7)[C@@H](C)O)OCC[N+](C)(C)C.CC(=O)[O-]


Filed under: 0rphan drug status, FAST TRACK FDA, Phase2 drugs, QIDP, Uncategorized Tagged: 1396640-59-7, 1631754-41-0, Biafungin™, CD 101 IV, CD 101 Topical, CD101, CIDARA, Fast Track Designation, Orphan Drug, phase 2, Qualified Infectious Disease Product, Seachaid Pharmaceuticals, SP 3025, UNII-G013B5478J, Vulvovaginal candidiasis

ANIDULAFUNGIN

$
0
0

Anidulafungin Molecular Structure 2.png

OR

Anidulafungin

V-Echinocandin

CAS Number 166663-25-8

N-[(3S,6S,9S,11R,15S,18S,20R,21R,24S,25S,26S)-6-[(1S,2R)-1,2-dihydroxy-2-(4-hydroxyphenyl)ethyl]-11,20,21,25-tetrahydroxy-3,15-bis[(1R)-1-hydroxyethyl]-26-methyl-2,5,8,14,17,23-hexaoxo-1,4,7,13,16,22-hexaazatricyclo[22.3.0.09,13]heptacosan-18-yl]- 4-{4-[4-(pentyloxy)phenyl]phenyl}benzamide

  • LY-307853
  • LY-329960
  • LY-333006
  • LY303366
  • VEC
  • VER-002

1H NMR (700 MHz, d6-DMSO) δ 0.91 (t, 3H), 1.12 (d, 3H), 1.36 (m, 2H), 1.41 (m, 2H), 1.74 (p, 2H), 1.88 and 1.97 (overlapped, 2H), 3.85 (overlapped, 1H), 4.01 (t, 2H), 4.35 (overlapped, 1H), 4.44 (m, 1H), 4.76 (m, 1H), 4.80 (m, 1H), 5.02 (m, 1H), 5.07 (d, 1H), 5.52 (d, 1H), 7.04 (d, 1H), 7.66 (d, 1H), 7.74 (d, 1H), 7.80 (d, 1H), 7.82 (d, 1H), 7.97 (d, 1H), 8.01 (d, 1H), 8.14 (broad s, 1H), 8.60 (d, 1H). IR (cm−1)

KBr νmax; 3450 (O−H), 2932 (C−H), 2871 (C−H), 1632 (C═O), 1517 (Ar), 1488 (Ar), 1248 (C−O), 821 (C−H out-of-plane bending Ar 2 adj H’s).

Anidulafungin (brand names: Eraxis (in U.S. and Russia), Ecalta (in Europe)) is a semisynthetic echinocandin used as anantifungal drug. Anidulafungin was originally manufactured and submitted for FDA approval by Vicuron Pharmaceuticals.[1] Pfizeracquired the drug upon its acquisition of Vicuron in the fall of 2005.[2] Pfizer gained approval by the Food and Drug Administration(FDA) on February 21, 2006;[3] it was previously known as LY303366. Preliminary evidence indicates it has a similar safety profile tocaspofungin. Anidulafungin has proven efficacy against esophageal candidiasis, but its main use will probably be in invasive Candidainfection;[4][5][6] it may also have application in treating invasive Aspergillus infection. It is a member of the class of antifungal drugs known as the echinocandins; its mechanism of action is by inhibition of (1→3)-β-D-glucan synthase, an enzyme important to the synthesis of the fungal cell wall.

Pharmacodynamics and pharmacokinetics

Anidulafungin significantly differs from other antifungals in that it undergoes chemical degradation to inactive forms at body pH and temperature. Because it does not rely on enzymatic degradation or hepatic or renal excretion, the drug is safe to use in patients with any degree of hepatic or renal impairment.[7]

Distribution: 30–50 L. Protein binding: 84%.

Anidulafungin is not evidently metabolized by the liver. This specific drug undergoes slow chemical hydrolysis to an open-ring peptide which lacks antifungal activity. The half-life of the drug is 27 hours. Thirty percent is excreted in the feces (10% as unchanged drug). Less than 1% is excreted in the urine.[8][9][10]

Mechanism of action

Anidulafungin inhibits glucan synthase, an enzyme important in the formation of (1→3)-β-D-glucan, a major fungal cell wall component. Glucan synthase is not present in mammalian cells, so it is an attractive target for antifungal activity.[11]

Semisynthesis

Anidulafungin is manufactured via semisynthesis. The starting material is echinocandin B (a lipopeptide fermentation product ofAspergillus nidulans or the closely related species, A. rugulosus), which undergoes deacylation (cleavage of the linoleoyl side chain) by the action of a deacylase enzyme from the bacterium Actinoplanes utahensis;[12] in three subsequent synthetic steps, including a chemical reacylation, the antifungal drug anidulafungin[11][13] is synthesized.

Aspergillus nidulans. Anidulafungin is an echinocandin, a class of antifungal drugs that inhibits the synthesis of 1,3-β-D-glucan, an essential component of fungal cell walls.

ERAXIS (anidulafungin) is 1-[(4R,5R)-4,5-dihydroxy-N -[[4“-(pentyloxy)[1,1′:4′,1”-terphenyl]-4-yl]carbonyl]-L-ornithine]echinocandin B. Anidulafungin is a white to off-white powder that is practically insoluble in water and slightly soluble in ethanol. In addition to the active ingredient, anidulafungin, ERAXIS for Injection contains the following inactive ingredients:

50 mg/vialfructose (50 mg), mannitol (250 mg), polysorbate 80 (125 mg), tartaric acid (5.6 mg), and sodium hydroxide and/or hydrochloric acid for pH adjustment.

100 mg/vial – fructose (100 mg), mannitol (500 mg), polysorbate 80 (250 mg), tartaric acid (11.2 mg), and sodium hydroxide and/or hydrochloric acid for pH adjustment.

The empirical formula of anidulafungin is C58H73N7O17 and the formula weight is 1140.3. The structural formula is

ERAXIS™ (anidulafung in) Structural Formula Illustration

Prior to administration, ERAXIS for Injection requires reconstitution with sterile Water for Injection and subsequent dilution with either 5% DextroseInjection, USP or 0.9% Sodium Chloride Injection, USP (normal saline).

SYNTHESIS

J MED CHEM 1995, 38 3271-3281

Semisynthetic Chemical Modification of the Antifungal Lipopeptide …

pubs.acs.org/doi/abs/10.1021/jm00017a012

by M Debono – ‎1995 – ‎Cited by 113 – ‎Related articles

Aug 1, 1995 – J. Med. Chem. , 1995, 38 (17), pp 3271–3281. DOI: 10.1021/jm00017a012 … Journal ofMedicinal Chemistry 2001 44 (16), 2671-2674

Echinocandin B (ECB) is a lipopeptide composed of a complex cyclic peptide acylated at the N-terminus by linoleic acid. Enzymatic deacylation of ECB provided the peptide “nucleus” as a biologically inactive substrate from which novel ECB analogs were generated by chemical reacylation at the N-terminus. Varying the acyl group revealed that the structure and physical properties of the side chain, particularly its geometry and lipophilicity, played a pivotal role in determining the antifungal potency properties of the analog. Using CLOGP values to describe and compare the lipophilicities of the side chain fragments, it was shown that values of > 3.5 were required for expression of antifungal activity. Secondly, a linearly rigid geometry of the side chain was the most effective shape in enhancing the antifungal potency. Using these parameters as a guide, a variety of novel ECB analogs were synthesized which included arylacyl groups that incorporated biphenyl, terphenyl, tetraphenyl, and arylethynyl groups. Generally the glucan synthase inhibition by these analogs correlated well with in vitro and in vivo activities and was likewise influenced by the structure of the side chain. These structural variations resulted in enhancement of antifungal activity in both in vitro and in vivo assays. Some of these analogs, including LY303366 (14a), were effective by the oral route of administration.

str1

PATENT

US 5965525

http://www.google.co.in/patents/US5965525

PATENT

US 4293482

http://www.google.co.in/patents/US4293482

Paper

Commercialization and Late-Stage Development of a Semisynthetic Antifungal API: Anidulafungin/d-Fructose (Eraxis)

Chemical Research and Development, Pfizer Inc. Global Research and Development Laboratories, Eastern Point Road, Groton, Connecticut 06340, U.S.A.
Org. Process Res. Dev., 2008, 12 (3), pp 447–455
DOI: 10.1021/op800055h

http://pubs.acs.org/doi/abs/10.1021/op800055h

* Corresponding author. E-mail: timothy.norris@pfizer.com. Telephone: +860 441 4406 . Fax: +860 686 5340.

Abstract Image

Many years ago anidulafungin 1 was identified as a potentially useful medicine for the treatment of fungal infections. Its chemical and physical properties as a relatively high molecular weight semisynthetic derived from echinocandin B proved to be a significant hurdle to its final presentation as a useful medicine. It has recently been approved as an intravenous treatment for invasive candidaisis, an increasingly common health hazard that is potentially life-threatening. The development and commercialization of this API, which is presented as a molecular mixture of anidulafungin and d-fructose is described. This includes, single crystal X-ray structures of the starting materials, the echinocandin B cyclic-peptide nucleus (ECBN·HCl) and the active ester 1-({[4′′-(pentyloxy)-1,1′:4′,1′′-terphenyl-4-yl]carbonyl}oxy)-1H-1,2,3-benzotriazole (TOBt). Details of the structure and properties of starting materials, scale-up chemistry and unusual crystallization phenomena associated with the API formation are discussed.

str1

References

  1.  PRNewswire. Vicuron Pharmaceuticals Files New Drug Application (NDA) for Anidulafungin for Treatment of Invasive Candidiasis/Candidemia 08-18-2005.
  2. Jump up^ PRNewswire. Vicuron Pharmaceuticals Stockholders Approve Merger With Pfizer 08-15-2005
  3.  “FDA Approves New Treatment for Fungal Infections”. FDA News Release. Food and Drug Administration. 2006-02-21. Archived from the original on 10 July 2009. Retrieved 2009-08-01.
  4.  Krause DS, Reinhardt J, Vazquez JA, Reboli A, Goldstein BP, Wible M, Henkel T (2004). “Phase 2, randomized, dose-ranging study evaluating the safety and efficacy of anidulafungin in invasive candidiasis and candidemia”. Antimicrob Agents Chemother 48 (6): 2021–4.doi:10.1128/AAC.48.6.2021-2024.2004. PMC 415613. PMID 15155194.
  5. Jump up^ Pfaller MA, Boyken L, Hollis RJ, Messer SA, Tendolkar S, Diekema DJ (2005). “In Vitro Activities of Anidulafungin against More than 2,500 Clinical Isolates of Candida spp., Including 315 Isolates Resistant to Fluconazole”. J Clin Microbiol 43 (11): 5425–7.doi:10.1128/JCM.43.11.5425-5427.2005. PMC 1287823. PMID 16272464.
  6. J Pfaller MA, Diekema DJ, Boyken L, Messer SA, Tendolkar S, Hollis RJ, Goldstein BP (2005). “Effectiveness of anidulafungin in eradicating Candida species in invasive candidiasis”. Antimicrob Agents Chemother 49 (11): 4795–7. doi:10.1128/AAC.49.11.4795-4797.2005.PMC 1280139. PMID 16251335.
  7. Jump up^ “Eraxis at RxList”. 2009-06-24. Retrieved 2009-08-01.
  8.  Trissel LA and Ogundele AB, “Compatibility of Anidulafungin With Other Drugs During Simulated Y-Site Administration,”Am J Health-Sys Pharm, 2005, 62:834-7.
  9.  Vazquez JA, “Anidulafungin: A New Echinocandin With a Novel Profile,” Clin Ther, 2005, 27(6):657-73.
  10. Jump up^ Walsh TJ, Anaissie EJ, Denning DW, et al., “Treatment of Aspergillosis: Clinical Practice Guidelines of the Infectious Diseases Society of America,” Clin Infect Dis, 2008, 46(3):327-60
  11. Denning DW (1997). “Echinocandins and pneumocandins – a new antifungal class with a novel mode of action”. J Antimicrob Chemother 40 (5): 611–614. doi:10.1093/jac/dkf045.PMID 9421307.
  12.  Lei Shao; Jian Li; Aijuan Liu; Qing Chang; Huimin Lin; Daijie Chen (2013). “Efficient Bioconversion of Echinocandin B to Its Nucleus by Overexpression of Deacylase Genes in Different Host Strains”. Applied and Environmental Microbiology 79 (4): 1126–1133. doi:10.1128/AEM.02792-12. PMC 3568618. PMID 23220968.
  13.  “Anidulafungin EMA Europa” (PDF).
Anidulafungin
Anidulafungin Molecular Structure 2.png
Systematic (IUPAC) name
N-[(3S,6S,9S,11R,15S,18S,20R,21R,24S,25S,26S)-6-[(1S,2R)-1,2-dihydroxy-2-(4-hydroxyphenyl)ethyl]-11,20,21,25-tetrahydroxy-3,15-bis[(1R)-1-hydroxyethyl]-26-methyl-2,5,8,14,17,23-hexaoxo-1,4,7,13,16,22-hexaazatricyclo[22.3.0.09,13]heptacosan-18-yl]- 4-{4-[4-(pentyloxy)phenyl]phenyl}benzamide
Clinical data
Trade names Eraxis
AHFS/Drugs.com Monograph
Pharmacokinetic data
Protein binding 84 %
Biological half-life 40–50 hours
Identifiers
CAS Number 166663-25-8 Yes
ATC code J02AX06 (WHO)
PubChem CID 166548
DrugBank DB00362 Yes
ChemSpider 21106258 Yes
UNII 9HLM53094I Yes
KEGG D03211 
ChEBI CHEBI:55346
ChEMBL CHEMBL1630215 
Chemical data
Formula C58H73N7O17
Molar mass 1140.24 g/mol

//////////FUNGIN, ANIDULAFUNGIN, Eraxis , Ecalta,  semisynthetic echinocandin, anantifungal drug, FDA 2006, PFIZER, LY-307853, LY-329960, LY-333006, LY303366, VEC, VER-002, 166663-25-8, Eli Lilly and Company Inc.

STR1

CCCCCOc1ccc(cc1)c2ccc(cc2)c3ccc(cc3)C(=O)N[C@H]6C[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)NC(=O)C4[C@@H](O)[C@@H](C)CN4C(=O)C(NC(=O)C(NC(=O)C5C[C@@H](O)CN5C(=O)C(NC6=O)[C@@H](C)O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)c7ccc(O)cc7)[C@@H](C)O

Supporting Info


Filed under: Uncategorized Tagged: 166663-25-8, anantifungal drug, ANIDULAFUNGIN, Ecalta, Eli Lilly and Company Inc., Eraxis, FDA 2006, FUNGIN, LY-307853, LY-329960, LY-333006, LY303366, PFIZER, semisynthetic echinocandin, VEC, VER-002

GSK-2041706A, Potent GPR119 Receptor Agonists

$
0
0

str1

STR1

SCHEMBL387520.png

str1

GSK-2041706A

[2-([(1S)-1-(1-[3-(1-methylethyl)-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl]-4-piperidinyl)ethyl]oxy)-5-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]pyrazine]

2-[((1S)-1-{1-[3-(1-Methylethyl)-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl]-4-piperidinyl}ethyl)oxy]-5-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]pyrazine

Potent GPR119 Receptor Agonists

CAS 1032824-43-3

Molecular Formula: C23H29N5O4S
Molecular Weight: 471.57246 g/mol

G protein-coupled receptor 119 (GPR119) is a G protein-coupled receptor expressed predominantly in pancreatic β-cells and gastrointestinal enteroendocrine cells. Metformin is a first-line treatment of type 2 diabetes, with minimal weight loss in humans. In this study, we investigated the effects of GSK2041706 [2-([(1S)-1-(1-[3-(1-methylethyl)-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl]-4-piperidinyl)ethyl]oxy)-5-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]pyrazine], a GPR119 agonist, and metformin as monotherapy or in combination on body weight in a diet-induced obese (DIO) mouse model. Relative to vehicle controls, 14-day treatment with GSK2041706 (30 mg/kg b.i.d.) or metformin at 30 and 100 mg/kg b.i.d. alone caused a 7.4%, 3.5%, and 4.4% (all P < 0.05) weight loss, respectively. The combination of GSK2041706 with metformin at 30 or 100 mg/kg resulted in a 9.5% and 16.7% weight loss, respectively. The combination of GSK2041706 and metformin at 100 mg/kg caused a significantly greater weight loss than the projected additive weight loss of 11.8%. This body weight effect was predominantly due to a loss of fat. Cumulative food intake was reduced by 17.1% with GSK2041706 alone and 6.6% and 8.7% with metformin at 30 and 100 mg/kg, respectively. The combination of GSK2041706 with metformin caused greater reductions in cumulative food intake (22.2% at 30 mg/kg and 37.5% at 100 mg/kg) and higher fed plasma glucagon-like peptide 1 and peptide tyrosine tyrosine levels and decreased plasma insulin and glucose-dependent insulinotropic polypeptide levels compared with their monotherapy groups. In addition, we characterized the effect of GSK2041706 and metformin as monotherapy or in combination on neuronal activation in the appetite regulating centers in fasted DIO mice. In conclusion, our data demonstrate the beneficial effects of combining a GPR119 agonist with metformin in the regulation of body weight in DIO mice.

Diabetes mellitus is an ever-increasing threat to human health. For example, in the United States current estimates maintain that about 16 million people suffer from diabetes mellitus.

Type I diabetes, also known as insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus (IDDM), is caused by the autoimmune destruction of the insulin producing pancreatic β-cells, and necessitates regular administration of exogenous insulin. Without insulin, cells cannot absorb sugar (glucose), which they need to produce energy. Symptoms of Type I diabetes usually start in childhood or young adulthood. People often seek medical help because they are seriously ill from sudden symptoms of high blood sugar (hyperglycemia).

Type II diabetes, also known as non-insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus (NIDDM), manifests with an inability to adequately regulate blood-glucose levels. Type II diabetes may be characterized by a defect in insulin secretion or by insulin resistance, namely those that suffer from Type II diabetes have too little insulin or cannot use insulin effectively. Insulin resistance refers to the inability of body tissues to respond properly to endogenous insulin. Insulin resistance develops because of multiple factors, including genetics, obesity, increasing age, and having high blood sugar over long periods of time. Type II diabetes, sometimes called mature or adult onset diabetes, can develop at any age, but most commonly becomes apparent during adulthood. The incidence of Type II diabetes in children, however, is rising

In diabetics, glucose levels build up in the blood and urine causing excessive urination, thirst, hunger, and problems with fat and protein metabolism. If left untreated, diabetes mellitus may cause life-threatening complications, including blindness, kidney failure, and heart disease.

Type II diabetes accounts for approximately 90-95% of diabetes cases, killing about 193,000 U.S. residents each year. Type II diabetes is the seventh leading cause of all deaths. In Western societies, Type II diabetes currently affects 6% of the adult population with world-wide frequency expected to grow by 6% per annum.

Although there are certain inheritable traits that may predispose particular individuals to developing Type II diabetes, the driving force behind the current increase in incidence of the disease is the increased sedentary lifestyle, diet, and obesity now prevalent in developed countries. About 80% of diabetics with Type II diabetes are significantly overweight. As noted above, an increasing number of young people are developing the disease. Type II diabetes is now internationally recognized as one of the major threats to human health in the 21stcentury.

Type II diabetes currently is treated at several levels. A first level of therapy is through the use of diet and/or exercise, either alone or in combination with therapeutic agents. Such agents may include insulin or pharmaceuticals that lower blood glucose levels. About 49% of individuals with Type II diabetes require oral medication(s), about 40% of individuals require insulin injections or a combination of insulin injections and oral medication(s), and about 10% of individuals may use diet and exercise alone.

Current therapies for diabetes mellitus include: insulin; insulin secretagogues, such as sulphonylureas, which increase insulin production from pancreatic-cells; glucose-lowering effectors, such as metformin which reduce glucose production from the liver; activators of the peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor—(PPAR-), such as the thiazolidinediones, which enhances insulin action; and α-glucosidase inhibitors which interfere with gut glucose production. There are, however, deficiencies associated with currently available treatments, including hypoglycemic episodes, weight gain, loss in responsiveness to therapy over time, gastrointestinal problems, and edema.

There are several areas at which research is being targeted in order to bring new, more effective, therapies to the marketplace. For example, on-going research includes exploring a reduction in excessive hepatic glucose production, enhancing the pathway by which insulin transmits its signal to the cells such that they take up glucose, enhancing glucose-stimulated insulin secretion from the pancreatic-cells, and targeting obesity and associated problems with fat metabolism and accumulation.

One particular target is GPR119. GPR119 is a member of the rhodopsin family of G-protein-coupled receptors. In addition to the “GPR119” identifier, several other identifiers exist, including but not limited to RUP 3, Snorf 25, 19 AJ, GPR 116 (believed to be erroneous), AXOR 20, and PS1. GPR119 is expressed in human gastrointestinal regions and in human islets. Activation of GPR119 has been demonstrated to stimulate intracellular cAMP and lead to glucose-dependent GLP-1 and insulin secretion. See, T. Soga et al., Biochemical and Biophysical Research Communications 326 (2005) 744-751, herein incorporated by reference with regard to a background understanding of GPR119.

In type 2 diabetes the action of GLP-1 on the β-cell is maintained, although GLP-1 secretion, itself, is reduced. More recently, therefore, much research has been focused on GLP-1. Studies show glucose-lowering effects in addition to GLP-1’s ability to stimulate glucose-dependent insulin secretion including, but not limited to, an inhibition of the release of the hormone glucagon following meals, a reduction in the rate at which nutrients are absorbed into the bloodstream, and a reduction of food intake. Studies demonstrate that treatments to increase GLP-1, therefore, may be used for a variety of conditions and disorders including but not limited to metabolic disorders, gastrointestinal disorders, inflammatory diseases, psychosomatic, depressive, and neuropsychiatric disease including but not limited to diabetes mellitus (Type 1 and Type 2), metabolic syndrome, obesity, appetite control and satiety, weight loss, stress, inflammation, myocardial ischemia/reperfusion injury, Alzheimer’s Disease, and other diseases of the central nervous system.

The use of exogenous GLP-1 in clinical treatment is severely limited, however, due to its rapid degradation by the protease DPP-IV. There are multiple GLP-1 mimetics in development for type 2 diabetes that are reported in the literature, all are modified peptides, which display longer half-lives than endogenous GLP-1. For example, the product sold under the tradename BYETTA® is the first FDA-approved agent of this new class of medications. These mimetics, however, require injection. An oral medication that is able to elevate GLP-1 secretion is desirable. Orally available inhibitors of DPP-IV, which result in elevation in intact GLP-1, are now available, such as sitagliptin, marketed under the brand name JANUVIA®. Nevertheless, a molecule which may stimulate GLP-1 secretion would provide a therapeutic benefit. A molecule which could stimulate both GLP-1 secretion and insulin secretion through effects on the L-cell and direct effects on the β-cell would hold much promise for type 2 diabetes therapy.

The present invention identifies agonists of GPR119 which increase glucose-disposal in part through elevation of GIP, GLP-1, and insulin. Moreover, studies demonstrate that GPR119 agonists such as the compounds of the present invention can stimulate incretins independently of glucose. GIP and GLP-1 are peptides, known as incretins, secreted from enteroendocrine K and L cells, respectively, in response to ingestion of nutrients, and have a wide variety of physiological effects that have been described in numerous publications over the past two decades. See, for example, Bojanowska, E. et al.,Med. Sci. Monit., 2005, August 11(8): RA271-8; Perry, T. et al., Curr. Alzheimer Res., 2005, July 2(3): 377-85; and Meier, J. J. et al.,Diabetes Metab. Res. Rev., 2005, March-April; 21(2); 91-117 (each herein incorporated by reference with regard to a background understanding of incretins). Moreover, although the mechanisms regulating GLP-1 secretion remain unclear, the initial rapid rise in GLP-1 following a meal may be a result of hormonal stimulation of neuronal afferents involving GIP. See, for example, J. N. Roberge and P. L. Brubaker, Endocrinology 133 (1993), pp. 233-240 (herein incorporated by reference with regard to such teaching). Furthermore, later increases in GLP-1 may involve direct activation of L-cells by nutrients in the distal small-intestine and the colon. GIP and GLP-1 are potent stimulators of the body’s ability to produce insulin in response to elevated levels of blood sugar. In Type 2 diabetes, patients display a decreased responsiveness to GIP but not GLP-1, with respect to its ability to stimulate insulin secretion. The mechanism behind the decreased responsiveness to GIP remains unclear since type 2 diabetics retain sensitivity to a bolus administration of GIP but not to a continuous infusion (Meier et al. 2004 Diabetes 53 S220-S224). Moreover recent studies with a long-acting fatty-acid derivative of GIP showed beneficial effects on glucose homeostasis in ob/ob mice following 14 days of treatment (Irwin N. et al. (2006) J. Med. Chem. 49, 1047-1054.)

Agonists to GPR119 may be of therapeutic value for diabetes and associated conditions, particularly type II diabetes, obesity, glucose intolerance, insulin resistance, metabolic syndrome X, hyperlipidemia, hypercholesterolemia, and atherosclerosis.

NMR

1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.91 (bs, 1H), 8.40 (bs, 1 H), 8.28 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H), 8.02 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H), 5.17–5.09 (m, 1H), 4.09–3.95 (m, 2H), 3.27 (s, 3H), 3.16–2.99 (m, 2H), 2.80 (q, J = 6.9 Hz, 1H), 1.98–1.85 (m, 2H), 1.83–1.70 (m, 1H), 1.47–1.33 (m, 2H), 1.31 (d, J = 6.3 Hz, 3H), 1.17 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 6H).

13C NMR (100.6 MHz, DMSO-d6) 175.3, 170.9, 159.8, 142.6, 141.2, 141.0, 139.1, 135.7, 128.1, 126.9, 75.7, 46.0, 45.9, 44.0, 40.2, 27.1, 27.0, 26.7, 20.7, 16.9.

HRMS calcd for C23H30N5O4S (M + H)+ 472.2013, found, 472.2009.

str1

str1

PATENT

Jing Fang, Jun Tang, Andrew J. Carpenter,Gregory Peckham, Christopher R. Conlee,Kien S. Du, Subba Reddy Katamreddy,

http://www.google.co.ug/patents/US20120077812

Example 156(±)-2-[(1-{1-[3-(1-Methylethyl)-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl]-4-piperidinyl}ethyl)oxy]-5-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]pyrazineFigure US20120077812A1-20120329-C00180

Step 1: A solution of 3-(1-methylethyl)-5-(trichloromethyl)-1,2,4-oxadiazole (prepared as in Example 158, Alternative synthesis, Step 3, 179 g, 0.78 mol) in MeOH (300 mL) was treated with 4-piperidinemethanol (108 g, 0.94 mol) and stirred and heated at 50° C. overnight. The solvent was removed and the residue was purified by flash chromatography on a silica gel column to give {1-[3-(1-methylethyl)-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl]-4-piperidinyl}methanol (60 g, 34%) as a pale yellow oil.

Step 2: A solution of {1-[3-(1-methylethyl)-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl]-4-piperidinyl}methanol (1.50 g, 6.66 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (50 mL) at 0° C. was treated with Dess-Martin periodinane (2.91 g, 6.66 mmol). The reaction mixture was warmed to ambient temperature and stirred overnight. The reaction was quenched with aqueous 20% Na2S2O3(100 mL) and aqueous saturated NaHCO3 (100 mL) and then stirred for 10 minutes. The CH2Cl2 layer was separated and washed with brine, dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated to give the crude product as a cloudy colorless oil. The crude product was dissolved in 100 mL of 1:1 EtOAc/hexanes, filtered through a pad of silica gel, washed with 200 mL of 1:1 EtOAc/hexanes. The filtrate was concentrated to give 1.07 g (72%) of 1-[3-(1-methylethyl)-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl]-4-piperidinecarbaldehyde as a clear colorless oil, which was used without further purification. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 9.68 (s, 1H), 4.15-4.00 (m, 2H), 3.30-3.20 (m, 2H), 2.86 (septet, 1H, J=7.0 Hz), 2.55-2.45 (m, 1H), 2.10-1.95 (m, 2H), 1.80-1.65 (m, 2H), 1.26 (d, 6H, J=6.8 Hz).

Step 3: (±)-1-{1-[3-(1-Methylethyl)-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl]-4-piperidinyl}ethyl methanesulfonate (0.74 g, 49%) was prepared as a light brown oil from 1-[3-(1-methylethyl)-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl]-4-piperidinecarbaldehyde (1.07 g, 4.79 mmol) and methylmagnesium bromide (3M in Et2O, 3.51 mL, 10.54 mmol) then methanesulfonyl chloride (0.22 mL, 2.81 mmol) and Et3N (0.66 mL, 4.68 mmol) in a manner similar to Example 139, Steps 1-2. The crude product was used without further purification. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 4.70-4.60 (m, 1H), 4.30-4.15 (m, 2H), 3.10-2.95 (m, 5H), 2.87 (septet, 1H, J=7.0 Hz), 1.95-1.70 (m, 3H), 1.55-1.35 (m, 5H), 1.26 (d, 6H, J=6.8 Hz).

Step 4: The title compound (0.212 g, 26%) was prepared as a white foam from 5-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]-2-pyrazinol (and tautomers thereof) (prepared as in Example 145, Steps 1-2, 0.43 g, 1.72 mmol), (±)-1-{1-[3-(1-methylethyl)-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl]-4-piperidinyl}ethyl methanesulfonate (0.74 g, 2.32 mmol) and K2CO3 (0.48 g, 3.44 mmol) in DMF (15 mL) in a manner similar to Example 152, Steps 3. The crude product was purified by chromatography on an ISCO silica gel column using 0 to 25% EtOAc/CH2Cl2, followed by chromatography on a silica gel column eluted with 50% EtOAc/hexanes to give (±)-2-[(1-{1-[3-(1-methylethyl)-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl]-4-piperidinyl}ethypoxy]-5-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]pyrazine as a white solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 8.53 (s, 1H), 8.25 (s, 1H), 8.10 (d, 2H, J=8.5 Hz), 8.02 (d, 2H, J=8.5 Hz), 5.20-5.10 (m, 1H), 4.35-4.20 (m, 2H), 3.15-3.00 (m, 5H), 2.91 (septet, 1H, J=7.0 Hz), 2.00-1.80 (m, 3H), 1.60-1.40 (m, 2H), 1.34 (d, 3H, J=6.1 Hz), 1.28 (d, 6H, J=7.1 Hz); LRMS (ESI), m/z 472 (M+H).

Example 1572-[((1R)-1-{1-[3-(1-Methylethyl)-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl]-4-piperidinyl}ethyl)oxy]-5-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]pyrazinFigure US20120077812A1-20120329-C00181

The racemic 2-[(1-{1-[3-(1-methylethyl)-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl]-4-piperidinyl}ethyl)oxy]-5-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]pyrazine (prepared as in Example 156) was subjected to Chiral HPLC [column: AS-H, column mobile phase: 70% CO2: 30% MeOH (2 mL/min), pressure 140 bar, temperature 40° C., 215 nm] analysis and then separated to give two (R and S) enantiomers. The title compound was isolated as an off-white solid with Tr of 23.42 min (first eluting peak). The (R) absolute stereochemistry was assigned by Ab initio VCD analysis.

Example 158

2-[((1S)-1-{1-[3-(1-Methylethyl)-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl]-4-piperidinyl}ethyl)oxy]-5-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]pyrazineFigure US20120077812A1-20120329-C00182

The racemic 2-[(1-{1-[3-(1-methylethyl)-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl]-4-piperidinyl}ethyl)oxy]-5-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]pyrazine (prepared as in Example 156) was subjected to Chiral HPLC [column: AS-H, column mobile phase: 70% CO2: 30% MeOH (2 mL/min), pressure 140 bar, temperature 40° C., 215 nm] analysis and then separated to give two (R and S) enantiomers. The title compound was isolated as an off-white solid with Tr of 25.83 min (second eluting peak). The (S) absolute stereochemistry was assigned by Ab initio VCD analysis. Alternative preparation from enantiomerically enriched material:

Step 1: Triethylamine (315 mL, 2.26 mol) was added dropwise to formic acid (150 mL, 3.91 mol) with overhead stirring while maintaining the internal temperature below 60° C. with ice-bath cooling. Neat 4-acetylpyridine (100 mL, 0.904 mol) was then added rapidly while maintaining the temperature below 50° C. Following this addition, the reaction was allowed to cool to 28° C. and the chiral ruthenium catalyst [N-[(1R,2R)-2-(amino-N)-1,2-diphenylethyl]-2,4,6-trimethylbenzenesulfonamidato-N]chloro[(1,2,3,4,5,6-n)-1-methyl-4-(1-methylethyl)benzene]ruthenium (CAS#177552-91-9; for catalyst preparation, see: Uematsu, N.; Fujii, A.; Hashiguchi, S.; Ikariya, T.; Noyori, R.; J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1996, 118, 4916-4917) (3 g, 4.46 mmol) was added. The mixture was stirred under house vacuum for 4 h and then overnight under an atmosphere of nitrogen. The reaction mixture was added dropwise to a stirred solution of 10% Na2CO3 (4 L) and then extracted with EtOAc (3×1 L). The combined EtOAc layers were washed once with brine (1 L), treated with MgSO4 and Darco G-60 decolorizing charcoal and filtered through a 100 g plug of silica gel washing with 10% MeOH/EtOAc (1 L). The filtrate was concentrated to provide a dark oil that crystallized upon standing. The solid was dissolved in warm t-butyl methyl ether (250 mL) and the warm solution was filtered to remove a small amount of insoluble material. The filtrate was allowed to stir with cooling to room temperature and then to −15° C. The solids were collected by filtration, washing with cold t-butyl methyl ether and heptane, and then dried under high vacuum to yield (1R)-1-(4-pyridinyl)ethanol as a dark beige solid (62 g, 52.9% yield). This solid material was 96% ee based on chiral HPLC(HPLC conditions: AS-H column, 5% MeOH/CO2, 40° C., 140 bar, 2 mL/min). The filtrate was combined with the insoluble solid from the crystallization and concentrated in vacuo to yield additional (1R)-1-(4-pyridinyl)ethanol as a dark oil (37.5 g, 32% yield). This oily material was 78% ee based on chiral HPLC (see HPLC conditions above). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 8.47-8.43 (m, 2H), 7.32-7.28 (m, 2H), 5.37 (d, 1H, J=4.4 Hz), 4.72-4.64 (m, 1H), 1.44 (d, 3H, J=6.6 Hz).

Step 2: A solution of (1R)-1-(4-pyridinyl)ethanol (37 g, 0.3 mol, 78% ee) in MeOH (2 L) was charged with PtO2 (5 g) under nitrogen atmosphere followed by acetic acid (19 mL). The mixture was evacuated and purged with hydrogen several times and then stirred under an atmosphere of hydrogen for 2 d at room temperature. The mixture was filtered to remove catalyst and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo and triturated with EtOAc to yield a cream-colored solid which was collected by filtration. The filter cake was dissolved in MeOH (500 mL) and 50% NaOH (15.8 g) was added. The resulting solution was stirred at 25° C. for 30 min and concentrated. The resulting solid was triturated with Et2O (700 mL) and stirred at 25° C. for 30 min, the solids were removed by filtration and the filtrate was dried over MgSO4 and filtered again. The final filtrate was concentrated to yield (1R)-1-(4-piperidinyl)ethanol (22 g, 57% yield) as a light beige solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 3.50 (quint, 1H, J=6.3 Hz), 3.13-3.01 (m, 2H), 2.61-2.47 (m, 2H), 1.88 (br, 2H), 1.84-1.73 (m, 1H), 1.63-1.52 (m, 1H), 1.41-1.27 (m, 1H), 1.23-1.05 (m, 2H), 1.13 (d, 3H, J=6.2 Hz).

Step 3: A stirred solution of N-hydroxy-2-methylpropanimidamide (16.33 g, 160 mmol) in pyridine (16.81 mL, 208 mmol) and dichloromethane (165 mL) at −15° C. was treated with trichloroacetyl chloride (19.63 mL, 176 mmol) over 40 min. The reaction was allowed to warm to ambient temperature and stirred for 42 h. Water (100 mL) was added and the reaction was stirred for 30 min. The dichloromethane was removed and the residue was diluted with water (50 mL) and extracted with ether (300 mL). The ether layer was washed with water, dried over MgSO4 and concentrated to afford 3-(1-methylethyl)-5-(trichloromethyl)-1,2,4-oxadiazole (28.0 g, 76% yield) as an orange liquid.1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 3.13 (septet, 1H, J=7.0 Hz), 1.36 (d, 6H, J=7.0 Hz).

Step 4: A solution of 3-(1-methylethyl)-5-(trichloromethyl)-1,2,4-oxadiazole (25.8 g, 112 mmol) and (1R)-1-(4-piperidinyl)ethanol (13.4 g, 104 mmol) in MeOH (15 mL) was stirred at ambient temperature under a stream of nitrogen for 7 days. The reaction was diluted with MeOH (40 mL), cooled in an ice bath and 1N NaOH (25 mL) was added. The mixture was allowed to warm to ambient temperature and stir for 1 h. The reaction was partitioned in EtOAc (300 mL)/1N NaOH (75 mL) and the layers were separated. The aqueous layer was saturated with NaCl and extracted with EtOAc (200 mL). The combined EtOAc layers were dried over MgSO4, concentrated and placed under high vacuum for 18 h to afford (1R)-1-{1-[3-(1-methylethyl)-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl]-4-piperidinyl}ethanol (16.75 g, 68%) as an orange oil. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 4.14 (m, 2H), 3.57 (quint, 1H, J=6.3 Hz), 2.98 (m, 2H), 2.83 (septet, 1H, J=7.0 Hz), 1.90 (m, 1H), 1.86 (br, 1H), 1.67 (m, 1H), 1.45 (m, 1H), 1.33 (m, 2H), 1.23 (d, 6H, J=7.0 Hz), 1.16 (d, 3H, J=6.3 Hz); LRMS (ESI), m/z 240 (M+H).

Step 5: A solution of (1R)-1-{1-[3-(1-methylethyl)-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl]-4-piperidinyl}ethanol (1.68 g, 7.0 mmol) in dichloromethane (100 mL) at 0° C. was treated with Et3N (1.98 mL, 14.0 mmol) followed by methanesulfonyl chloride (0.66 mL, 8.4 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 1 h, then at room temperature for 2 h. The mixture was diluted with dichloromethane (50 mL), washed with 1M NaH2PO4 (75 mL×2) and brine, and dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated to give (1R)-1-{1-[3-(1-methylethyl)-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl]-4-piperidinyl}ethyl methanesulfonate (2.23 g, 7.0 mmol, 100% yield) as a brown oil, which was used without further purification.

Step 6: A mixture of 5-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]-2-pyrazinol (and tautomers thereof) (prepared as in Example 145, Step 2, 1.3 g, 5.19 mmol), (1R)-1-{1-[3-(1-methylethyl)-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl]-4-piperidinyl}ethyl methanesulfonate (2.23 g, 7.0 mmol, 70% ee) and K2CO3 (1.45 g, 10.4 mmol) in DMF (35 mL) was stirred at 100° C. in a preheated oil bath overnight. The mixture was cooled to ambient temperature, treated with water, and the mixture was extracted with EtOAc (75 mL×2). The combined organic extracts were washed with water, brine and dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated to a brown oil, which was by chromatography on a silica gel column eluted with 50% EtOAc/hexanes followed by chromatography on an ISCO silica gel column using 0 to 60% EtOAc/hexanes to give 2-[((1S)-1-{1-[3-(1-methylethyl)-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl]-4-piperidinyl}ethyl)oxy]-5-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]pyrazine (0.73 g, 70% ee, 30%) as a white solid. The solid was subjected to chiral separation (similar to conditions used above for Example 158) to yield 0.30 g of the title compound as a white solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 8.53 (d, 1H, J=1.3 Hz), 8.25 (d, 1H, J=1.3 Hz), 8.10 (d, 2H, J=8.3 Hz), 8.02 (d, 2H, J=8.5 Hz), 5.20-5.10 (m, 1H), 4.35-4.20 (m, 2H), 3.15-3.00 (m, 5H), 2.90 (septet, 1H, J=7.0 Hz), 2.00-1.80 (m, 3H), 1.60-1.40 (m, 2H), 1.34 (d, 3H, J=6.3 Hz), 1.28 (d, 6H, J=6.9 Hz); LRMS (ESI), m/z 472 (M+H).

Paper

Development of Large-Scale Routes to Potent GPR119 Receptor Agonists

Richard T. Matsuoka*, Eric E. Boros#, Andrew D. Brown, Kae M. Bullock, Will L. Canoy, Andrew J. Carpenter#, Jeremy D. Cobb, Shannon E. Condon, Nicole M. Deschamps, Vassil I. Elitzin, Greg Erickson,Jing M. Fang#, David H. Igo§, Biren K. Joshi, Istvan W. Kaldor#, Mark B. Mitchell, Gregory E. Peckham#, Daniel W. Reynolds, Matthew C. Salmon, Matthew J. Sharp, Elie A. Tabet#, Jennifer F. Toczko, Lianming Michael Wu, and Xiao-ming M. Zhou

API Chemistry Department, Analytical Science & Development Department, #Medicinal Chemistry Department, and§Particle Sciences and Engineering Department, GlaxoSmithKline, 709 Swedeland Road, King of Prussia, Pennsylvania 19406, United States
Org. Process Res. Dev., Article ASAP
Publication Date (Web): July 13, 2016
Copyright © 2016 American Chemical Society

Abstract

Abstract Image

Practical and scalable syntheses were developed that were used to prepare multikilogram batches of GSK1292263A (1) and GSK2041706A (15), two potent G protein-coupled receptor 119 (GPR119) agonists. Both syntheses employed relatively cheap and readily available starting materials, and both took advantage of an SNAr synthetic strategy.

Patent ID Date Patent Title
US2012077812 2012-03-29 BICYCLIC COMPOUNDS AND USE AS ANTIDIABETICS
US8101634 2012-01-24 BICYCLIC COMPOUNDS AND USE AS ANTIDIABETICS

/////////////GSK2041706A, GSK 2041706A, GSK-2041706A, GSK2041706, GSK 2041706, GSK-2041706

O=S(c4ccc(c3cnc(OC(C2CCN(c1nc(C(C)C)no1)CC2)C)cn3)cc4)(C)=O


Filed under: Uncategorized Tagged: GSK 2041706, GSK 2041706A, GSK2041706, GSK2041706A

New Antiarthritic Drug Candidate S-2474

$
0
0

STR1

S-2474

(E)-(5)-(3,5-Di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzylidene)-2-ethyl-1,2-isothiazolidine-1,1-dioxide

Shionogi Research Laboratories

cyclooxygenase-2 (COX-2) and 5-lipoxygenase (5-LO)

mp 135−137 °C.

S-2474,158089-95-3, 158089-96-4 ((Z)-isomer),C20-H31-N-O3-S,

E)-5-(3,5-Di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzylidene)-2-ethylisothiazolidine 1,1-dioxide

  • Phenol, 2,6-bis(1,1-dimethylethyl)-4-[(2-ethyl-5-isothiazolidinylidene)methyl]-, S,S-dioxide, (E)-
  • 2,6-Bis(1,1-dimethylethyl)-4-[(E)-(2-ethyl-1,1-dioxido-5-isothiazolidinylidene)methyl]phenol
  • Phenol, 2,6-bis(1,1-dimethylethyl)-4-[(2-ethyl-1,1-dioxido-5-isothiazolidinylidene)methyl]-, (E)-

(E)-(5)-(3,5-Di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzylidene)-2-ethyl-1,2-isothiazolidine-1,1-dioxide (S-2474, ), which was discovered at Shionogi Research Laboratories, shows potent inhibitory effects on both cyclooxygenase-2 (COX-2) and 5-lipoxygenase (5-LO) and is anticipated to be promising as an antiarthritic drug

synthesis of novel γ-sultam derivatives containing the di-tert-butylphenol antioxidant moiety. Several compounds with lower alkyl groups at the 2-position of the γ-sultam skeleton showed potent inhibitory activities against PGE2 production via the COX pathway and LTB4 production via the 5-LO pathway, as well as production of IL-1 in in vitro assays. Extensive pharmacological characterizations revealed that 2-ethyl-γ-sultam derivative 10b displays multiple inhibition of COX, 5-LO, and IL-1 production similar to tenidap and also good selective COX-2 inhibition like NS-398 and celecoxib. It exerted excellent antiinflammatory activity without any ulcerogenic effects and was designated as S-2474 an agent having both NSAID and cytokine modulating properties. S-2474 is now being developed as a promising alternative antiarthritic drug candidate

SYNTHESIS

17th Symp Med Chem (Nov 19 1997 , Tsukuba), EP 0595546; JP 1994211819; US 5418230

The intermediate gamma-sultam (III) was prepared by condensation of 3-chloropropylsulfonyl chloride (I) with ethylamine, followed by cyclization of the resulting chloro sulfonamide (II) under basic conditions. Condensation of 3,5-di- tert-butyl-4- (methoxymethoxy) benzaldehyde (IV) with sultam (III) in the presence of LDA produced the aldol addition compound (V). Then, acid-promoted dehydration and simultaneous methoxymethyl group deprotection gave rise to a mixture of the desired E-benzylidene sultam and the corresponding Z-isomer (VII), which were separated by column chromatography.

PAPER

Novel Antiarthritic Agents with 1,2-Isothiazolidine-1,1-dioxide (γ-Sultam) Skeleton: Cytokine Suppressive Dual Inhibitors of Cyclooxygenase-2 and 5-Lipoxygenase

Shionogi Research Laboratories, Shionogi & Co., Ltd., Fukushima-ku, Osaka 553-0002, Japan, and Institute of Medical Science, St. Marianna University School of Medicine, Miyamae-ku, Kawasaki 216-8512, Japan
J. Med. Chem., 2000, 43 (10), pp 2040–2048
DOI: 10.1021/jm9906015
Abstract Image

Various 1,2-isothiazolidine-1,1-dioxide (γ-sultam) derivatives containing an antioxidant moiety, 2,6-di-tert-butylphenol substituent, were prepared. Some compounds, which have a lower alkyl group at the 2-position of the γ-sultam skeleton, showed potent inhibitory effects on both cyclooxygenase (COX)-2 and 5-lipoxygenase (5-LO), as well as production of interleukin (IL)-1 in in vitro assays. They also proved to be effective in several animal arthritic models without any ulcerogenic activities. Among these compounds, (E)-(5)-(3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzylidene)-2-ethyl-1,2-isothiazolidine-1,1-dioxide (S-2474) was selected as an antiarthritic drug candidate and is now under clinical trials. The structure−activity relationships (SAR) examined and some pharmacological evaluations are described.

http://pubs.acs.org/doi/abs/10.1021/jm9906015

PAPER

Highly E-Selective and Effective Synthesis of Antiarthritic Drug Candidate S-2474 Using Quinone Methide Derivatives

Shionogi Research Laboratories, Shionogi & Company, Ltd., Fukushima-ku, Osaka 553-0002, Japan
J. Org. Chem., 2002, 67 (1), pp 125–128
DOI: 10.1021/jo0106795
 Abstract Image
We have developed an efficient and E-selective synthesis of an antiarthritic drug candidate (E)-(5)-(3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzylidene)-2-ethyl-1,2-isothiazolidine-1,1-dioxide (S-2474), in which α-methoxy-p-quinone methide is used as a key intermediate. α-Methoxy-p-quinone methide was revealed to be an equiv. to a p-hydroxy protected benzaldehyde. It reacts smoothly with α-sulfonyl carbanion to give 1,6-addn. intermediates, which can be further processed to provide S-2474 directly in the presence of a base. This procedure gives S-2474 as an almost single isomer on the benzylidene double bond in excellent yield and thus is a very practical method adaptable to large-scale synthesis. The detailed mechanistic aspects are studied and discussed.
An improved synthesis has been reported. Acid -catalyzed ketalization of aldehyde (VIII) with trimethyl orthoformate provided the dimethyl acetal (IX) which, upon thermal decomposition in refluxing xylene, gave rise to the alpha-methoxy methylenequinone derivative (X ). This was then condensed with the lithio derivative of sultam (III) to form selectively the desired E-adduct. in an analogous procedure, aldehyde (VIII) was converted to the chloromethylene compound (XI) with methanesulfonyl chloride and triethylamine in refluxing CH2Cl2 . Condensation of (XI) with the lithiated sultam (III) furnished the desired E-benzylidene sultam.

PAPER

Development of One-Pot Synthesis of New Antiarthritic Drug Candidate S-2474 with High E-Selectivity

Chemical Development Department, CMC Development Laboratories, Shionogi & Co., Ltd., 1-3, Kuise Terajima 2-chome, Amagasaki, Hyogo 660-0813, Japan, and Shionogi Research Laboratories, Shionogi & Co., Ltd., 12-4, Sagisu 5-chome, Fukushima-ku, Osaka 553-0002, Japan
Org. Process Res. Dev., 2008, 12 (3), pp 442–446
DOI: 10.1021/op800008w

* To whom correspondence should be addressed. Telephone: +81-6-6401-8198 . Fax: +81-6-6401-1371. E-mail:takemasa.hida@shionogi.co.jp., †

Chemical Development Department, CMC Development Laboratories.

, ‡Shionogi Research Laboratories.

Abstract Image

A one-pot synthesis of S-2474 was developed to overcome the problems of a large number of steps, low stereoselectivity, low yield, a large amount of waste, and severe reaction conditions. Aldol-type condensation of 3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzaldehyde and N-ethyl-γ-sultam was carried out with LDA and then quenched with water. Dehydration proceeded under basic conditions, providing S-2474 directly as a single isomer on the benzylidene double bond. The reaction mechanism appears to involve a quinone methide intermediate. Environmental assessment of the development of this compound is also discussed in this paper.

STR1

STR1

///////New,  Antiarthritic , Drug Candidate,  S-2474, Shionogi Research Laboratories, cyclooxygenase-2,  (COX-2),  5-lipoxygenase , (5-LO), PHASE 2, 158089-95-3, 158089-96-4, S2474, S 2474

CCN2CC\C(=C/c1cc(c(O)c(c1)C(C)(C)C)C(C)(C)C)S2(=O)=O


Filed under: Phase2 drugs Tagged: (5-LO), (COX-2), 158089-95-3, 158089-96-4, 5-lipoxygenase, Antiarthritic, Cyclooxygenase 2, Drug Candidate, new, phase 2, S-2474, S2474, Shionogi Research Laboratories

ацетазоламид , أسيتازولاميد [, 乙酰唑胺 , ACETAZOLAMIDE

$
0
0

ChemSpider 2D Image | acetazolamide | C4H6N4O3S2

ACETAZOLAMIDE
ацетазоламид ,  أسيتازولاميد [,  乙酰唑胺 ,
CAS 59-66-5
Acetamide, N-(5-(aminosulfonyl)-1,3,4-thiadiazol-2-yl)-
MW 222.245,MF  C4H6N4O3S2
Title: Acetazolamide
CAS Registry Number: 59-66-5
CAS Name: N-[5-(Aminosulfonyl)-1,3,4-thiadiazol-2-yl]acetamide
Additional Names: 5-acetamido-1,3,4-thiadiazole-2-sulfonamide; 2-acetylamino-1,3,4-thiadiazole-5-sulfonamide
Manufacturers’ Codes: 6063
Trademarks: Acetamox (Tobishi-Santen); Atenezol (Tsuruhara); Défiltran (Gallier); Diamox (Barr); Didoc (Sawai); Diuriwas (IFI); Donmox (Horita); Edemox (Wassermann); Fonurit (Chinoin); Glaupax (Erco)
Molecular Formula: C4H6N4O3S2
Molecular Weight: 222.25
Percent Composition: C 21.62%, H 2.72%, N 25.21%, O 21.60%, S 28.85%
Literature References: Carbonic anhydrase inhibitor. Prepn: R. O. Roblin, J. W. Clapp, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 72, 4890 (1950); J. W. Clapp, R. O. Roblin, US 2554816 (1951 to Am. Cyanamid). HPLC determn in pharmaceuticals: Z. S. Gomaa, Biomed. Chromatogr. 7, 134 (1993). Effect on retinal circulation: S. M. B. Rassam et al., Eye 7, 697 (1993). Clinical trial in postoperative elevation of intraocular pressure: I. D. Ladas et al., Br. J. Ophthalmol. 77, 136 (1993). Comprehensive description: J. Parasrampuria, Anal. Profiles Drug Subs. Excip. 22, 1-32 (1993). Review of efficacy in acute mountain sickness: L. D. Ried et al.,J. Wilderness Med. 5, 34-48 (1994).
Properties: Crystals from water, mp 258-259° (effervescence). Weak acid. pKa 7.2. Sparingly sol in cold water. Slightly sol in alcohol, acetone. Practically insol in carbon tetrachloride, chloroform, ether. Soly (mg/ml): polyethylene glycol-400 87.81; propylene glycol 7.44; ethanol 3.93; glycerin 3.65; water 0.72.
Melting point: mp 258-259° (effervescence)
pKa: pKa 7.2
Derivative Type: Sodium salt
CAS Registry Number: 1424-27-7
Trademarks: Vetamox (Am. Cyanamid)
Therap-Cat: Antiglaucoma; diuretic; in treatment of acute mountain sickness.
Therap-Cat-Vet: Diuretic.
Keywords: Antiglaucoma; Carbonic Anhydrase Inhibitor; Diuretic; Sulfonamide Derivatives.
Starting reaction occurs in-between hydrazine hydrate and ammonium thiocyanate that produces 1, 2-bis (thiocarbamoyl) hydrazine which on further treatment with phosgene undergoesrearrangements, particularly  molecular rearrangement through loss of ammonia to form 5-amino-2-mercapto-1, 3, 4-thiadiazole. Upon acylation of 5-amino-2-mercapto-1, 3, 4-thiadiazole gives a corresponding amide which on oxidation with aqueous chlorine affords the 2-sulphonyl chloride. The final step essentially consists of amidation by treatment with ammonia.

STR1 STR2

STR1 STR2 STR3

1H NMR

Paper

14N NQR, 1H NMR and DFT/QTAIM study of hydrogen bonding and polymorphism in selected solid 1,3,4-thiadiazole derivatives

*
Corresponding authors
a»Jozef Stefan« Institute, Jamova 39, 1000 Ljubljana, Slovenia
E-mail: janez.seliger@fmf.uni-lj.si
Fax: +386 1 2517281
Tel: +386 1 4766576
bFaculty of Mathematics and Physics, University of Ljubljana, Jadranska 19, 1000 Ljubljana, Slovenia
cFaculty of Physics, Adam Mickiewicz University, Umultowska 85, 61-614 Poznań, Poland
Phys. Chem. Chem. Phys., 2010,12, 13007-13019

DOI: 10.1039/C0CP00195C, http://pubs.rsc.org/en/content/articlelanding/2010/cp/c0cp00195c#!divAbstract

Graphical abstract: 14N NQR, 1H NMR and DFT/QTAIM study of hydrogen bonding and polymorphism in selected solid 1,3,4-thiadiazole derivatives

The 1,3,4-thiadiazole derivatives (2-amino-1,3,4-thiadiazole, acetazolamide, sulfamethizole) have been studied experimentally in the solid state by 1H–14N NQDR spectroscopy and theoretically by Density Functional Theory (DFT). The specific pattern of the intra and intermolecular interactions in 1,3,4-thiadiazole derivatives is described within the QTAIM (Quantum Theory of Atoms in Molecules)/DFT formalism. The results obtained in this work suggest that considerable differences in the NQR parameters permit differentiation even between specific pure association polymorphic forms and indicate that the stronger hydrogen bonds are accompanied by the larger η and smaller ν and e2Qq/h values. The degree of π-electron delocalization within the 1,3,4-thiadiazole ring and hydrogen bonds is a result of the interplay between the substituents and can be easily observed as a change in NQR parameters at N atoms. In the absence of X-ray data NQR parameters can clarify the details of crystallographic structure revealing information on intermolecular interactions.

////////////ацетазоламид ,  أسيتازولاميد [,  乙酰唑胺 , ACETAZOLAMIDE

CC(=O)NC1=NN=C(S1)S(N)(=O)=O


Filed under: GENERIC DRUG Tagged: ACETAZOLAMIDE, ацетазоламид, 乙酰唑胺, أسيتازولاميد [

Gemfibrozil

$
0
0

Gemfibrozil.svg

Gemfibrozil
CAS: 25812-30-0
 5-(2,5-Dimethylphenoxy)-2,2-dimethylpentanoic acid
2,2-dimethyl-5-(2,5-xylyloxy)valeric acid
Manufacturers’ Codes: CI-719
Trademarks: Decrelip (Ferrer); Genlip (Teofarma); Gevilon (Pfizer); Lipozid (Pfizer); Lipur (Pfizer); Lopid (Pfizer)
MF: C15H22O3
MW: 250.33
Percent Composition: C 71.97%, H 8.86%, O 19.17%
Properties: Crystals from hexane, mp 61-63°. bp0.02 158-159°. LD50 in mice, rats (mg/kg): 3162, 4786 orally (Kurtz).
Melting point: mp 61-63°
Boiling point: bp0.02 158-159°
Toxicity data: LD50 in mice, rats (mg/kg): 3162, 4786 orally (Kurtz)
Therap-Cat: Antilipemic.
 

Gemfibrozil

5-(2,5-Dimethylphenoxy)-2,2-dimethylpentanoic Acid

Gemfibrozil is classified as a fibric acid derivative and is used in the treatment of hyperlipidaemias. It has effects on plasma-lipid concentrations similar to those described under bezafibrate. The major effects of gemfibrozil have been a reduction in plasma-triglyceride concentrations and an increase in high-density lipoprotein (HDL) cholesterol concentrations. A reduction in very-low-density lipoprotein (VLDL)-triglyceride appears to be largely responsible for the fall in plasma triglyceride although reductions in HDL and low-density lipoprotein (LDL)-triglycerides have also been reported.
The effects of gemfibrozil on total cholesterol have been more variable: in general, LDL-cholesterol may be decreased in patients with pre-existing high concentrations and raised in those with low concentrations. The increase in HDL-cholesterol concentrations has resulted in complementary changes to the ratios of HDL-cholesterol to LDL-cholesterol and to total cholesterol. Gemfibrozil has successfully raised HDL-cholesterol concentrations in patients with isolated low levels of HDL-cholesterol but otherwise normal cholesterol concentrations.The Helsinki heart study assessed gemfibrozil for the primary prevention of ischaemic heart disease in middle-aged men with hyperlipidaemia. The usual dose, by mouth, is 1.2 g daily in two divided doses given 30 min before the morning and evening meals. Gemfibrozil is available as tablets for oral administration (Lopid: USP).

IR (KBr, cm–1): 2959.03, 2919.78, 2877.65, 1709.42, 1613.44, 1586.60, 1511.07, 1473.81, 1414.01, 1387.89, 1317.61, 1286.34, 1271.91, 1214.39, 1159.26, 1048.83, 996.57, 803.75;

1H NMR (DMSO, 500 MHz, δ ppm): 1.12 (s, 6H), 1.60 and 1.67 (m, 4H), 2.08 (s, 3H), 2.24 (s, 3H), 3.90 (t, 2H), 6.62 (d, 1H), 6.70 (s, 1H), 6.97 (d, 1H);

13C NMR and DEPT (DMSO, 500 MHz, δ ppm): 15.39 (CH3), 20.94 (CH3), 24.67 (CH2), 24.87 (CH3, CH3), 36.43 (CH2), 40.91 (C), 67.57 (CH2), 112.07 (CH), 120.45 (CH), 122.44 (C), 129.96 (CH), 135.93 (C), 156.43 (C), 178.56 (C);

MS M/Z (ESI): 251.16 [(MH)+].

STR1

Solvent:CDCl3Instrument Type:JEOLNucleus:1HFrequency:400 MHzChemical Shift Reference:TMS

 

1H NMR spectrum of C15H22O3 in CDCL3 at 400 MHz

Gemfibrozil is the generic name for an oral drug used to lower lipid levels. It belongs to a group of drugs known as fibrates. It is most commonly sold as the brand name, Lopid. Other brand names include Jezil and Gen-Fibro.

history

Gemfibrozil was selected from a series of related compounds synthesized in the laboratories of the American company Parke Davisin the late 1970s. It came from research for compounds that lower plasma lipid levels in humans and in animals.[1]

Actions

Therapeutic effects

Nontherapeutic effects and toxicities

Indications

Contraindications and precautions

  • Gemfibrozil should not be given to these patients:
    • Hepatic dysfunction
  • Gemfibrozil should be used with caution in these higher risk categories:
    • Biliary tract disease
    • Renal dysfunction
    • Pregnant women
    • Obese patients

Drug interactions

Environmental data

Gemfibrozil has been detected in biosolids (the solids remaining after wastewater treatment) at concentrations up to 2650 ng/g wet weight.[3] This indicates that it survives the wastewater treatment process.

SYNTHESIS

STR1

The sodium isobutyrate (I) is metallated with lithium diisopropylamide, and the resulting compound is alkylated with 3- (2,5-dimethylphenoxy) propyl bromide.

PATENT

Paul, L. C. 2,2-Dimethyl-ω-aryloxy alkanoic acids and salts and ester thereof. U.S. 3,674,836, 1972.

http://www.google.co.in/patents/US3674836

CLIP

Production of Gemfibrozil
(1)2,5-Dimethylphenol and 1-Bromo-3-chloropropane reaction of 1-(2,5-dimethylphenoxy)-3-chloropropane. The reaction is carried out in toluene, adding new clean off reflux 5h. Just as follows:

Production of Gemfibrozil

(2)N/A can be used to manufacture Gemfibrozil.

Production of Gemfibrozil

PAPER

Improved Process for Preparation of Gemfibrozil, an Antihypolipidemic

Chemical Research and Development, Aurobindo Pharma Ltd., Survey No. 71 and 72, Indrakaran (V), Sangareddy (M), Medak District-502329, Andhra Pradesh, India
Engineering Chemistry Department, AU College of Engineering, Andhra University, Visakhapatnam-530003, Andhra Pradesh, India
Org. Process Res. Dev., 2013, 17 (7), pp 963–966

An improved process for the preparation of gemfibrozil, an antihypolipodimic drug substance, with an overall yield of 80% and ∼99.9% purity (including three chemical reactions) is reported. Formation and control of possible impurities are also described. Finally, gemfibrozil is isolated from water without any additional solvent purification.

STR1

Literature References:

Serum lipid regulating agent. Prepn: P. L. Creger, DE 1925423; eidem, US 3674836 (1969, 1972, both to Parke, Davis).

Production: O. P. Goel, US 4126637 (1978 to Warner-Lambert).

Pharmacology: A. H. Kissebach et al.,Atherosclerosis 24, 199 (1976); M. T. Kahonen et al., ibid. 32, 47 (1979).

Series of articles on metabolism, clinical pharmacology, kinetics and toxicology: Proc. R. Soc. Med. 69, Suppl 2, 1-120 (1976).

Toxicity data: S. M. Kurtz et al., ibid. 15.

Clinical trial in hyperlipidemia: J. E. Lewis et al., Pract. Cardiol. 9, 99 (1983).

Clinical reduction of cardiovascular risk in patients with low HDL levels: H. B. Rubins et al., N. Engl. J. Med. 341, 410 (1999).

References

External links

Gemfibrozil
Gemfibrozil.svg
Systematic (IUPAC) name
5-(2,5-dimethylphenoxy)-2,2-dimethyl-pentanoic acid
Clinical data
Trade names Lopid
AHFS/Drugs.com Monograph
MedlinePlus a686002
Pregnancy
category
  • Category C
Routes of
administration
Oral
Legal status
Legal status
  • By Prescription
Pharmacokinetic data
Bioavailability Close to 100%
Protein binding 95%
Metabolism Hepatic (CYP3A4)
Biological half-life 1.5 hours
Excretion Renal 94%
Feces 6%
Identifiers
CAS Number 25812-30-0 Yes
ATC code C10AB04 (WHO)
PubChem CID 3463
IUPHAR/BPS 3439
DrugBank DB01241 Yes
ChemSpider 3345 Yes
UNII Q8X02027X3 Yes
KEGG D00334 Yes
ChEBI CHEBI:5296 Yes
ChEMBL CHEMBL457 Yes
Chemical data
Formula C15H22O3
Molar mass 250.333 g/mol

LOPID® (gemfibrozil tablets, USP) is a lipid regulating agent. It is available as tablets for oral administration. Each tablet contains 600 mg gemfibrozil. Each tablet also contains calcium stearate, NF; candelilla wax, FCC; microcrystalline cellulose, NF; hydroxypropyl cellulose, NF; hypromellose, USP; methylparaben, NF; Opaspray white; polyethylene glycol, NF; polysorbate 80, NF; propylparaben, NF; colloidal silicon dioxide, NF; pregelatinized starch, NF. The chemical name is 5-(2,5-dimethylphenoxy)2,2-dimethylpentanoic acid, with the following structural formula:

 

LOPID® (gemfibrozil) Structural Formula Illustration

The empirical formula is C15H22O3 and the molecular weight is 250.35; the solubility in water and acid is 0.0019% and in dilute base it is greater than 1%. The melting point is 58° –61°C. Gemfibrozil is a white solid which is stable under ordinary conditions.

/////////Gemfibrozil,  Antilipemic,  Fibrates, 25812-30-0,

CC1=CC(OCCCC(C)(C)C(O)=O)=C(C)C=C1


Filed under: Uncategorized Tagged: 25812-30-0, Antilipemic, Fibrates, Gemfibrozil

USFDA approves Indoco’s Allopurinol ANDA

$
0
0

usfda-approval-Allopurinol-forprint.jpg

Indoco Remedies Limited (India) | Facebook

https://www.facebook.com/Indoco-Remedies-Limited-India-317944458228011/

USFDA approves Indoco’s Allopurinol ANDA… Indoco Remedies Limited (India)’s … Indoco Remedies Limited (India) added a new photo

Allopurinol 3d structure.png

Allopurinol, sold under the brand name Zyloprim and generics, is a medication used primarily to treat excess uric acid in the bloodand its complications, including chronic gout. It is a xanthine oxidase inhibitor and is administered orally.

It is on the World Health Organization’s List of Essential Medicines, a list of the most important medication needed in a basic health system.

Allopurinol has been marketed in the United States since August 19, 1966, when it was first approved by FDA under the trade name Zyloprim. Allopurinol was marketed at the time by Burroughs-Wellcome. Allopurinol is now a generic drug sold under a variety of brand names, including Allohexal, Allosig, Milurit, Alloril, Progout, Ürikoliz, Zyloprim, Zyloric, Zyrik, and Aluron

Aditi Kare Panandikar, Managing Director, Indoco Remedies

click above

Aditi Kare Panandikar gets award

///////////Indoco Remedies LtdUSFDA,  approves,  Indoco’s,  Allopurinol,  ANDA, Aditi Kare Panandikar, Managing Director,


Filed under: ANDA, COMPANIES Tagged: Aditi Kare Panandikar, Allopurinol, anda, Approves, Indoco Remedies Ltd, Indoco's, Managing Director, usfda

Scaling up from mg to Kgs – Making your First GMP Batch

$
0
0

STR1

Scaling up from mg to Kgs – Making your First GMP Batch 

6th – 7th October 2016, Clearwater, USA

the course was very informative and it allowed me to see the big picture from discovery stage to pilot plant” 
Genentech

Course Outline:

  • Introduction
  • Making the first 100g non-GMP Batch
  • Non-GMP vs GMP preparation
  • Physical version and form
  • Process safety and raw materials supply
  • Scaling into fixed vessels
  • Technology transfer
  • Genotoxic impurities
  • Case studies and Review

Who should attend:

  • Project managers
  • Project leaders
  • Bench chemists
  • New starters
  • MedChem Support teams

This course aims to provide attendees with a good understanding of the issues involved taking development candidates to the first in human trials.

Click here to Download the Course Brochure

Presented by Dr John Knight, JKonsult Ltd

John Knight

Managing Director at JKONSULT Ltd

STR1
Click here to Download the Course Brochure

“Brilliant Course, learn lots of tips and tricks”
Vertex

First incursion into Chemical Development has been very, very educational. John’s way of explaining the material has been wonderful.”
Almirall

Very clear and interesting sessions with a lot of relevant examples and not only theory.” 
Oribase Pharma
LINK
LITERATURE FROM INTERNET ON HIS TOPIC
//////////Scaling up,  mg to Kgs, Making,  First GMP Batch, SCIENTIFIC UPDATE,  JOHN KNIGHT, Clearwater, USA

Filed under: COMPANIES, GENERICS Tagged: Clearwater, First GMP Batch, JOHN KNIGHT, Making, mg to Kgs, Scaling up, SCIENTIFIC UPDATE, USA

FDA published generic user fee for 2017: for ANDA, DMF, and for Facility (API, FDF)

$
0
0

DRUG REGULATORY AFFAIRS INTERNATIONAL

.

placeholder+image

http://www.raps.org/Regulatory-Focus/News/2016/07/26/25394/FDA-Lowers-ANDA-Fee-Rates-for-2017/

Generic drugmakers submitting abbreviated new drug applications (ANDAs) and prior approval supplements (PAS) will see their US Food and Drug Administration (FDA) fee rates drop in 2017, though all other rates, including those for drug master files (DMF) and facility fees will increase when compared to 2016.

For FY 2017, the generic drug fee rates are: ANDA ($70,480, down from $76,030 in 2016), PAS ($35,240, down from $38,020 in 2016), DMF ($51,140, up from $42,170 in 2016), domestic active pharmaceutical ingredient (API) facility ($44,234, up from $40,867 in 2016), foreign API facility ($59,234, up from $55,867 in 2016), domestic finished dose formulation (FDF) facility ($258,646, up from $243,905), and foreign FDF facility ($273,646, up from $258,905 in 2016).

The new fees are effective 1 October 2016 and will remain in effect through 30 September 2017.

FDA explained the increases and decreases in fees, noting that for ANDA…

View original post 413 more words


Filed under: Uncategorized

Arformoterol, (R,R)-Formoterol For Chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD)

$
0
0

Arformoterol.svg

Arformoterol

  • MF C19H24N2O4
  • MW 344.405
(R,R)-Formoterol
Cas 67346-49-0
Chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD)
  • Sunovion/Sepracor (Originator)
  • Asthma Therapy, Bronchodilators, Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Diseases (COPD), Treatment of, RESPIRATORY DRUGS, beta2-Adrenoceptor Agonists
  • LAUNCHED 2007 , Phase III ASTHMA
Formamide, N-[2-hydroxy-5-[(1R)-1-hydroxy-2-[[(1R)-2-(4-methoxyphenyl)-1-methylethyl]amino]ethyl]phenyl]-

Arformoterol is a long-acting β2 adrenoreceptor agonist (LABA) indicated for the treatment of chronic obstructive pulmonary disease(COPD). It is sold by Sunovion, under the trade name Brovana, as a solution of arformoterol tartrate to be administered twice daily (morning and evening) by nebulization.[1]

Arformoterol inhalation solution, a long-acting beta2-adrenoceptor agonist, was launched in the U.S. in 2007 for the long-term twice-daily (morning and evening) treatment of bronchospasm in patients with chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), including chronic bronchitis and emphysema. The product, known as Brovana(TM), for use by nebulization only, is the first long-acting beta2-agonist to be approved as an inhalation solution for use with a nebulizer. The product was developed and is being commercialized by Sunovion Pharmaceuticals (formerly Sepracor)

Arformoterol.png

It is the active (R,R)-(−)-enantiomer of formoterol and was approved by the United States Food and Drug Administration (FDA) on October 6, 2006 for the treatment of COPD.

Arformoterol is a bronchodilator. It works by relaxing muscles in the airways to improve breathing. Arformoterol inhalation is used to prevent bronchoconstriction in people with chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, including chronic bronchitis and emphysema. The use of arformoterol is pending revision due to safety concerns in regards to an increased risk of severe exacerbation of asthma symptoms, leading to hospitalization as well as death in some patients using long acting beta agonists for the treatment of asthma.

Arformoterol is an ADRENERGIC BETA-2 RECEPTOR AGONIST with a prolonged duration of action. It is used to manage ASTHMA and in the treatment of CHRONIC OBSTRUCTIVE PULMONARY DISEASE.

 
Arformoterol is a beta2-Adrenergic Agonist. The mechanism of action of arformoterol is as an Adrenergic beta2-Agonist.
Arformoterol is a long-acting beta-2 adrenergic agonist and isomer of formoterol with bronchodilator activity. Arformoterol selectively binds to and activates beta-2 adrenergic receptors in bronchiolar smooth muscle, thereby causing stimulation of adenyl cyclase, the enzyme that catalyzes the conversion of adenosine triphosphate (ATP) to cyclic-3′,5′-adenosine monophosphate (cAMP). Increased intracellular cAMP levels cause relaxation of bronchial smooth muscle and lead to a reduced release of inflammatory mediators from mast cells. This may eventually lead to an improvement of airway function.

Arformoterol tartrate

  • Molecular FormulaC23H30N2O10
  • Average mass494.492
  •  cas 200815-49-2
  • 183-185°C
Butanedioic acid, 2,3-dihydroxy-, (2R,3R)-, compd. with formamide, N-[2-hydroxy-5-[(1R)-1-hydroxy-2-[[(1R)-2-(4-methoxyphenyl)-1-methylethyl]amino]ethyl]phenyl]- (1:1) [ACD/Index Name]
N-{2-hydroxy-5-[(1R)-1-hydroxy-2-{[(1R)-2-(4-methoxyphenyl)-1-methylethyl]amino}ethyl]phenyl}formamide 2,3-dihydroxybutanedioate (salt)
N-[2-Hydroxy-5-[(1R)-1-hydroxy-2-[[(1R)-2-(4-methoxyphenyl)-1-methylethyl]amino]ethyl]phenyl]formamide (+)-(2R,3R)-Tartaric Acid; (-)-Formoterol 1,2-Dihydroxyethane-1,2-dicarboxylic Acid; (R,R)-Formoterol Threaric Acid; Arformoterol d-Tartaric Acid; Arformoterol d-α,β-Dihydroxysuccinic Acid
(R,R)-Formoterol-L-(+)-tartrate
200815-49-2 CAS
Arformoterol tartrate (USAN)
Brovana
UNII:5P8VJ2I235
Arformoterol Tartrate, can be used in the synthesis of Omeprazole (O635000), which is a proton pump inhibitor, that inhibits gasteric secretion, also used in the treatment of dyspepsia, peptic ulcer disease, etc. Itis also the impurity of Esomeprazole Magnesium (E668300), which is the S-form of Omeprazole, and is a gastric proton-pump inhibitor. Also, It can be used for the preparation of olodaterol, a novel inhaled β2-adrenoceptor agonist with a 24h bronchodilatory efficacy.
 

SYNTHESIS

PATENT

us-9309186

Example 1

Synthesis of (R,R)-Formoterol-L-tartrate Form D

A solution containing 3.9 g (26 mmol) of L-tartaric acid and 36 mL of methanol was added to a solution of 9 g (26 mmol) of arformoterol base and 144 mL methanol at 23.degree. C. Afterwards, the resulting mixture was seeded with form D and stirred at 23.degree. C. for 1 hour. It was then further cooled to 0-5.degree. C. for 1 hour and the product collected by filtration and dried under inlet air (atmospheric pressure) for 16 hours to provide 11.1 g (86% yield) (99.7% chemical purity, containing 0.14% of the degradation impurity (R)-1-(3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl)-2-[[(1R)-2-(4-methoxyphenyl)-1-methylethy- l]amino]ethanol) of (R,R)-formoterol L-tartrate form D, as an off white powder. .sup.1H-NMR (200 MHz, d.sub.6-DMSO) .delta.: 1.03 (d, 3H); 2.50-2.67 (m, 5H); 3.72 (s, 3H); 3.99 (s, 2H); 4.65-4.85 (m, 1H); 6.82-7.15 (m, 5H); 8.02 (s, 1H); 8.28 (s, 1H); 9.60 (s, NH). No residual solvent was detected (.sup.1H-NMR).

PSD: d.sub.50=2.3 .mu.m.

 PAPER
Tetrahedron Letters, Vol. 38, No. 7, pp. 1125-1128, 1997
Enantio- and Diastereoselective Synthesis of all Four Stereoisomers of Formoterol
 STR1
STR1
PAPER

Taking Advantage of Polymorphism To Effect an Impurity Removal:  Development of a Thermodynamic Crystal Form of (R,R)-FormoterolTartrate

Chemical Research and Development, Sepracor Inc., 111 Locke Drive, Marlborough, Massachusetts 01752, U.S.A.
Org. Proc. Res. Dev., 2002, 6 (6), pp 855–862
DOI: 10.1021/op025531h

Abstract

Abstract Image

The development and large-scale implementation of a novel technology utilizing polymorphic interconversion and crystalline intermediate formation of (R,R)-formoterol l-tartrate ((R,R)-FmTA, 1) as a tool for the removal of impurities from the final product and generation of the most thermodynamically stable crystal form is reported. The crude product was generated by precipitation of the free base as the l-tartrate salt in a unique polymorphic form, form B. Warming the resultant slurry effected the formation of a partially hydrated stable crystalline intermediate, form C, with a concomitant decrease in the impurity levels in the solid. Isolation and recrystallization of form C provided 1 in the thermodynamically most stable polymorph, form A.

SYN1
SYN 2
SYN 3
 SYN 4
SYN 5

PATENT

Formoterol, (+/-)N-[2-hydroxy-5-[1-hydroxy-2-[[2-(p-methoxyphenyl)-2-propylamino]ethyl]phenyl]-formamide, is a highly potent and β2-selective adrenoceptor agonist having a long lasting bronchodilating effect when inhaled. Its chemical structure is depicted below:
Figure imgb0001
Formoterol has two chiral centres, each of which can exist into two different configurations. This results into four different combinations, (R,R), (S,S), (S,R) and (R,S). Formoterol is commercially available as a racemic mixture of 2 diasteromers (R,R) and (S,S) in a 1:1 ratio. The generic name Formoterol always refers to its racemic mixture. Trofast et al. (Chirality, 1, 443, 1991) reported on the potency of these isomers, showing a decrease in the order of (R,R)>(R,S)≥(S,R)>(S,S). The (R,R) isomer, also known as Arformoterol, being 1000 fold more potent than the (S,S) isomer. Arformoterol is commercialised by Sepracor as Brovana
Formoterol was first disclosed in Japanese patent application (Application N° 13121 ) whereby Formoterol is synthesised by N-alkylation using a phenacyl bromide as described in the scheme below:
Figure imgb0002
Afterwards, a small number of methods have been reported so far, regarding the synthesis of the (R,R) isomer, also referred as (R,R)-Formoterol and Arformoterol.
Murase et al. [Chem. Pharm. Bull. 26(4) 1123-1129(1978)] reported the preparation of (R,R)-Formoterol from a racemic mixture of the (R,R) and (S,S) isomers by optical resolution using optically active tartaric acid. Trofast et al. described a method in which 4-benzyloxy-3-nitrostyrene oxide was coupled with a optically pure (R,R)- or (S,S)-N-phenylethyl-N-(1-p-methoxyphenyl)-2-(propyl)amine to give a diastereomeric mixture of Formoterol precursors. These precursors were further separated by HPLC in order to obtain pure Formoterol isomers. Both synthetic processes undergo long synthetic procedures and low yields.
Patent publication EP0938467 describes a method in which Arformoterol is prepared via the reaction of the optically pure (R) N-benzyl-2-(4-methoxyphenyl)-1-(methylethylamine) with an optically pure (R)-4-benzyloxy-3-nitrostyrene oxide or (R)-4-benzyloxy-3-formamidostyrene oxide followed by formylation of the amino group. This method requires relatively severe reaction conditions, 24 h at a temperature of from 110 up to 130 °C as well as a further purification step using tartaric acid in order to eliminate diastereomer impurities formed during the process.
WO2009/147383 discloses a process for the preparation of intermediates of Formoterol and Arformoterol which comprises a reduction of a ketone intermediate of formula:
Figure imgb0003
Using chiral reductive agent with an enantiomeric excess of about 98% which requires further purification steps to obtain a product of desired optical purity.
 R,R)-Formoterol (Arformoterol) or a salt thereof from optically pure and stable intermediate (R)-2-(4-Benzyloxy-3-nitro-phenyl)-oxirane (compound II), suitable for industrial use, in combination with optically pure amine in higher yields, as depicted in the scheme below:
Figure imgb0011

Compound (R, R)-1-(4-Benzyloxy-3-nitro-phenyl)-2-[[2-(4-methoxy-phenyl)-1-methylethyl]-(1-phenyl-ethyl)-amino]-ethanol (compound VI), having the configuration represented by the following formula:

Figure imgb0018

Examples(R)-2-(4-Benzyloxy-3-nitro-phenyl)-oxirane (II)

A solution of 90 g (0.25 mol) of (R)-1-(4-Benzyloxy-3-nitro-phenyl)-2-bromo-ethanol (compound I) in 320 mL of toluene and 50 mL of MeOH was added to a stirred suspension of 46 g (0.33 mol) of K2CO3 in 130 mL of toluene and 130 mL of MeOH. The mixture was stirred at 40°C for 20 h and washed with water (400 mL). The organic phase was concentrated under reduced pressure to a volume of 100 mL and stirred at 25 °C for 30 min. It was then further cooled to 0-5°C for 30 min. and the product collected by filtration and dried at 40 °C to provide 67.1 g (97% yield) (98% chemical purity, 100% e.e.) of compound II as an off-white solid. 1 H-NMR (200 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 2.80-2.90 (m, 2H); 3.11-3.20 (m, 2H), 3.80-3.90 (m, 1H); 5.23 (s, 2H); 7.11 (d, 2H); 7.41 (m, 5H), 7.76 (d, 2H).

Preparation of (R,R)-[2-(4-Methoxy-phenyl)-1-methyl-ethyl]-(1-phenyl-ethyl)-amine (III)

A solution of 13 g (78.6 mmol) of 1-(4-Methoxy-phenyl)-propan-2-one and 8.3 g (78.6 mmol) of (R)-1-Phenylethylamine in 60 mL MeOH was hydrogenated in the presence of 1.7 g of Pt/C 5% at 10 atm. and 30 °C for 20 h. The mixture was filtered though a pad of diatomaceous earth and concentrated under reduced pressure to give compound III as an oil. The obtained oil was dissolved in 175 mL of acetone, followed by addition of 6.7 mL (80.9 mmol) of a 12M HCl solution. The mixture was stirred at 23 °C for 30 min and at 0-5 °C for 30 min. The product collected by filtration and dried at 40 °C to provide 13.8 g of the hydrochloride derivate as a white solid. The obtained solid was stirred in 100 mL of acetone at 23 °C for 1h and at 0-5 °C for 30 min, collected by filtration and dried at 40 °C to provide 13.2 g of the hydrochloride derivate as a white solid. This compound was dissolved in 100 mL of water and 100 mL of toluene followed by addition of 54 mL (54 mmol) of 1N NaOH solution. The organic phase was concentrated to give 11.7 g (55% yield) (99% chemical purity and 100% e.e) of compound III as an oil.1H-NMR (200 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 0.88 (d, 3H); 1.31 (d, 3H), 2.40-2.50 (m, 1H); 2.60-2.80 (m, 2H); 3.74 (s, 3H); 3.90-4.10 (m, 1H); 6.77- 6.98 (m, 4H), 7.31 (s, 5H).

Synthesis of (R,R)-1-(4-Benzyloxy-3-nitro-phenyl)-2-[[2-(4-methoxy-phenyl)-1-methyl-ethyl]-(1-phenyl-ethyl)-amino]-ethanol (IV)

A 1-liter flask was charged with 50g (0.18 mol) of II and 50g (0.18 mol) of III and stirred under nitrogen atmosphere at 140 °C for 20 h. To the hot mixture was added 200 mL of toluene to obtain a solution, which was washed with 200 mL of 1N HCl and 200 mL of water. The organic phase was concentrated under reduced pressure to give 99 g (99% yield) (88% chemical purity) of compound IV as an oil. Enantiomeric purity 100%. 1H-NMR (200 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 0.98 (d, 3H); 1.41 (d, 3H), 2.60-2.90 (m, 4H); 3.20-3.30 (m, 1H); 3.74 (s, 3H); 4.10-4.20 (m, 1H); 4.30-4.40 (m, 1H), 5.19 (s, 2H); 6.69-7.42 (m, 16H); 7.77 (s, 1H).

Synthesis of (R, R)-1-(3-Amino-4-benzyloxy-phenyl)-2-[[2-(4-methoxy-phenyl)-1-methyl-ethyl]-(1-phenyl-ethyl)-amino]-ethanol (V)

A solution of 99 g (0.18 mol) of IV in 270 mL IPA and 270 mL toluene was hydrogenated in the presence of 10 g of Ni-Raney at 18 atm and 40 °C for 20 h. The mixture was filtered though a pad of diatomaceous earth and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to give 87 g (92% yield) (83% chemical purity, 100 % e.e.) of compound V as an oil. 1H-NMR (200 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 0.97 (d, 3H); 1.44 (d, 3H), 2.60-2.90 (m, 4H); 3.20-3.30 (m, 1H); 3.74 (s, 3H); 4.10-4.20 (m, 1H); 4.30-4.40 (m, 1H), 5.07 (s, 2H); 6.67-6.84 (m, 7H); 7.25-7.42 (m, 10H).

Synthesis of (R,R)-N-(2-Benzyloxy-5-{1-hydroxy-2-[[2-(4-methoxy-phenyl)-1-methyl-ethyl]-(1-phenyl-ethyl)-amino]-ethyl)-phenyl)-formamide (VI)

24 mL (0.63 mol) of formic acid was added to 27 mL (0.28 mol) of acetic anhydride and stirred at 50 °C for 2 h under nitrogen atmosphere. The resulting mixture was diluted with 100 mL of CH2Cl2 and cooled to 0 °C. A solution of 78 g (0.15 mol) of V in 300 mL de CH2Cl2 was slowly added and stirred for 1h at 0 °C. Then, 150 mL of 10% K2CO3 aqueous solution were added and stirred at 0 °C for 15 min. The organic phase was washed twice with 400 mL of 10% K2CO3 aqueous solution and concentrated under reduced pressure to give 80 g (97% yield, 100% e.e.) (75% chemical purity) of compound VI as an oil. 1H-NMR (200 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 0.98 (d, 3H); 1.42 (d, 3H), 2.60-2.90 (m, 4H); 3.20-3.30 (m, 1H); 3.75 (s, 3H); 4.10-4.20 (m, 1H); 4.30-4.40 (m, 1H), 5.09 (s, 2H); 6.67-7.41 (m, 17H); 8.4 (d, 1H).

Synthesis (R,R)-N-(2-Hydroxy-5-{1-hydroxy-2-[2-(4-methoxy-phenyl)-1-methyl-ethylamino]-ethyl}-phenyl)-formamide (VII)

A solution of 8.5 g (16 mmol) of VI, previous purified by column chromatography on silica gel (AcOEt/heptane, 2:3), in 60 mL ethanol was hydrogenated in the presence of 0.14 g of Pd/C 5% at 10 atm. and 40 °C for 20 h. The mixture was filtered though a pad of diatomaceous earth and concentrated under reduced pressure to give 5 g (93% yield) (91% chemical purity, 100% e.e.) of compound VII as foam. m. p.= 58-60 °C. 1H-NMR (200 MHz, d6-DMSO) δ: 0.98 (d, 3H); 2.42-2.65 (m, 5H); 3.20-3.40 (m, 1H); 3.71 (s, 3H); 4.43-4.45 (m, 1H); 6.77-7.05 (m, 5H); 8.02 (s, 1H), 8.26 (s, 1H).

Synthesis (R,R)-N-(2-Hydroxy-5-{1-hydroxy-2-[2-(4-methoxy-phenyl)-1-methyl-ethylamino]-ethyl}-phenyl)-formamide (VII)

A solution of 46 g (0.08 mol) of VI, crude product, was dissolved in 460 mL ethanol and hydrogenated in the presence of 0.74 g of Pd/C 5% at 10 atm. and 40 ° C for 28 h. The mixture was filtered though a pad of diatomaceous earth and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to give 24 g (83% yield) (77% chemical purity, 100% e.e.) of compound VII as a foam. m. p. = 58-60 °C. 1H-NMR (200 MHz, d6-DMSO) δ: 0.98 (d, 3H); 2.42-2.65 (m, 5H); 3.20-3.40 (m, 1H); 3.71 (s, 3H); 4.43-4.45 (m, 1H); 6.77-7.05 (m, 5H); 8.02 (s, 1H), 8.26 (s, 1H).

The HPLC conditions used for the determination of the Chemical purity % are described in the table below:

  • HPLC Column Kromasil 100 C-18
    Dimensions 0.15 m x 4.6 mm x 5 µm
    Buffer 2.8 ml TEA (triethylamine) pH=3.00 H3PO4 (85%) in 1 L of H2O
    Phase B Acetonitrile
    Flow rate 1.5 ml miN-1
    Temperature 40 °C
    Wavelength 230 nm

    The HPLC conditions used for the determination of the enantiomeric purity % are described in the table below:

    HPLC Column Chiralpak AD-H
    Dimensions 0.25 m x 4.6 mm
    Buffer n-hexane : IPA : DEA (diethyl amine) : H2O 85:15:0.1:0.1
    Flow rate 0.8 ml min-1
    Temperature 25 °C
    Wavelength 228 nm

PATENT

Example 1

(R) -2- (4- benzyloxy-3-nitrophenyl) oxirane (I) (9. 86g, 36mmol) and (R) -I- (4- methoxy- phenyl) -N – [(R) -I- phenyl-ethyl] -2-amino-propane (II) (10. 8g, 40mmol) cast in the reaction flask, the reaction 20 hours at 140 ° C, the chiral Intermediate (III) (17. 3g, yield 88%). HPLC: de values of> 90%; MS (ESI) m / z: 541 3 (M ++ 1); 1H-NMR (CDCl3):.. Δ 0. 96 (d, 3H), 1 49 (d, 3H ), 2 · 15 (q, 1Η), 2 · 67 (dq, 2H), 2. 99 (dq, 2H), 3. 74 (s, 3H), 4. 09 (d, 1H), 4. 56 (q, 1H), 5. 24 (s, 2H), 6. 77 (dd, 4H), 7. 10 (d, 1H), 7. 25-7. 5 (m, 11H), 7. 84 ( s, 1H).

 Example 2

 (R) -2- (4- benzyloxy-3-nitrophenyl) oxirane (I) (9. 86g, 36mmol) and (R) -I- (4- methoxybenzene yl) -N – [(R) -I- phenyl-ethyl] -2-amino-propane (II) (10. 8g, 40mmol) and toluene 100ml, 110 ° C0-flow reactor 36 hours, the solvent was distilled off succeeded intermediates (III) (16. 8g, yield 85%).

Example 3

(R) -2- (4- benzyloxy-3-nitrophenyl) oxirane (I) (9. 86g, 36mmol) and (R) -I- (4- methoxybenzene After [(R) -I- phenyl-ethyl] -2-amino-propane (II) (10. 8g, 40mmol) and dichloromethane 100ml, 30 ° C for 48 hours, and the solvent was distilled off – yl) -N succeeded intermediates (III) (15. Sg, yield 80%).

Example 4

 (R) -2- (4- benzyloxy-3-nitrophenyl) oxirane (I) (9. 86g, 36mmol) and (R) -I- (4- methoxybenzene yl) -N – [(R) -I- phenyl-ethyl] -2-amino-propane (II) (8. 75g, 32mmol) cast in the reaction flask, the reaction 20 hours at 140 ° C, the chiral intermediate form (III) (16. 3g, 83% yield).

Example 5

 (R) -2- (4- benzyloxy-3-nitrophenyl) oxirane (I) (9. 86g, 36mmol) and (R) -I- (4- methoxybenzene yl) -N – [(R) -I- phenyl-ethyl] -2-amino-propane (II) (14. 6g, 54mmol) cast in the reaction flask, the reaction 20 hours at 140 ° C, the chiral intermediate form (III) (17. 5g, 89% yield).

STR1

Scheme

chirality 1991, 3, 443-50
Fumaric acid (0.138 mmol, 16 mg) was added to the residue dissolved in methanol. Evaporation of the solvent gave the
product (SS) W semifumarate (109 mg) characterized by ‘HNMR (4-D MSO) 6 (ppm) 1.00 (d, 3H, CHCH,), 4.624.70 (m, lH,
CHOH), 3.73 (s, 3H, OCH,), 6.M.9 (m, 3H, aromatic), 7.00 (dd,4H, aromatic), 6.49 (s, 1@ CH = CH fumarate). MS of disilylated
(SS) W: 473 (M +<H3,7%); 367 (M ‘<8H90, 45%); 310 61%). The (RSS) fraction was treated in the same manner
giving the product (R;S) W semifumarate, which was characterized by ‘H-NMR (4-DMSO) 6 (ppm) 1.01 (d, 3H, CHCH,),
3.76 (s, 3H, OC&), 6.49 (s, lH, CH=CH, fumarate) 6.M.9 (m, 3H, aromatic), 7.0 (dd, 4H, aromatic). MS of disilylated (R;S)
(M’X~~HIGNO1,7 %); 178 ( C I ~H~ ~N95O%,) ; 121 (CsH90, W. 473 (M’4H3, 5%); 367 (M’4gH90, 48%); 310
(M +–CI~HIGNO18, %); 178 (CIIHIGNO, 95%); 121 (CsH90, 52%). The structural data for the (RR) and (S;R) enantiomers
were in accordance with the proposed structures. The enantiomeric purity obtained for the enantiomers in each batch is
shown in Table 1.
STR1
Scheme
The enantioselective reduction of phenacyl bromide (I) with BH3.S(CH3)2 in THF catalyzed by the chiral borolidine (II) (obtained by reaction of (1R,2S)-1-amino-2-indanol (III) with BH3.S(CH3)2 in THF) gives the (R)-2-bromo-1-(4-benzyloxy-3-nitrophenyl)ethanol (IV), which is reduced with H2 over PtO2 in THF/toluene yielding the corresponding amino derivative (V). The reaction of (V) with formic acid and Ac2O affords the formamide (VI), which is condensed with the chiral (R)-N-benzyl-N-[2-(4-methoxyphenyl)-1-methylethyl]amine (VII) in THF/methanol providing the protected target compound (VIII). Finally, this compound is debenzylated by hydrogenation with H2 over Pd/C in ethanol. The intermediate the chiral (R)-N-benzyl-N-[2-(4-methoxyphenyl)-1-methylethyl]amine (VII) has been obtained by reductocondensation of 1-(4-methoxyphenyl)-2-propanone (IX) and benzylamine by hydrogenation with H2 over Pd/C in methanol yielding racemic N-benzyl-N-[2-(4-methoxyphenyl)-1-methylethyl]amine (X), which is submitted to optical resolution with (S)-mandelic acid to obtain the desired (R)-enantiomer (VII).
Org Process Res Dev1998,2,(2):96

Large-Scale Synthesis of Enantio- and Diastereomerically Pure (R,R)-Formoterol

Process Research and Development, Sepracor Inc., 111 Locke Drive, Marlborough, Massachusetts 01752
Org. Proc. Res. Dev., 1998, 2 (2), pp 96–99
DOI: 10.1021/op970116o

Abstract

(R,R)-Formoterol (1) is a long-acting, very potent β2-agonist, which is used as a bronchodilator in the therapy of asthma and chronic bronchitis. Highly convergent synthesis of enantio- and diastereomerically pure (R,R)-formoterol fumarate is achieved by a chromatography-free process with an overall yield of 44%. Asymmetric catalytic reduction of bromoketone 4 using as catalyst oxazaborolidine derived from (1R, 2S)-1-amino-2-indanol and resolution of chiral amine 3 are the origins of chirality in this process. Further enrichment of enantio- and diastereomeric purity is accomplished by crystallizations of the isolated intermediates throughout the process to give (R,R)-formoterol (1) as the pure stereoisomer (ee, de >99.5%).

STR1
STR1

Scheme

The intermediate N-benzyl-N-[1(R)-methyl-2-(4-methoxyphenyl)ethyl]amine (IV) has been obtained as follows: The reductocondensation of 1-(4-methoxyphenyl)-2-propanone (I) with benzylamine (II) by H2 over Pd/C gives the N-benzyl-N-[1-methyl-2-(4-methoxyphenyl)ethyl]amine (III) as a racemic mixture, which is submitted to optical resolution with L-mandelic acid in methanol to obtain the desired (R)-enantiomer (IV). The reaction of cis-(1R,2S)-1-aminoindan-2-ol (V) with trimethylboroxine in toluene gives the (1R,2S)-oxazaborolidine (VI), which is used as chiral catalyst in the enantioselective reduction of 4-benzyloxy-3-nitrophenacyl bromide (VII) by means of BH3/THF, yielding the chiral bromoethanol derivative (VIII). The reaction of (VIII) with NaOH in aqueous methanol affords the epoxide (IX), which is condensed with the intermediate amine (IV) by heating the mixture at 90 C to provide the adduct (X). The reduction of the nitro group of (X) with H2 over PtO2 gives the corresponding amino derivative (XI), which is acylated with formic acid to afford the formamide compound (XII). Finally, this compound is debenzylated by hydrogenation with H2 over Pd/C in ethanol, providing the target compound.
The synthesis of the chiral borolidine catalyst (II) starting from indoline (I), as well as the enantioselective reduction of 4′-(benzyloxy)-3′-nitrophenacyl bromide (III), catalyzed by borolidine (II), and using various borane complexes (borane/dimethylsulfide, borane/THF and borane/diethylaniline), has been studied in order to solve the problems presented in large-scale synthesis. The conclusions of the study are that the complex borane/diethylaniline (DEANB) is the most suitable reagent for large-scale reduction of phenacyl bromide (III) since the chemical hazards and inconsistent reagent quality of the borane/THF and borane/dimethylsulfide complexes disqualified their use in large-scale processes. The best reaction conditions of the reduction with this complex are presented.
PATENT

Formoterol is a long-acting β2-adrenoceptor agonist and has a long duration of action of up to 12 hours. Chemically it is termed as Λ/-[2-hydroxy-5-[1-hydroxy-2-[[2-(4- methoxyphenyl)propan-2-yl]amino]ethyl]phenyl]-formamide. The structure of formoterol is as shown below.

Figure imgf000003_0001

The asterisks indicate that formoterol has two chiral centers in the molecule, each of which can exist in two possible configurations. This gives rise to four diastereomers which have the following configurations: (R,R), (S1S), (S1R) and (R1S).

(R1R) and (S1S) are mirror images of each other and are therefore enantiomers. Similarly (S1R) and (R1S) form other enatiomeric pair.

The commercially-available formoterol is a 50:50 mixture of the (R1R)- and (S1S)- enantiomers. (R,R)-formoterol is an extremely potent full agonist at the β2-adrenoceptor and is responsible for bronchodilation and has anti-inflammatory properties. On the other hand (S,S)-enantiomer, has no bronchodilatory activity and is proinflammatory.

Murase et al. [Chem.Pharm.Bull., .26(4)1123-1129(1978)] synthesized all four isomers of formoterol and examined for β-stimulant activity. In the process, racemic formoterol was subjected to optical resolution with tartaric acid.

In another attempt by Trofast et al. [Chirality, 3:443-450(1991 )], racemic 4-benzyloxy-3- nitrostryrene oxide was coupled with optically pure N-[(R)-1-phenylethyl]-2-(4- methoxyphenyl)-(R)1-methylethylamine to give diastereomeric mixtures of intermediates, which were separated by column chromatography and converted to the optically pure formoterol.

In yet another attempt, racemic formoterol was subjected to separation by using a chiral compound [International publication WO 1995/018094].

WO 98/21175 discloses a process for preparing optically pure formoterol using optically pure intermediates (R)-N-benzyl-2-(4-methoxyphenyl)-1-methylethyl amine and (R)-4- benzyloxy-3-formamidostyrene oxide.

Preparation of optically pure formoterol is also disclosed in IE 000138 and GB2380996.

Example 7

Preparation of Arformoterol

4-benzyloxy-3-formylamino-α-[N-benzyl-N-(1-methyl-2-p- methoxyphenylethyl)aminomethyl]benzyl alcohol (120gms, 0.23M), 10% Pd/C (12 gms) and denatured spirit (0.6 lit) were introduced in an autoclave. The reaction mass was hydrogenated by applying 4 kg hydrogen pressure at 25-300C for 3 hrs. The catalyst was removed by filtration and the, clear filtrate concentrated under reduced pressure below 400C to yield the title compound. (63 gms, 80%).

Example 8

Preparation of Arformoterol Tartrate

Arformoterol base (60 gms, 0.17M), 480 ml IPA , 120 ml toluene and a solution of l_(+)- tartaric acid (25.6 gms, 0.17M) in 60 ml distilled water were stirred at 25-300C for 2 hrs and further at 40°- 45°C for 3 hrs. The reaction mass was cooled to 25-300C and further chilled to 200C for 30 mins. The solid obtained was isolated by filtration to yield the title compound. (60 gms, 70%),

The tartrate salt was dissolved in hot 50% IPA-water (0.3 lit), cooled as before and filtered to provide arformoterol tartrate. (30 gms, 50 % w/w). having enantiomeric purity greater than 99%.

 PAPER
Organic Process Research & Development 2000, 4, 567-570
 Modulation of Catalyst Reactivity for the Chemoselective Hydrogenation of a Functionalized Nitroarene: Preparation of a Key Intermediate in the Synthesis of (R,R)-Formoterol Tartrate………..http://pubs.acs.org/doi/abs/10.1021/op000287k

Modulation of Catalyst Reactivity for the Chemoselective Hydrogenation of a Functionalized Nitroarene:  Preparation of a Key Intermediate in the Synthesis of (R,R)-Formoterol Tartrate

Chemical Research and Development, Sepracor Inc., 111 Locke Drive, Marlborough, Massachusetts 01752, U.S.A.
Org. Proc. Res. Dev., 2000, 4 (6), pp 567–570
DOI: 10.1021/op000287k
In the synthesis of the β2-adrenoceptor agonist (R,R)-formterol, a key step in the synthesis was the development of a highly chemoselective reduction of (1R)-2-bromo-1-[3-nitro-4-(phenylmethoxy)phenyl]ethan-1-ol to give (1R)-1-[3-amino-4-(phenylmethoxy)phenyl]-2-bromoethan-1-ol. The aniline product was isolated as the corresponding formamide. The reaction required reduction of the nitro moiety in the presence of a phenyl benzyl ether, a secondary benzylic hydroxyl group, and a primary bromide, and with no racemization at the stereogenic carbinol carbon atom. The development of a synthetic methodology using heterogeneous catalytic hydrogenation to perform the required reduction was successful when a sulfur-based poison was added. The chemistry of sulfur-based poisons to temper the reacitivty of catalyst was studied in depth. The data show that the type of hydrogenation catalyst, the oxidation state of the poison, and the substituents on the sulfur atom had a dramatic effect on the chemoselectivity of the reaction. Dimethyl sulfide was the poison of choice, possessing all of the required characteristics for providing a highly chemoselective and high yielding reaction. The practicality and robustness of the process was demonstrated by preparing the final formamide product with high chemoselectivity, chemical yield, and product purity on a multi-kilogram scale.
 STR1

 PAPER

Tetrahedron: Asymmetry 11 (2000) 2705±2717
An ecient enantioselective synthesis of (R,R)-formoterol, a potent bronchodilator, using lipases
Francisco Campos, M. Pilar Bosch and Angel Guerrero*
STR1
STR1
STR1
STR1
STR1
 formoterol (R,R)-1 as amorphous solid. Rf: 0.27 (SiO2, AcOEt:MeOH, 1:1).‰Š20D=-41.5 (CHCl3, c 0.53).
IR, : 3383, 2967, 2923, 1674, 1668, 1610, 1514, 1442, 1247, 1033,815 cm^1.
1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3), : 8.11 (b, 1H), 7.46 (b, 1H), 6.99 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 6.9±6.7 (c, 4H), 4.46 (m, 1H), 4.34 (b, 3H interchangeable), 3.74 (s, 3H), 2.90±2.45 (c, 5H), 1.02 (d,J=5.7 Hz, 3H) ppm.
13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl3), : 160.2, 158.3, 147.7, 133.4, 130.6, 130.2 (2C),125.7, 123.7, 119.5, 117.8, 114.0 (2C), 71.3, 55.3, 54.7, 53.6, 42.0, 19.4 ppm.
CI (positive, LC-MS)(m/z, %) 435 (M+1, 100).
The tartrate salt was prepared by dissolving 13.8 mg (0.04 mmol) of(R,R)-1 and 6.0 mg (0.04 mmol) of (l)-(+)-tartaric acid in 150 mL of 85% aqueous isopropanol.
The solution was left standing overnight and the resulting crystalline solid (7.6 mg) puri®ed on areverse-phase column (1 g, Isolute SPE C18) using mixtures of MeOH±H2O as eluent. The solventwas removed under vacuum and the aqueous solution lyophilized (^35C, 0.6 bar) overnight. The(l)-(+)-tartrate salt of (R,R)-1 showed an ‰Š20D=-29.4 (H2O, c 0.61) (>99% ee based on the
reported value 34). 34=Hett, R.; Senanayake, C. H.; Wald, S. A. Tetrahedron Lett. 1998, 39, 1705.
PAPER

Diethylanilineborane:  A Practical, Safe, and Consistent-Quality Borane Source for the Large-Scale Enantioselective Reduction of a Ketone Intermediate in the Synthesis of (R,R)-Formoterol

Chemical Research and Development, Sepracor Incorporated, 111 Locke Drive, Marlborough, Massachusetts 01752, U.S.A.
Org. Proc. Res. Dev., 2002, 6 (2), pp 146–148
DOI: 10.1021/op015504b

Abstract

Abstract Image

The development of a process for the use of N,N-diethylaniline−borane (DEANB) as a borane source for the enantioselective preparation of a key intermediate in the synthesis of (R,R)-formoterol l-tartrate, bromohydrin 2, from ketone 3 on kilogram scale is described. DEANB was found to be a more practical, safer, and higher-quality reagent when compared to other more conventional borane sources:  borane−THF and borane−DMS.

PAPER

http://nopr.niscair.res.in/bitstream/123456789/8917/1/IJCB%2044B(1)%20167-169.pdf

str1

str1

PAPER

http://www.bioorg.org/down/Hetetorcycles_07_2243.pdf?ckattempt=1

str1

str1

str1

PAPER

Drugs R D. 2004;5(1):25-7.

Arformoterol: (R,R)-eformoterol, (R,R)-formoterol, arformoterol tartrate, eformoterol-sepracor, formoterol-sepracor, R,R-eformoterol, R,R-formoterol.

Abstract

Sepracor in the US is developing arformoterol [R,R-formoterol], a single isomer form of the beta(2)-adrenoceptor agonist formoterol [eformoterol]. This isomer contains two chiral centres and is being developed as an inhaled preparation for the treatment of respiratory disorders. Sepracor believes that arformoterol has the potential to be a once-daily therapy with a rapid onset of action and a duration of effect exceeding 12 hours. In 1995, Sepracor acquired New England Pharmaceuticals, a manufacturer of metered-dose and dry powder inhalers, for the purpose of preparing formulations of levosalbutamol and arformoterol. Phase II dose-ranging clinical studies of arformoterol as a longer-acting, complementary bronchodilator were completed successfully in the fourth quarter of 2000. Phase III trials of arformoterol began in September 2001. The indications for the drug appeared to be asthma and chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD). However, an update of the pharmaceutical product information on the Sepracor website in September 2003 listed COPD maintenance therapy as the only indication for arformoterol. In October 2002, Sepracor stated that two pivotal phase III studies were ongoing in 1600 patients. Sepracor estimates that its NDA submission for arformoterol, which is projected for the first half of 2004, will include approximately 3000 adult subjects. Sepracor stated in July 2003 that it had completed more than 100 preclinical studies and initiated or completed 15 clinical studies for arformoterol inhalation solution for the treatment of bronchospasm in patients with COPD. In addition, Sepracor stated that the two pivotal phase III studies in 1600 patients were still progressing. In 1995, European patents were granted to Sepracor for the use of arformoterol in the treatment of asthma, and the US patent application was pending.

CLIP

str1

str1

str1

PAPER

doi:10.1016/j.cclet.2008.01.012

http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S1001841708000132

Volume 19, Issue 3, March 2008, Pages 279–280

Cover image

New method in synthesizing an optical active intermediate for (R,R)-formoterol

  • Key Laboratory of Drug Targeting Education Ministry, West China School of Pharmacy, Sichuan University, Chengdu 610041, China\

Abstract

(R)-1-(4-Methoxyphenyl)propan-2-amine 2a, an optical active intermediate for (R,R)-formoterol, was synthesized from d-alanine in 65% overall yield by using a simple route, which contained protecting amino group, cyclization, coupling with Grignard reagent, reduction and deprotection.

References

Muller, P., et al.: Arzneimittel-Forsch., 33, 1685 (1983); Wallmark, B., et al.: Biochim. Biophys. Acta., 778, 549 (1984); Morii, M., et al.: J. Biol. chem., 268, 21553 (1993); Ritter, M., et al.: Br. J. Pharmacol., 124, 627 (1998); Stenhoff, H., et al.: J. Chromatogr., 734, 191 (1999), Johnson, D.A., et al.: Expert Opin. Pharmacother., 4, 253 (2003); Bouyssou, T., et al.: Bio. Med. Chem. Lett. 20, 1410, (2010);

External links

EP0390762A1 * 23 Mar 1990 3 Oct 1990 Aktiebolaget Draco New bronchospasmolytic compounds and process for their preparation
EP0938467A1 7 Nov 1997 1 Sep 1999 Sepracor, Inc. Process for the preparation of optically pure isomers of formoterol
EP1082293A2 20 May 1999 14 Mar 2001 Sepracor Inc. Formoterol polymorphs
WO2009147383A1 2 Jun 2009 10 Dec 2009 Cipla Limited Process for the synthesis of arformoterol
Reference
1 * HETT R ET AL: “Enantio- and Diastereoselective Synthesis of all Four Stereoisomers of Formoterol” TETRAHEDRON LETTERS, ELSEVIER, AMSTERDAM, NL LNKD- DOI:10.1016/S0040-4039(97)00088-9, vol. 38, no. 7, 17 February 1997 (1997-02-17), pages 1125-1128, XP004034214 ISSN: 0040-4039
2 * LING HUANG ET AL.: “The Asymmetric Synthesis of (R,R)-Formoterol via Transfer Hydrogenation with Polyethylene Glycol Bound Rh Catalyst in PEG2000 and Water” CHIRALITY, vol. 22, 30 April 2009 (2009-04-30), pages 206-211, XP002592699
3 MURASE ET AL. CHEM. PHARM. BULL. vol. 26, no. 4, 1978, pages 1123 – 1129
4 TROFAST ET AL. CHIRALITY vol. 1, 1991, page 443
5 * TROFAST J ET AL: “STERIC ASPECTS OF AGONISM AND ANTAGONISM AT BETA-ADRENICEPTORS: SYNTHESIS OF AND PHARMACOLOGICAL EXPERIMENTS WITH THE ENANTIOMERS OF FORMOTEROL AND THEIR DIASTEREOMERS” CHIRALITY, WILEY-LISS, NEW YORK, US LNKD- DOI:10.1002/CHIR.530030606, vol. 3, no. 6, 1 January 1991 (1991-01-01) , pages 443-450, XP002057060 ISSN: 0899-0042
6 WILKINSON, H.S ET AL. ORGANIC PROCESS RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT vol. 6, 2002, pages 146 – 148

Durham E-Theses A Solid-state NMR Study of Formoterol Fumarate

Arformoterol
Arformoterol.svg
Arformoterol ball-and-stick model.png
Systematic (IUPAC) name
N-[2-hydroxy-5-[(1R)-1-hydroxy-2-[[(2R)-1-(4-methoxyphenyl) propan-2-yl]amino]ethyl] phenyl]formamide
Clinical data
Trade names Brovana
AHFS/Drugs.com Monograph
MedlinePlus a602023
License data
Pregnancy
category
  • US: C (Risk not ruled out)
Routes of
administration
Inhalation solution fornebuliser
Legal status
Legal status
Pharmacokinetic data
Protein binding 52–65%
Biological half-life 26 hours
Identifiers
CAS Number 67346-49-0 Yes
ATC code none
PubChem CID 3083544
IUPHAR/BPS 7479
DrugBank DB01274 Yes
ChemSpider 2340731 Yes
UNII F91H02EBWT Yes
ChEBI CHEBI:408174 Yes
ChEMBL CHEMBL1201137 
Chemical data
Formula C19H24N2O4
Molar mass 344.405 g/mol

 

Formoterol

Formoterol

CAS Registry Number: 73573-87-2
CAS Name: relN-[2-Hydroxy-5-[(1R)-1-hydroxy-2-[[(1R)-2-(4-methoxyphenyl)-1-methylethyl]amino]ethyl]phenyl]formamide
Additional Names: 3-formylamino-4-hydroxy-a-[N-[1-methyl-2-(p-methoxyphenyl)ethyl]aminomethyl]benzyl alcohol; (±)-2¢-hydroxy-5¢-[(RS)-1-hydroxy-2-[[(RS)-p-methoxy-a-methylphenethyl]amino]ethyl]formanilide
Molecular Formula: C19H24N2O4
Molecular Weight: 344.40
Percent Composition: C 66.26%, H 7.02%, N 8.13%, O 18.58%
Literature References: Selective b2-adrenergic receptor agonist. Mixture of R,R (-) and S,S (+) enantiomers. Prepn: M. Murakamiet al., DE 2305092; eidem, US 3994974 (1973, 1976 both to Yamanouchi); K. Murase et al., Chem. Pharm. Bull. 25, 1368 (1977). Absolute configuration and activity of isomers: eidem, ibid. 26, 1123 (1978). Toxicity studies: T. Yoshida et al., Pharmacometrics26, 811 (1983). HPLC determn in plasma: J. Campestrini et al., J. Chromatogr. B 704, 221 (1997). Review of pharmacology: G. P. Anderson, Life Sci. 52, 2145-2160 (1993); and clinical efficacy: R. A. Bartow, R. N. Brogden, Drugs 55, 303-322 (1998).
Derivative Type: Fumarate dihydrate
CAS Registry Number: 43229-80-7
Manufacturers’ Codes: BD-40A
Trademarks: Atock (Yamanouchi); Foradil (Novartis); Oxeze (AstraZeneca)
Molecular Formula: (C19H24N2O4)2.C4H4O4.2H2O
Molecular Weight: 840.91
Percent Composition: C 59.99%, H 6.71%, N 6.66%, O 26.64%
Properties: Crystals from 95% isopropyl alcohol, mp 138-140°. pKa1 7.9; pKa2 9.2. Log P (octanol/water): 0.4 (pH 7.4). Freely sol in glacial acetic acid; sol in methanol; sparingly sol in ethanol, isopropanol; slightly sol in water. Practically insol in acetone, ethyl acetate, diethyl ether. LD50 in male, female, rats, mice (mg/kg): 3130, 5580, 6700, 8310 orally; 98, 100, 72, 71 i.v.; 1000, 1100, 640, 670 s.c.; 170, 210, 240, 210 i.p. (Yoshida).
Melting point: mp 138-140°
pKa: pKa1 7.9; pKa2 9.2
Log P: Log P (octanol/water): 0.4 (pH 7.4)
Toxicity data: LD50 in male, female, rats, mice (mg/kg): 3130, 5580, 6700, 8310 orally; 98, 100, 72, 71 i.v.; 1000, 1100, 640, 670 s.c.; 170, 210, 240, 210 i.p. (Yoshida)
Derivative Type: R,R-Form
CAS Registry Number: 67346-49-0
Additional Names: Arformoterol
Derivative Type: R,R-Form L-tartrate
CAS Registry Number: 200815-49-2
Additional Names: Arformoterol tartrate
Molecular Formula: C19H24N2O4.C4H6O6
Molecular Weight: 494.49
Percent Composition: C 55.86%, H 6.12%, N 5.67%, O 32.36%
Literature References: Prepn: Y. Gao et al., WO 9821175; eidem, US 6040344 (1998, 2000 both to Sepracor). Pharmacology: D. A. Handley et al., Pulm. Pharmacol. Ther. 15, 135 (2002).
Properties: Off-white powder, mp 184°.
Melting point: mp 184°
Therap-Cat: Antiasthmatic.
Keywords: ?Adrenergic Agonist; Bronchodilator; Ephedrine Derivatives.

//////Arformoterol, (R,R)-Formoterol, (R,R)-Formoterol-L-(+)-tartrate, 200815-49-2, Arformoterol tartrate , Brovana, UNII:5P8VJ2I235, Sepracor, Asthma Therapy, Bronchodilators, Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Diseases, COPD ,  RESPIRATORY DRUGS, beta2-Adrenoceptor Agonists, Phase III, 2007, Sunovion

COC1=CC=C(C[C@@H](C)NC[C@H](O)C2=CC(NC=O)=C(O)C=C2)C=C1


Filed under: GENERICS Tagged: (R)-, 2007, 200815-49-2, Arformoterol, Arformoterol tartrate, Asthma Therapy, beta2-Adrenoceptor Agonists, Bronchodilators, Brovana, Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Diseases, COPD, Phase III, R)-Formoterol, R)-Formoterol-L-(+)-tartrate, RESPIRATORY DRUGS, Sepracor, Sunovion, UNII:5P8VJ2I235

APIC is working on an enhanced ICH Q7 How to do Guide

$
0
0

Acting on the publication of the ICH Q7 Q&A Document in June last year APIC has decided to elaborate another revision of its “ICH Q7 How to do Document” taking into account these Q&As. Here you will get to know why this upcoming How to do Document is a valuable support for API and API intermediate manufacturers regarding the practical implementation of the ICH Q7 What to do principles.

see

http://www.gmp-compliance.org/enews_05493_APIC-is-working-on-an-enhanced-ICH-Q7-How-to-do-Guide_15332,S-WKS_n.html

The first edition of the “How to do Document – Interpretation of the ICH Q7 Guide” was published by APIC shortly after the ICH Q7 Guideline appeared as Step 4 document in November 2000. In the meantime it has undergone a numer of revisions and the current version of the How to do Document to be found on the publications section of APIC’s website is an update from August 2015 (version 8). This document was written by experts from the European Industry (CEFIC APIC) and is essentially an interpretation of “how to” implement the requirements of the ICH Q7 Guide based on practical experience.

On the occasion of the publication of the ICH Q7 Questions & Answers Document in June 2015 another revision of APIC’s How to do Document was necessary. APIC is currently working on this new revision (version 9) taking into account the new ICH Q7 Q&A Document which will be incorporated into the How to do Document as a new chapter 21. In this chapter each Question/Answer of the Q&A document is examined and commented with respect to its practical implementation. The following example illustrates what these practical comments look like:

ICH Q7 Q&A – Question
For dedicated equipment, is ‘visually clean’ acceptable for verification of cleaning effectiveness, (i.e., no expectation for specific analytical determination)?

ICH Q7 Q&A – Answer
‘Visually clean’ may be acceptable for dedicated equipment based on the ability to visually inspect and sufficient supporting data from cleaning studies (e.g., analytical determination to demonstrate cleaning effectiveness) [ICH Q7, Section 12.76]. Equipment should be cleaned at appropriate intervals (e.g., time or number of batches) to prevent build-up and carryover of contaminants (e.g., degradants or objectionable levels of microorganisms) so that they do not adversely alter the quality of the API [ICH Q7, Sections 5.23, 12.7].

Comment in APIC’s How to do Document
“dedicated equipment” can be defined in various ways such as:
– a reactor that is used solely for 1 API process
– a reactor used for different intermediate steps of the same API.
– a reactor used for different steps in the same intermediate or API
– a reactor solely used for 1 stage in 1 process
Whatever definition is used it should be documented and justified.
When visual inspection is applied following points should be considered:
– adequate lighting
– fully dried
– difficult to clean spots visually inspectable
– use of cameras, endoscopy
– limit of detection of visual cleanliness
– dirty hold time / clean hold time
– Campaign length

While the purpose of the ICH Q7 Q&A Document is to clarify some equivocal issues of the ICH Q7 Guideline the comments of APIC’s ICH Q7 Q&A How to do Document intend to give support on an even more practical level. So after its finalisation and publication later this year the API industry will have another very useful document available which facilitates the implementation of the ICH Q7 principles.

At the pre-Conference Session to the 19th APIC/CEFIC European Conference on Active Pharmaceutical Ingredients on 22 November 2016 in Barcelona APIC will launch the ICH Q7 Q&A How to do Document as a stand alone document. All participants will receive a copy.
///////////////


Filed under: Regulatory Tagged: apic, ICH Q7 Q&A

New WHO guidance on variations to multisource pharmaceutical products

$
0
0

The World Health Organizaton (WHO) recently published a new Annex 10 on handling of variations. Find out more about the new WHO general guidance on variations to multisource pharmaceutical products.

see http://www.gmp-compliance.org/enews_05425_New-WHO-guidance-on-variations-to-multisource-pharmaceutical-products_15152,15173,Z-RAM_n.html

The World Health Organizaton recently published a new Annex 10: WHO general guidance on variations to multisource pharmaceutical products.

The document is “intended to serve as a guide for establishing national requirements for the regulation of post-approval changes.” Proposed categories and reporting procedures are provided. Modifications may be justified in light of risk-benefit and legal considerations specific to each national medicines regulatory authority (NMRA).

The guideline can be used with respect to changes to the quality sections of product dossiers and should be read in context with the Guidelines on submission of documentation for a multisource (generic) finished product: quality part as well as other related WHO guidelines or applicable national guidelines.

The guideline emphasizes that “even well-resourced agencies find it difficult to evaluate all the pharmaceutical changes that are made to all products.” Therefore, “a shift towards increased self-assessment of changes by the marketing authorization (MA) holder” has been observed. In this context “it is necessary, to define those changes that can be made without the NMRA´s prior approval (self-assessable changes) and those that require prior approval based on an understanding of the risk and how best to manage the risk.”

Description of the reporting categories are discussed in section 5 of the Annex:

  • Notifications: They can be made for changes to the product that may have no potential or minimal potential to have a negative impact on the quality, safety and efficacy (QSE) of a finished pharmaceutical product (FPP). Implementation of such variations may be possible without prior approval by the NMRA (e.g. submission of these variations as annual notifications).
  • Minor variations: Changes with moderate or negative impact on the QSE. Such changes must be submitted to the NMRA with all required documentation prior to implementation. The MA holder may implement the change if no objection has been issued within a specific time period by the NMRA.
  • Major variations: They have a significant potential to have a negative impact on the QSE. A major variation should be reviewed and approved by the NMRA prior to implementation of the change. To increase the efficiency NMRAs may accept grouping of variations under specific circumstances (see also FDA´s new policy regarding grouping of CMC changes).
  • Editorial changes: They typically need not to be submitted and can be included as a notification together with a subsequent variation concerning that part of the dossier.

Certain changes can be so fundemental that they require a submission of a new dossier. Examples of such changes are:

  • Change of the API to a different API,
  • Inclusion of an additional API in a multicomponent product,
  • Removal of one API from a multicomponent product,
  • Change in the dose and/ or strength of one or more APIs,
  • Change from an immediate-release product to an extended- or delayed-release dosage form or vice versa,
  • Change from a liquid to a powder for reconstitution or vice versa,
  • Changes in the route of administration.

For any change in the SmPC, patient information leaflet (PIL)  and/or labels the NMRAS should be notified and submission of the revised product information and/or labelling is expected as per country-specific requirements.

Proposed recommendations on the regulatory procedures for the reporting of changes to the NMRA are discussed in section 8 of the Annex:

  • General: It is essential that different branches of the NMRA interact and exchange information effectively. They should, for example, discuss whether a change may require a GMP inspection or may be reviewed during the next routine inspection.
  • Presubmission meetings: Procedures should be established to allow MA holders the opportunity to obtain advice prior to submitting variations.
  • Proposed documentation for minor variations: Basic information like
    – covering letter,
    – application form,
    – a list of subsections of the current dossier affected by the change(s),
    – a list and description of each change, reason for change(s) and the date each change was implemented,
    – relevant summary of data from studies and tests performed,
    – copies of the updated subsections of the original dossier,
    should be included as part of the immediate or annual notification, where prior approval is not required.
  • Proposed documentation for variations requiring prior approval: Additionally to the documents mentioned under “minor variations”:
    – replacement of the relevant subsections of the dossier in accordance with the acceptable dossier format for the NMRAs concerned, with the proposed changes clearly annotated,
    – copies of the SmPC, PIL and labels, if relevant,
    – registration status and date of the proposed change(s) in other countries and/or agencies that have already approved the variation(s), especially the country of origin and the reference agencies.
  • Review procedures: NMRA should adopt a risk-based review strategy for assessment, concentratiing most effort on those changes considered to carry the greatest risk. NMRA may consider whether it will rely on decisions and/or assessment reports made by other national authorities or prepare its own full assessment report or use a combination of those approaches.

For more Information please see the new Annex 10 – WHO general guidance on variations to multisource pharmaceutical products.

//////////////Annex 10,  WHO general guidance, multisource pharmaceutical products.


Filed under: Regulatory Tagged: Annex 10, multisource pharmaceutical products, WHO general guidance

Eribulin, エリブリンメシル酸塩 an Antineoplastic

$
0
0

Eribulin

Eribulin mesylate

エリブリンメシル酸塩

CAS 441045-17-6 MESYLATE

C41H63NO14S, 826.00222 g/mol

halichrondrin B analog, B1939, E7389, ER-086526,Halaven

CAS 253128-41-5  FREE FORM

(1S,3S,4R)-3-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-4-hydroxycyclopentanecarboxylic acid methyl ester;

(1S,3S,6S,9S,12S,14R,16R,18S,20R,21R,22S,26R,29S,31R,32S,33R,35R,36S)-20-[(2S)-3-Amino-2-hydroxypropyl]-21-methoxy-14-methyl-8,15-bis(methylene)-2,19,30,34,37,39,40,41-octaoxanonacyclo[24.9.2.13,32.13,33.16,9.112,16.018,22.029,36.031,35]hentetracontan-24-one;

2-(3-Amino-2-hydroxypropyl)hexacosahydro-3-methoxy- 26-methyl-20,27-bis(methylene)11,15-18,21-24,28-triepoxy- 7,9-ethano-12,15-methano-9H,15H-furo(3,2-i)furo(2′,3′-5,6) pyrano(4,3-b)(1,4)dioxacyclopentacosin-5-(4H)-one

(2R,3R,3aS,7R,8aS,9S,10aR,11S,12R,13aR,13bS,15S,18S,21S,24S,26R,28R,29aS)-2-((2S)-3-amino-2-hydroxypropyl)-3-methoxy-26-methyl-20,27-dimethylidenehexacosahydro-11,15:18,21:24,28-triepoxy-7,9-ethano-12,15-methano-9H,15H-furo(3,2-i)furo(2′,3′:5,6)pyrano(4,3-b)(1,4)dioxacyclopentacosin-5(4H)-one methanesulfonate (salt)

11,15:18,21:24,28-Triepoxy-7,9-ethano-12,15-methano-9H,15H-furo(3,2-i)furo(2′,3′:5,6)pyrano(4,3-b)(1,4)dioxacyclopentacosin-5(4H)-one, 2-((2S)-3- amino-2-hydroxypropyl)hexacosahydro-3-methoxy-26-methyl-20,27-bis(methylene)-, 2R,3R,3aS,7R,8aS,9S,10aR,11S,12R,13aR,13bS,15S,18S,21S,24S,26R,28R,29aS)-, methanesulfonate (salt)

エリブリンメシル酸塩
Eribulin Mesilate

C40H59NO11▪CH4O3S : 826
[441045-17-6]

Eribulin mesylate is the mesylate salt of a synthetic analogue of halichondrin B, a substance derived from a marine sponge (Lissodendoryx sp.) with antineoplastic activity.

E7389 is the mesylate salt of a synthetic analogue of halichondrin B, a substance derived from a marine sponge (Lissodendoryx sp.) with antineoplastic activity. Eribulin binds to the vinca domain of tubulin and inhibits the polymerization of tubulin and the assembly of microtubules, resulting in inhibition of mitotic spindle assembly, induction of cell cycle arrest at G2/M phase, and, potentially, tumor regression.

Halichondrin B, a large polyether macrolide, was isolated 25 years ago from the marine sponge Halichondria okadai

Halichondria okadaiHalaven.png

ERBULIN

The anti-cancer drug made from a sea-spongeEribulin is an anticancer drug marketed by Eisai Co. under the trade name Halaven. Eribulin mesylate was approved by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration on November 15, 2010, to treat patients with metastatic breast cancer who have received at least two prior chemotherapy regimens for late-stage disease, including both anthracycline– and taxane-based chemotherapies.[1] It was approved by Health Canada on December 14, 2011 for treatment of patients with metastatic breast cancer who have previously received at least two chemotherapeutic regimens for the treatment of metastatic disease. [2]

Eribulin is also being investigated by Eisai Co. for use in a variety of other solid tumors, including non-small cell lung cancer, prostate cancer and sarcoma.[3]

Eribulin has been previously known as E7389 and ER-086526, and also carries the US NCI designation NSC-707389.

Eribulin mesylate is an analogue of halichondrin B, which in 1986 was isolated from the marine sponge Halichondria okadai toxic Pacific.Halichondrin B has a significant anti-tumor activity. The Eribulin synthetically obtained has a simpler but still complex molecular structure.Taxanes such as to inhibit the spindle apparatus of the cell, but it is engaged in other ways.

Drug substance, eribulin mesylate, is a It is a structurally simplified synthetic analogue of halichondrin B, a natural product isolated from the marine sponge Halichondira okadai. Eribulin mesylate is a white powder which is freely soluble in water, methanol, ethanol, 1-octanol, benzyl alcohol, dichloromethane, dimethylsulfoxide, N-methylpyrrolidone and ethyl acetate. It is soluble in acetone, sparingly soluble in acetonitrile, and practically insoluble in tertbutyl methyl ether, n-heptane and n-pentane. Eribulin mesylate is characterized by ion chromatography for counter ion content, and spectroscopic analyses (mass, ultraviolet, nuclear magnetic resonance, single crystal X-ray crystallography, and circular dichroism) for molecular structure and absolute configuration. Bulk drug substance is hygroscopic and sensitive to light, heat, and acid hydrolysis,,,,,,……..http://www.accessdata.fda.gov/drugsatfda_docs/nda/2010/201532orig1s000chemr.pdf

 

STR1

Melvin Yu received his B.S. from MIT, and both his M.A. and Ph.D. degrees from Harvard University while studying under Professor Yoshito Kishi. In 1985, he joined Eli Lilly, and in 1993 he relocated to Eisai Inc. where he led the chemistry team that discovered Halaven. He was then responsible for the initial route nding and synthesis scale-up effort that ultimately provided the rst multi-gram batch of eribulin mesylate. Mel retains a strong interest in natural products as the inspiration of new chemotherapeutic agents, and in this context recently expanded his area of research to include cheminformatics and compound library design.

STR1

Wanjun Zheng received a Ph.D. in organic chemistry from Wesleyan University in 1994 under the direction of Professor Peter A. Jacobi working on synthetic methodology development and its application in natural product synthesis. He spent over two years as a postdoctoral research fellow in Harvard University under Professor Yoshito Kishi working on the complete structure determination of maitotoxin. He joined Eisai in 1996 and has since been contributing and leading many drug discovery projects including project in the discovery of Halaven.

STR2

Boris M. Seletsky earned his PhD in 1987 from Shemyakin Institute of Bioorganic Chemistry in Moscow, Russia working on new methods in steroid synthesis under direction of Dr George Segal and Professor Igor Torgov. Aer several years of natural product research at the same Institute, he moved on to postdoctoral studies in stereoselective synthesis with Professor Wolfgang Oppolzer at the University of Geneva, Switzerland, and Professor James A. Marshall at the University of South Carolina. Boris joined Eisai in 1994, and has contributed to many oncology drug discovery projects with considerable focus on natural products as chemical leads, culminating in the discovery of Halaven.

PAPER

http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S0960894X0401100X

Volume 14, Issue 22, 15 November 2004, Pages 5551–5554

Macrocyclic ketone analogues of halichondrin B

This paper is dedicated to memory of Bruce F. Wels, our friend and colleague
  • a Department of Medicinal Chemistry, Eisai Research Institute, 4 Corporate Drive, Andover, MA 01810, USA
  • b Department of Anticancer Research, Eisai Research Institute, 4 Corporate Drive, Andover, MA 01810, USA
  • c Advisory Board, Eisai Research Institute, 4 Corporate Drive, Andover, MA 01810, USA

Image for unlabelled figure

PAPER

From micrograms to grams: scale-up synthesis of eribulin mesylate

*Corresponding authors
aEisai Inc., Andover, USA
E-mail: Melvin_Yu@eisai.com
Nat. Prod. Rep., 2013,30, 1158-1164

DOI: 10.1039/C3NP70051H, http://pubs.rsc.org/is/content/articlelanding/2013/np/c3np70051h#!divAbstract

Covering: 1993 to 2002

The synthesis of eribulin mesylate from microgram to multi-gram scale is described in thisHighlight. Key coupling reactions include formation of the C30a to C1 carbon–carbon bond and macrocyclic ring closure through an intramolecular Nozaki–Hiyama–Kishi reaction.

Graphical abstract: From micrograms to grams: scale-up synthesis of eribulin mesylate

The synthesis of the C27–C35 tetrahydrofuran fragment.

The synthesis of the C14–C21 aldehyde subfragment.

CLIP

In 1986, two Japanese chemists Hirata and Uemura [Y. Hirata, D. Uemura, Pure Appl. Chem. 58 (1986) 701.] isolated a naturally-occurring compound from the marine sponge Halichondria okadai (picture above, right). The compound was named Halichondrin B, and it immediately began to generate great excitement when it was realised that it was extremely potent at killing certain types of cancer cells in small-scale tests. As a result of this discovery, it was immediately given top priority to be tested against a wide range of other cancers, and became one of the first compounds to be evaluated using the novel 60-cell line method developed by the US National Cancer Institute (NCI). In this technique, 60 different types of human tumor cells (including leukemia, melanoma and cancers of the lung, colon, brain, ovary, breast, prostate, and kidney) are tested with the potential anti-cancer molecule delivered at a single dose of 10 μM concentration. This process can be run in parallel, with dozens of different molecules being tested against all 60 cancer cell lines at the same time in a huge array. Any molecules which exhibit significant growth inhibition are prioritised, and the test repeated on them, but this time at five different concentration levels.

Halichondrin B
Halichondrin B – the part of the molecule used to make Eribulin is shown in blue.

Unfortunately, the concentration of Halichondrin B in the sea sponge wasn’t enough to enable commercial production for use in chemotherapy. For example, a ton of sea sponges could only produce 300 mg of Halichondrin B! The race was on to try to synthesise Halichondrin B in the lab, which wasn’t easy due to its large size (molecular weight 1110) and complex structure. However, only 6 years later, chemists at Harvard University published the complete chemical synthesis of this molecule………..T.D. Aicher, K.R. Buszek, F.G. Fang, C.J. Forsyth, S.H. Jung, Y. Kishi, M.C. Matelich, P.M. Scola, D.M. Spero, S.K. Yoon, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 114 (1992) 3162

Although this was a great achievement, Halichondrin B was still far too complex and the sythesis route too expensive to do on a large scale. The molecule needed to be stripped down to its essential components, while keeping, or even improving, its anti-cancer efficacy. Many tests were performed, but eventually the work led to te development of the structurally-simplified and pharmaceutically-optimized analog, which was named Eribulin [3,4]. Eribulin mesylate was approved by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration in 2010, to treat patients with metastatic breast cancer [5], and it is currently being marketed by Eisai Co. under the trade nameHalaven . It is also being investigated for use in a variety of other solid tumors, including lung cancer, prostate cancer and sarcoma .

EribulinERIBULIN

M.J. Towle, K.A. Salvato, J. Budrow, B.F. Wels, G. Kuznetsov, K.K. Aalfs, S. Welsh, W. Zheng, B.M. Seletsk, M.H. Palme, G.J. Habgood, L.A. Singer, L.V. Dipietro, Y. Wang, J.J. Chen, D.A. Quincy, A. Davis, K. Yoshimatsu, Y. Kishi, M.J. Yu, B.A. Littlefield, Cancer Res. 61 (2001) 1013.

M.J. Yu, Y. Kishi, B.A. Littlefield, in D.J. Newman, D.G.I. Kingston, G.M. Cragg, Anticancer agents from natural products, Washington, DC, Taylor and Francis (2005).

http://healthmad.com/conditions-and-diseases/breast-cancer-cure-from-the-sea/

http://www.clinicaltrials.gov/ct2/results?term=eribulin+OR+E7389

M.A. Jordan, L. Wilson, Nature Revs: Cancer 4 (2004) 253.

ERIBULIN

Patent Data

Appl No Prod No Patent No Patent
Expiration
Drug Substance
Claim
Drug Product
Claim
Patent Use
Code
Delist
Requested
N201532 001 6214865 Jul 20, 2023 Y
N201532 001 6469182 Jun 16, 2019 U – 1096
N201532 001 7470720 Jun 16, 2019 Y
N201532 001 8097648 Jan 22, 2021 U – 1096

Exclusivity Data

Appl No Prod No Exclusivity Code Exclusivity Expiration
N201532 001 NCE Nov 15, 2015

The substance inhibits the polymerization of tubulin into microtubules and encapsulates tubulin molecules in non-productive aggregates from. The lack of training of the spindle apparatus blocks the mitosis and ultimately induces apoptosis of the cell. Eribulin differs from known microtubule inhibitors such as taxanes and vinca alkaloids by the binding site on microtubules, also it does not affect the shortening. This explains the effectiveness of the new cytostatic agent in taxane-resistant tumor cell lines with specific tubulin mutations.

Structure and mechanism

Structurally, eribulin is a fully synthetic macrocyclic ketone analogue of the marine sponge natural product halichondrin B,[4][5] the latter being a potent naturally-occurring mitotic inhibitor with a unique mechanism of action found in the Halichondria genus of sponges.[6][7] Eribulin is a mechanistically-unique inhibitor of microtubule dynamics,[8][9] binding predominantly to a small number of high affinity sites at the plus ends of existing microtubules.[10] Eribulin exerts its anticancer effects by triggering apoptosis of cancer cells following prolonged and irreversible mitotic blockade.[11][12]

A new synthetic route to E7389 was published in 2009.[13]

clip

Eisai R&D Management Co., Ltd.

13/9/2013

Halaven is a novel anticancer agent discovered and developed in-house by Eisai and is currently approved in more than 50 countries, including Japan, the United States and in Europe. In Russia, Halaven was approved in July 2012 for the treatment of locally advanced or metastatic breast cancer previously treated with at least two chemotherapy regimens including an anthracycline and a taxane. Approximately 50,000 women in Russia are newly diagnosed with breast cancer each year, with this type of cancer being the leading cause of death in women aged 45 to 55 years. read all at…………………….

http://www.dddmag.com/news/2013/09/eisai-launches-halaven-cancer-drug-russia

Eribulin mesylate (Halaven; Eisai) — a synthetic analogue of the marine natural product halichondrin B that interferes with microtubule dynamics — was approved in November 2010 by the US Food and Drug Administration for the treatment of metastatic breast cancer.

Family members of the product patent, WO9965894, have SPC protection in the EU until 2024 and one of its Orange Book listed filings, US8097648, has US154 extension till January 2021.

The drug also has NCE exclusivity till November 2015.

HALAVEN (eribulin mesylate) Injection is a non-taxane microtubule dynamics inhibitor. Eribulin mesylate is a synthetic analogue of halichondrin B, a product isolated from the marine sponge Halichondria okadai. The chemical name for eribulin mesylate is 11,15:18,21:24,28-Triepoxy-7,9-ethano12,15-methano-9H,15H-furo[3,2-i]furo[2′,3′:5,6]pyrano[4,3-b][1,4]dioxacyclopentacosin-5(4H)-one, 2[(2S)-3-amino-2-hydroxypropyl]hexacosahydro-3-methoxy-26-methyl-20,27-bis(methylene)-, (2R,3R,3aS,7R,8aS,9S,10aR,11S,12R,13aR,13bS,15S,18S,21S,24S,26R,28R,29aS)-, methanesulfonate (salt).

It has a molecular weight of 826.0 (729.9 for free base). The empirical formula is C40H59NO11 •CH4O3S. Eribulin mesylate has the following structural formula:

HALAVEN® (eribulin mesylate) Structural Formula Illustration

HALAVEN is a clear, colorless, sterile solution for intravenous administration. Each vial contains 1 mg of eribulin mesylate as a 0.5 mg/mL solution in ethanol: water (5:95).

Full-size image (23 K)

Full-size image (15 K)

complete syn is available here

http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S0968089611010674

http://www.drugdevelopment-technology.com/projects/halaven-cancer/halaven-cancer1.html

Nitrogen: dark blue, oxygen: red, hydrogen: light blue
graphics: Wurglics, Frankfurt am Main

clip

Macrocyclization process for preparing a macrocyclic intermediate of halichondrin B analogs, in particular eribulin, from a non-macrocyclic compound, using a carbon-carbon bond-forming reaction.

http://www.pnas.org/content/108/17/6699/F1.expansion.html

http://www.nature.com/nrd/journal/v8/n1/fig_tab/nrd2487_F6.html

UPDATED

WO 2015066729

Eisai has developed and launched eribulin mesylate for treating breast cancer.  Follows on from WO2014208774, claiming use of a combination comprising eribulin mesylate and lenvatinib mesylate, for treating cancer.

Macrocyclization reactions and intermediates useful in the synthesis of analogs of halichondrin B

By: Fang, Francis G.; Kim, Dae-Shik; Choi, Hyeong-Wook; Chase, Charles E.; Lee, Jaemoon

Assignee: Eisai R&D Management Co., Ltd., Japan

The invention provides methods for the synthesis of eribulin or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof (e.g., eribulin mesylate) through a macrocyclization strategy.  The macrocyclization strategy of the present invention involves subjecting a non-macrocyclic intermediate to a carbon-carbon bond-forming reaction (e.g., an olefination reaction (e.g., Horner-Wadsworth-Emmons olefination), Dieckmann reaction, catalytic Ring-Closing Olefin Metathesis, or Nozaki-Hiyama-Kishi reaction) to afford a macrocyclic intermediate.  The invention also provides compds. useful as intermediates in the synthesis of eribulin or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and methods for prepg. the same.

CLIPS

http://www.chemistry-blog.com/2012/09/15/from-natural-product-to-pharmaceutical/

In a recent discussion (Nicolau), about the suggested move of Prof. NicoIau from Scripps, the issue of the practicality of natural product total synthesis was raised. Here is a wonderful example of just that very usefulness, a wonderful piece of science extending over many years. It concerns the journey from Halichondrin B to Eribulin (E7389) a novel anti-cancer drug. The two compounds have the following structures:

I think you can see the relationship and as a development chemist I am glad they managed to simplify things (a bit).

Both compounds have an enormous number of possible isomers: Halichondrin B, with 32 stereocenters has 232possible isomers; Eribulin has 19 with 219 isomers (if I have counted correctly, it does not really matter, there are lots of isomers). Remarkable is the fact that only one of these isomers is active in the given area of anti-cancer agents.

An excellent review of the biology and chemistry of these compounds has been published by Phillips etal1. This review is an excellent read and is to be commended. Another one written by Kishi2, is also full of information about the discovery of E7389 and I hope you will all get a chance to read this chapter.

The history of Halichondrin B goes back to 1987 when Blunt2-5 isolated it with other similar compounds from extraction of 200Kg of a sponge. Independently Pettit isolated the same compound from a different species4. The appearance of this compound in different species of sponge may indicate that it is produced by a symbiote.

The biological activity of Halichondrin B is amazing. When evaluated against B-16 melanoma cells it was found to have an IC50 of 0.093ng/mL. Against various cancers, generated in mice, it was shown to be affective at a daily dose of 5ug/kg, which resulted in a doubling of the survival rate. It has also been demonstrated that Halichondrin acts as a microtubule destabiliser and mitoitic spindle poison. It was proven that it is has tremendous in vivo activity against a variety of drug resistant cancers, lung, colon, breast, ovarian to mention a few. Consequently the National Cancer Institute selected it for pre-clinical trials and it’s here that the problems began. According to reference 1 the entire clinical development would require some 10g, and if successful the annual production amount would be between 1-5 kg. Blunt and co-workers managed to isolate 310mg from 1000kg-harvested sponge therefore, the only way to obtain the amounts required is total chemical synthesis. But synthesising 1-5 kg of such a compound would indeed be a mammoth task.

Kishi synthesised this compound7 in 1992 starting from carbohydrate precursors employing the Nozaki-Hiyama-Kishi Ni/Cr reaction, several times, in the long synthetic sequence8, 9. Now as an aside I have used this reaction on scale several times and although it works well its success is very dependant upon the quality of the chromium source and also the presence of other trace transition metals.

In collaboration with Eisai work on the SAR of Halichondrin began. They had a good start: Thanks to the total syntheses of Kishi several advanced intermediates were available for biological screening and one popped out of the screen as being very active:

The first active lead compound

As one can see the complete left hand side of Halichondrin has gone! However, this compound was not active in vivo. Many derivatives and analogues of this compound were prepared: furans, diols, ketones and so on and a lead emerged from this complex SAR study, ER-076349. The vicinal diol was used as a handle for further refinement and lead ultimately to E7389, the clinical candidate.

It can be synthesised in around 35 steps from simple starting materials.

Going through all this work in a few sentences really belittles the tremendous amount of effort that went into discovery and development of this compound and the people involved are to be applauded for their dedication.

Kishi continues to optimise the synthesis of Eribulin as judged by a recent publication10. Where he describes an approach to the amino-alcohol-tetrahydrofuran part of Eribulin (top left fragment, compound 1 below). The retro-synthetic analysis is shown below. The numbering corresponds to that of Eribulin.

The first generation synthesis consisted of 20 steps and delivered compound 1 about 5% yield, the second-generation route was completed in 12 steps with a yield of 48%. One of the highlights includes a remarkable asymmetric hydrogenation11 with Crabtree’s catalyst12:

This selectivity was not just luck; it seems to quite general, at least in this system. I always wonder how long it took them to stumble across this catalyst, but then I suppose that Eisai like most of the large pharma. companies has a hydrogenation group that probably indulges in catalyst screening.

The C34-C35 diol was obtained by a Sharpless asymmetric hydroxylation, here the diastereoisomeric ratio was not very high, only about 3:1 in favour of the desired isomer. Fortunately the undesired isomer could be removedcompletely by crystallisation.

This is a remarkable story and references 1 and 2 are worth reading to obtain the complete picture and learn lots of new chemistry as well. Eisai filed a NDA and the FDA approved the compound in 2010 for the treatment of metastatic breast cancer.

Patent

https://www.google.com/patents/WO2013142999A1?cl=en

EXAM PLE 23 : Preparation of Eribulin :

Figure imgf000049_0001

[00120] Compound E-12A (133 mg, 160 μηιοΙ, 1.0 eq) was dissolved in anhydrous dichloromethane (20 mL) and cooled to 0 °C. To this solution was sequentially added 2,6-lutidine (0.09 m L, 0.8 mmol, 5.0 eq), and trimethyl silyl triflate (TMSOTf) (0.12 m L, 0.64 mmol, 4.0 eq) and the cooling bath was removed . The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 1.5 hours and another portion of 2,6-lutidine (5.0 eq) and TMSOTf (4.0 eq) were added at room temperature. The reaction was further stirred for 1 hour and quenched with water (10 m L). The layers were separated and the organic phase was washed with additional water (2x 10 m L), brine (10 m L), dried over MgS04 and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in MeOH (10 m L), a catalytic amount of K2C03 was added at room temperature and the resulting mixture was stirred for 2 hours. The reaction was diluted with dichloromethane and quenched with water (10 mL). The layers were separated and the aqueous phase was further extracted with dichloromethane (5 x 10 m L). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (20 m L), dried over MgS04, filtered and concentrated. The residue was dissolved in dichloromethane and purified by column chromatography on silica gel, using 1 : 9 MeOH : CH2CI2 to 1 : 9 : 90 N H4OH : MeOH : CH2CI2 as eluent. The product was afforded as a white amorphous solid (103 mg, 88%) . [00121] EXAMPLE 23 : Preparation of compound of formula 4a

Figure imgf000050_0001

D-Gulonolactone 4a

[00122] The compound of formula 4a was prepared from D-Gulonolactone according to the conditions described in PCT publication number WO 2005/118565. [00123] EXAMPLE 24: Preparation of Eribulin mesylate (3)

[00124] Eribulin mesylate (3) was prepared from Eribulin according to the conditions described in US patent application publication number US

2011/0184190.

PATENT

https://www.google.com/patents/EP2528914A1?cl=en

Halichondrin B analogs, e.g., eribulin or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, can be synthesized from the C14-C35 fragment as described in U.S. Patent No. 6,214,865 and International Publication No. WO 2005/118565. In one example described in these references, the C14-C35 portion, e.g., ER- 804028, of the molecule is coupled to the C1-C13 portion, e.g., ER-803896, to produce ER-804029, and additional reactions are carried out to produce eribulin (Scheme 1):

Figure imgf000022_0001

Scheme 1

eribulin, eribulin mesylate

Scheme 2

ER-804028

Figure imgf000042_0001

Compound AE (280 mg, 0.281 mmol, 1 eq) was dissolved in CH2C12 and cooled to 0 °C. Pyridine (0.045 ml, 0.56 mmol, 2.0 eq) was added followed by Ms20 (58.8 mg, 0.338 mmol, 1.20 eq). The reaction was allowed to warm to room temperature, and stirring was continued for an additional 1 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to 0 °C, diluted with MTBE (5.6 ml), washed with saturated NaHC03 (0.84 g), and concentrated to give crude product as colorless film. The crude was azeotropically dried with heptane (3 ml χ 2) and re-dissolved in THF (7.0 ml). The mixture was cooled to 0 °C and treated with 25 wt% NaOMe (0.13 ml). After 10 min, the reaction was allowed to warm to room temperature, and stirring was continued for an additional 30 min. The mixture was treated with additional 25 wt% NaOMe (0.045 ml), and stirring was continued for an additional 20 min. The reaction mixture was diluted with heptane (7.0 ml) and washed with water (1.4 ml). The organic layer was separated, sequentially washed with: 1) 20 wt% NH4C1 (0.84 g) and 2) 20 wt% NaCl (3 g), and concentrated to give crude product as brownish oil. The crude was purified by Biotage (Uppsala, Sweden) 12M (heptane-MTBE 2:3 v/v) to give ER-804028 (209 mg, 0.245 mmol, 87%) as pale yellow oil. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13): δ 7.89 (2H, m), 7.64 (IH, m), 7.56 (2H, m), 4.85 (IH, d, J= 1.6 Hz), 4.80 (IH, s), 4.72 (IH, s), 4.61 (IH, d, J= 1.6 Hz), 4.23 (IH, br), 3.91 (IH, m), 3.79 (IH, m), 3.76 (2H, m), 3.63 (IH, m), 3.50-3.60 (4H, m), 3.43 (IH, dd, J= 5.6 Hz, 10.0 Hz), 3.38 (3H, s), 3.32 (IH, m), 2.98 (2H, m), 2.61 (IH, br), 2.56 (IH, m), 2.50 (IH, m), 2.08-2.22 (3H, m), 1.96 (IH, m), 1.84 (IH, m), 1.78 (IH, m), 1.70 (IH, m), 1.42-1.63 (6H, m), 1.28-1.42 (2H, m), 1.01 (3H, d, J= 6.8 Hz), 0.84 (18H, s), 0.05 (3H, s), 0.04 (3H, s), 0.00 (3H, s), -0.01 (3H, s); and 13C NMR (100 MHz, CDC13): δ 150.34, 150.75, 139.91, 134.18, 129.73 (2C), 128.14 (2C), 105.10, 85.97, 80.92, 79.72, 78.50, 77.45, 77.09, 75.53, 71.59, 68.04, 62.88, 58.27, 57.73, 43.51, 42.82, 39.16, 37.68, 35.69, 33.31, 32.41, 31.89, 31.48, 29.79, 26.21 (3C), 26.17 (3C), 18.58, 18.38, 18.13, -3.85, – 4.71, -5.12 (2C).

CLIP

Eribulin mesylate (Halaven)
Eribulin is a highly potent cytotoxic agent approved in the US for the treatment of metastatic breast cancer for patients who have
received at least two previous chemotherapeutic regimens.30 Eribulin was discovered and developed by Eisai and it is currently
undergoing clinical evaluation for the treatment of sarcoma (PhIII) and non-small cell lung cancer which shows progression after platinum-based chemotherapy and for the treatment of prostate cancer (PhII). Early stage clinical trials are also underway to evaluate
eribulin’s efficacy against a number of additional cancers. Eribulin is a structural analog of the marine natural product halichondrin B.
Its mechanism of action involves the disruption of mitotic spindle formation and inhibition of tubulin polymerization which results
in the induction of cell cycle blockade in the G2/M phase and apoptosis.31 Several synthetic routes for the preparation of eribulin have
been disclosed,32–35 each of which utilizes the same strategy described by Kishi and co-workers for the total synthesis of halichondrin B.36 Although the scales of these routes were not disclosed in all cases, this review attempts to highlight what appears to be the production-scale route based on patent literature.37,38 Nonetheless, the synthesis of eribulin represents a significant accomplishment in the field of total synthesis and brings a novel chemotherapeutic option to cancer patients.
The strategy to prepare eribulin mesylate (V) employs a convergent synthesis featuring the following: the late stage coupling of
sulfone 22 and aldehyde 23 followed by macrocyclization under Nozaki–Hiyami–Kishi coupling conditions, formation of a challenging
cyclic ketal, and installation of the primary amine (Scheme 5).Sulfone 22 was further simplified to aldehyde 24 and vinyl triflate 25 which were coupled through a Nozaki–Hiyami–Kishi reaction.

STR1 STR2
The schemes that follow will describe the preparation of fragments 23, 24 and 25 along with how the entire molecule was assembled.
The synthesis of the C1–C13 aldehyde fragment 23 is described in Scheme 6. L-Mannonic acid-lactone 26 was reacted with cyclohexanone in p-toluene sulfonic acid (p-TSA) to give the biscyclohexylidene ketal 27 in 84% yield. Lactone 27 was reduced with
diisobutylaluminum hydride (DIBAL-H) to give lactol 28 followed by condensation with the ylide generated from the reaction of
methoxymethylene triphenylphosphorane with potassium tertbutoxide to give a mixture of E and Z vinyl ethers 29 in 81% yield.
Dihydroxylation of the vinyl ether of 29 using catalytic osmium teteroxide and N-methylmorpholine-N-oxide (NMO) with concomitant cyclization produced diol 30 in 52% yield. Bis-acetonide 30 was then reacted with acetic anhydride in acetic acid in the presence of ZnCl2 which resulted in selective removal of the pendant ketal protecting group. These conditions also affected peracylation, giving rise to tetraacetate 31 in 84% yield. Condensation of 31 with methyl 3-(trimethylsilyl)pent-4-enoate in the presence of boron trifluoride etherate in acetonitrile provided alkene 32. Saponification conditions using Triton B(OH) removed the acetate protecting groups within 32 and presumably induced isomerization of the alkene into conjugation with the terminal ester, triggering an intramolecular Michael attack of the 2-hydroxyl group, ultimately resulting in the bicylic-bispyranyl diol methyl ester 33 as a crystalline solid in 38% yield over two steps. Oxidative cleavage of the vicinal diol of 33 with sodium periodate gave aldehyde 34 which was coupled to (2-bromovinyl)trimethylsilane under Nozaki–Hiyami–Kishi conditions to give an 8.3:1 mixture of allyl alcohols 35 in 65% yield over two steps. Hydrolysis of the cyclohexylidine ketal 35 with aqueous acetic acid followed by recrystallization gave diastereomerically pure triol 36 which was reacted with tert-butyldimethylsilyl triflate (TBSOTf) to afford the tris-TBS ether 37 in good yield. Vinyl silane 37 was treated with NIS and catalytic tert-butyldimethylsilyl chloride (TBSCl) to give vinyl iodide 38 in 90% yield.
Reduction of the ester with DIBAL-H produced the key C1–C14 fragment 23 in 93% yield.
The preparation of the tetra-substituted tetrahydrofuran intermediate 24 is described in Scheme 7. D-Glucurono-6,3-lactone
39 was reacted with acetone and sulfuric acid to give the corresponding acetonide and the 5-hydroxyl group was then removed by converting it to its corresponding chloride through reaction with sulfuryl chloride (SO2Cl2) followed by hydrogenolysis
to give lactone 40 in good overall yield. Reduction of the lactone 40 with DIBAL-H gave the corresponding lactol which was condensed
with (trimethylsilyl)methylmagnesium chloride to afford silane 41. Elimination of the silyl alcohol of 41 was accomplished
under Peterson conditions with potassium hexamethyldisilazide (KHMDS) to afford the corresponding terminal alkene in 94% yield.
The secondary alcohol of this intermediate was alkylated with benzyl bromide to afford ether 42 in 95% yield. Asymmetric dihydroxylation of the alkene of 42 under modified Sharpless conditions using potassium osmate (VI) dehydrate (K2OsO4), potassium
ferricyanide (K3Fe(CN)6) and the (DHQ)2AQN ligand produced the vicinal diol which was then reacted with benzoyl chloride,
N-methylmorpholine, and DMAP to give di-benzoate 43 in excellent yield as a 3:1 mixture of diastereomeric alcohols. Allyl trimethylsilane was added to the acetal of 43 using TiCl3(OiPr) as the Lewis acid to give 44 in 83% yield. Re-crystallization of 44 from
isopropanol and n-heptane afforded 44 in >99.5% de in 71% yield.
Oxidation of the secondary alcohol of 44 under the modified Swern conditions generated the corresponding ketone which was condensed with the lithium anion of methyl phenyl sulfone to give a mixture of E and Z vinyl sulfones 45. Debenzylation of 45 using iodotrimethylsilane (TMSI) followed by chelation-controlled reduction of the vinyl sulfone through reaction with NaBH(OAc)3, and
then basic hydrolysis of the benzoate esters using K2CO3 in MeOH resulted in triol 46 as a white crystalline solid in 57% yield over the
five steps after re-crystallization. The vicinal diol of 46 was protected as the corresponding acetonide through reaction with 2,2-
dimethoxypropane and sulfuric acid and this was followed by methyl iodide-mediated methylation of the remaining hydroxyl
group to give methyl ether 47. The protecting groups within acetonide 47 were then converted to the corresponding bis-tert-butyldimethylsilyl ether by first acidic removal of the acetonide with aqueous HCl and reaction with TBSCl in the presence of imidazole to give bis-TBS ether 48. Then, ozonolysis of the olefin of 48 followed by hydrogenolysis in the presence of Lindlar catalyst afforded the key aldehyde intermediate 24 in 68% yield over the previous five steps after re-crystallization from heptane.
Two routes to the C14–C26 fragment 25 will be described as both are potentially used to prepare clinical supplies of eribulin.
The first route features a convergent and relatively efficient synthesis of 25, however it is limited by the need to separate enantiomers
and mixture of diastereomers via chromatographic methods throughout the synthesis.37 The second route to 25 is a
much lengthier synthesis from a step-counting perspective; however it takes full advantage of the chiral pool of starting materials
and requires no chromatographic separations and all of the products were carried on as crude oils until they could be isolated as
crystalline solids.38 The first route to fragment 25 is described in Scheme 8 and was initiated by the hydration of 2,3-dihydrofuran (49) using an aqueous suspension of Amberlyst 15 to generate the intermediate tetrahydro-2-furanol (50) which was then immediately reacted with 2,3-dibromopropene in the presence of tin and catalytic HBr to afford diol 51 in 45% for the two steps.

The primary alcohol of 51 was selectively protected as its tert-butyldiphenylsilyl ether using TBDPSCl and imidazole and the racemate was then separated using simulated moving bed (SMB) chromatography to give enantiopure 52 in 45% yield over the two steps. The secondary alcohol of 52 was reacted with p-toluenesulfonyl chloride and DMAP to give tosylate 53 in 78% yield which was used as a coupling partner later in the synthesis of this fragment. The synthesis of the appropriate coupling partner was initiated by condensing diethylmalonate with (R)-2-(3-butenyl)oxirane (54), followed by decarboxylation to give lactone 55 in 71% yield for the two step process. Methylation of the lactone with LHMDS and MeI provided 56 in 68% yield as a 6:1 mixture of diastereomers. The lactone 56 was reacted with the aluminum amide generated by the reaction of AlMe3 and N,O-dimethylhydroxylamine to give the corresponding Weinreb amide which was protected as its tert-butyldimethylsilyl ether upon reaction with TBSCl and imidazole to give 57 in 91% yield over the two steps. Dihydroxylation of the olefin of 57 by reaction with OsO4 and NMO followed by oxidative cleavage with NaIO4 gave the desired coupling partner aldehyde 58 in 93% yield. Aldehyde 58 was coupled with vinyl bromide 53 using an asymmetric Nozaki–Hiyami– Kishi reaction using CrCl2, NiCl2, Et3N and chiral ligand 66 (described in Scheme 9 below). The reaction mixture was treated with ethylene diamine to remove the heavy metals and give the secondary alcohol 59. This alcohol was stirred with silica gel in isopropanol to affect intramolecular cyclization to give the tetrahydrofuran 60 in 48% yield over the three step process. The Weinreb amide of 60 was reacted with methyl magnesium chloride to generate the corresponding methyl ketone which was converted to vinyl triflate 61 upon reaction with KHMDS and Tf2NPh. De-silylation of the primary and secondary silyl ethers with methanolic HCl gave the corresponding diol in 85% yield over two steps and the resulting mixture of diastereomers was separated using preparative HPLC to provide the desired diastereomer in 56% yield. The primary alcohol was protected as its pivalate ester with the use of pivaloyl chloride, DMAP and collidine; the secondary alcohol was converted     to a mesylate upon treatment with methanesulfonyl chloride (MsCl) and Et3N to give the C15–C27 fragment 25 in high yield.
The preparations of the chiral ligand 66 used in the coupling reaction in Scheme 8 along with the chiral ligand 67 utilized later
in the synthesis are described in Scheme 9. 2-Amino-3-methylbenzoic acid (62) was reacted with triphosgene to give benzoxazine
dione 63 in 97% yield, which then was reacted with either D- or L-valinol in DMF followed by aqueous LiOH to give alcohols 64
and 65, respectively in 65–75% yield for the two steps. Reaction of alcohol 64 or 65 with MsCl in the presence of DMAP effected formation of the dihydrooxazole ring and mesylation of the aniline to give the corresponding (R)-ligand 66 derived from D-valinol or the (S)-ligand 67 derived from L-valinol, respectively in high yield.
An alternative route to intermediate 25 is described in Scheme  10 and although much lengthier than the route described in
Scheme 8, it avoids chromatographic purifications as all of the products are carried on crude until a crystalline intermediate
was isolated and purified by re-crystallization. Quinic acid (68) was reacted with cyclohexanone in sulfuric acid to generate a protected
bicyclic lactone in 73% yield and the resulting tertiary alcohol was protected as its trimethylsilyl ether 69. Reduction of the
lactone 69 was accomplished with DIBAL-H and the resulting lactol  was treated with acetic acid to remove the TMS group and the resulting compound was reacted with acetic anhydride, DMAP and Et3N to give bis-acetate 70 in 65% yield for the three steps after re-crystallization. Methyl 3-(trimethylsilyl)pent-4-enoate was coupled to the acetylated lactol 70 in the presence of boron trifluoride etherate and trifluoroacetic anhydride to give adduct 71 in 62% yield. The acetate of 71 was removed upon reaction with sodium methoxide in methanol and the resulting tertiary alcohol cyclized on to the isomerized enone alkene to give the fused pyran ring. Reduction of the methyl ester with lithium aluminum hydride provided pyranyl alcohol 72. Mesylation of the primary alcohol was followed by displacement with cyanide anion to give nitrile 73.STR1 STR2

The nitrile was methylated upon reaction with KHMDS and MeI and the resulting product was purified by re-crystallization
to provide nitrile 74 in 66% over the previous five steps in a 34:1 diastereomeric ratio. Acid hydrolysis of the ketal of 74 liberated
the corresponding diol in 72% yield and this was reacted with 2-acetoxy-2-methylpropionyl bromide to give bromo acetate 75.
Elimination of the bromide was accomplished upon treatment with 1,8-diazabicycloundec-7-ene (DBU) to give alkene 76 in 63%
yield for two steps. Ozonolysis of the cyclohexene ring followed by reductive work-up with NaBH4 and basic hydrolysis of the acetate
produced a triol which upon reaction with NaIO4 underwent oxidative cleavage to give cyclic hemiacetal 77 in 75% yield over
the previous four steps. Wittig condensation with carbomethoxymethylene triphenylphosphorane gave the homologated unsaturated
ester 78. Catalytic hydrogenation of the alkene using PtO2 as the catalyst was followed by converting the primary alcohol to the
corresponding triflate prior to displacement with sodium iodide resulted in iodide 79 in 75% yield over four steps. The ester of 79
was reduced to the corresponding primary alcohol upon reaction with LiBH4 in 89% yield and the resulting iodoalcohol was treated
with Zn dust to affect reductive elimination of the iodide and decomposition of the pyran ring system to give the tetrahydrofuran
diol 80 in 90% yield. This diol was treated with methanolic HCl to affect an intramolecular Pinner reaction and this was followed
by protection of the primary alcohol as its tert-butyldiphenylsilyl ether to give lactone 81 The lactone was reacted with the
aluminum amide generated from AlMe3 and N,O-dimethylhydroxylamine and the resulting secondary alcohol was protected as
its tert-butyldimethylsilyl ether to give Weinreb amide 82 in 99% crude yield over four steps. Compound 82 is the diastereomerically
pure version of compound 60 and can be converted to compound 25 by the methods described in Scheme 8 absent the required
HPLC separation of diastereomers. With the three key fragments completed, the next step was to assemble them and complete the synthesis of eribulin. Aldehyde 24 was coupled to vinyl triflate 25 using an asymmetric Nozaki– Hiyami–Kishi reaction using CrCl2, NiCl2, Et3 N and chiral ligand 67 (Scheme 9) to give alcohol 83 (Scheme 11).

STR4

Formation of the THP ring was accomplished by reaction with KHMDS which allowed for displacement of the mesylate with the secondary alcohol and provided the THP containing product in 72% yield for the three steps. The pivalate ester group was removed with DIBAL-H to give the western fragment 22 in 92% yield.
The completion of the synthesis of eribulin is illustrated in Scheme 12. The lithium anion of sulfone 22 generated upon reaction
with nBuLi was coupled to aldehyde 23 to give diol 84 in 84% yield. Both of the alcohol functional groups of 84 were oxidized
using a Dess–Martin oxidation in 90% yield and the resulting sulfone was removed via a reductive cleavage upon reaction with
SmI2 to give keto-aldehyde 85 in 85% yield. Macrocyclization of 85 was accomplished via an asymmetric Nozaki–Hiyami–Kishi
reaction using CrCl2, NiCl2, Et3N and chiral ligand 67 to give alcohol 86 in 70% yield. Modified Swern oxidation of the alcohol provided the corresponding ketone in 91% yield and this was followed by removal of the five silyl ether protecting groups upon reaction with TBAF and subsequent cyclization to provide ketone 87. Compound 87 was treated with PPTS to provide the ‘caged’ cyclic ketal 88 in 79% over two steps. The vicinal diol of 88 was reacted with Ts2O in collidine to affect selective tosylation of the primary alcohol and this crude product was reacted with ammonium hydroxide to install the primary amine to give eribulin which was treated
with methanesulfonic acid in aqueous ammonium hydroxide to give eribulin mesylate (V) in 84% yield over the final three steps.

STR1  STR2 STR3

30. Zheng, W.; Seletsky, B. M.; Palme, M. H.; Lydon, P. J.; Singer, L. A.; Chase, C. E.;
Lemelin, C. A.; Shen, Y.; Davis, H.; Tremblay, L.; Towle, M. J.; Salvato, K. A.;
Wels, B. F.; Aalfs, K. K.; Kishi, Y.; Littlefield, B. A.; Yu, M. J. Bioorg. Med. Chem.
Lett. 2004, 14, 5551.
31. Wang, Y.; Serradell, N.; Bolós, J.; Rosa, E. Drugs Future 2007, 32, 681.
32. Chiba, H.; Tagami, K. J. Synth. Org. Chem. Jpn. 2011, 69, 600.
33. Choi, H.; Demeke, D.; Kang, F.-A.; Kishi, Y.; Nakajima, K.; Nowak, P.; Wan, Z.-
K.; Xie, C. Pure Appl. Chem. 2003, 75, 1.
34. Kishi, Y.; Fang, F.; Forsyth, C. J.; Scola, P. M.; Yoon, S. K. WO 9317690 A1, 1993.
35. Littlefield, B. A.; Palme, M.; Seletsky, B. M.; Towle, M. J.; Yu, M. J.; Zheng, W.
WO 9965894 A1, 1999.
36. Aicher, T. D.; Buszek, K. R.; Fang, F. G.; Forsyth, C. J.; Jung, S. H.; Kishi, Y.;
Matelich, M. C.; Scola, P. M.; Spero, D. M.; Yoon, S. K. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1992,
114, 3162.
37. Austad, B.; Chase, C. E.; Fang, F. G. WO 2005118565 A1, 2005.
38. Chase, C.; Endo, A.; Fang, F. G.; Li, J. WO 2009046308 A1, 2009.

CLIP

http://www.rsc.org/chemistryworld/2015/06/longest-organic-syntheses-natural-product

Eribulin (Halaven)

Halichondrin B is a wicked molecule. In tests in mice, it is an extremely potent cancer cell killer, active at around 80 picomolar concentration. It also possesses a fiendish macrocyclic polyketide structure, with 32 stereocentres meaning that it could adopt over four billion different isomers – with just one that fights cancer.

Eribulin and halichondrin BEribulin is a cut-down derivative of halichondrin B, which maintains most of its activity with significantly reduced complexity

Its power is therefore inherently hard to harness. Halichondrin B was found in various sea sponge species in the 1980s, but getting 400mg  of the compound from a tonne of sponge was doing well. Clinical development required at least 10g, and annual production takes kilograms.

Although developing a synthetic route to halichondrin B looked just as tough as trying to extract it from sponges, Yoshito Kishi’s group at Harvard University in the US accepted the challenge. Frank Fang, one of the team, recalls how the Nozaki–Hiyama–Kishi (NHK) coupling reaction would prove critical. ‘Another feature that was impressed upon me was the importance of crystalline intermediates,’ Fang adds. These allowed simple purification by recrystallisation, rather than expensive and time-consuming chromatography.

Published in 1992, their method used several NHK couplings, forming carbon–carbon bonds between multifunctional vinyl halides and aldehydes via a nickel-catalysed, chromium-mediated process.4 The sprawling convergent synthesis, whose longest linear sequence involved 47 steps, prompted Japanese pharmaceutical company Eisai to collaborate with Kishi in exploring halichondrin B’s structure–activity relationship. On screening the team’s intermediates, one featuring the macrocyclic half of halichondrin B proved especially active. A series of medicinal chemistry refinements led to what would eventually becomeeribulin (marketed by Eisai as Halaven), promising a slightly simpler synthesis. It has ‘just’ 19 stereocentres, which along with other structural restrictions cuts the possible number of isomers to a mere 16,384.

Fang joined Eisai in 1998 as it selected eribulin for further development, and worked to develop a production process for a route that produced it from three fragments. He again strove to exploit recrystallisation and use the NHK reaction, although making it reliable enough for manufacturing was challenging. ‘There was an appreciation for the somewhat sensitive nature of the reaction, particularly the asymmetric variant,’ he recalls.

The Eisai researchers therefore studied the NHK procedure as they applied it to redesigning the synthesis for part of the eribulin molecule they refer to as the C14–C26 fragment. Featuring just one ring, this fragment isn’t the most structurally complex of the three, but is still very difficult to make. That’s because it is a long chain with several stereocentres, whose stereochemistry is hard to link together.

Fang’s team initially broke this section down into two sub-fragments, C14–C19 and C20–C26, using asymmetric NHK reactions on each, learning about the reaction’s parameters as they did so.5 They then used what they’d found out to devise NHK reactions linking the two sub-fragments and attaching the two fragments on either side, which included closing the eribulin macrocycle. ‘We gained knowledge through our studies on the C19–C20 NHK coupling and were ultimately able to utilise that knowledge to try to execute an asymmetric NHK reaction in fixed equipment on multi-kilogram scale and construct the C19–C20, C26–C27, and C13–C14 bonds,’ Fang explains.

Synthesis of eribulin Synthesis of eribulin relies heavily on Nozaki–Hiyama–Kishi (NHK) coupling reactions to make key C–C bonds

Halaven was approved in the US in 2010 to treat breast cancer and earned ¥2.89 billion in sales (£159 million) in 2014. The commercial route initially took 62 steps across a convergent synthesis bringing together three fragments, with a longest linear sequence of 30 steps. Fang’s team has since added seven steps to the C14–C26 fragment route, which counterintuitively cuts costs and waste by 80% by eliminating chromatography.6 ‘I am hopeful that we can find the lessons applicable in future work,’ Fang says.

Cheaper synthesis would appear welcome, given that Halaven’s price tag has been criticised. In the UK it currently costs £2,000 per 21 day treatment cycle according to data from the British National Formularyand the country’s National Institute for Health and Clinical Excellence (Nice). As a result, Nice refused to cover the drug, and in January 2015 the remaining funding in England looked set to be closed off with Halaven being taken off the Cancer Drugs Fund (CDF)’s list. But Eisai was told in March that the drug would stay on the list, pending reconsideration, after an appeal against the decision.

In defence, Fang claims that Halaven is actually one of the most affordable breast cancer treatments on the CDF. ‘Eisai was given no opportunity to lower the price of Halaven before NHS England announced that the treatment would be removed from the fund, despite this being something we were, and still are, very willing to do,’ he adds.

Cited Patent Filing date Publication date Applicant Title
WO2009124237A1 * Apr 3, 2009 Oct 8, 2009 Eisai R&D Management Co., Ltd. Halichondrin b analogs
US6214865 * Jun 16, 1999 Apr 10, 2001 Eisai Co., Ltd. Macrocyclic analogs and methods of their use and preparation
Reference
1 * DONG, C.-G. ET AL.: “New Syntheses of E7389 C 14-C35 and Halichondrin C 14- C38 Building Blocks: Reductive Cyclization and Oxy-Michael Cyclization Approaches“, J. AM. CHEM. SOC., vol. 131, 2009, pages 15642 – 15646, XP002629056
2 * See also references of EP2831082A4
3 * ZHENG, W. ET AL.: “Macrocyclic ketone analogues of halichondrin B“, BIOORG. MED. CHEM. LETT., vol. 14, 2004, pages 5551 – 5554, XP004598592
Citing Patent Filing date Publication date Applicant Title
WO2015000070A1 * May 30, 2014 Jan 8, 2015 Alphora Research Inc. Synthetic process for preparation of macrocyclic c1-keto analogs of halichondrin b and intermediates useful therein including intermediates containing -so2-(p-tolyl) groups
WO2015066729A1 * Nov 4, 2014 May 7, 2015 Eisai R&D Management Co., Ltd. Macrocyclization reactions and intermediates useful in the synthesis of analogs of halichondrin b
WO2015131286A1 * Mar 6, 2015 Sep 11, 2015 Alphora Research Inc. Crystalline derivatives of (s)-1-((2r,3r,4s,5s)-5-allyl-3-methoxy-4-(tosylmethyl)tetrahydrofuran-2-yl)-3-aminopropan-2-ol
CN103483352A * Oct 18, 2013 Jan 1, 2014 李友香 Medicinal bulk drug for resisting tumors
US9062020 Dec 24, 2012 Jun 23, 2015 Alphora Research Inc. 2-((2S,3S,4R,5R)-5-((S)-3-amino-2-hydroxyprop-1-yl)-4-methoxy-3-(phenylsulfonylmethyl)tetrahydrofuran-2-yl)acetaldehyde derivatives and process for their preparation
US9174956 Dec 14, 2012 Nov 3, 2015 Alphora Research Inc. Process for preparation of 3-((2S,5S)-4-methylene-5-(3-oxopropyl)tetrahydrofuran-2-yl)propanol derivatives and intermediates useful thereof
US9181152 Nov 29, 2012 Nov 10, 2015 Alphora Research Inc. Process for preparation of (3R)-2,4-di-leaving group-3-methylbut-1-ene
WO2012129100A1 * Mar 16, 2012 Sep 27, 2012 Eisai R&D Management Co., Ltd. Methods and compositions for predicting response to eribulin
WO2012166899A2 * May 31, 2012 Dec 6, 2012 Eisai R&D Management Co., Ltd. Biomarkers for predicting and assessing responsiveness of thyroid and kidney cancer subjects to lenvatinib compounds
CA2828946A1 * Apr 16, 2012 Oct 26, 2012 Eisai R&D Management Co., Ltd. Therapeutic agent for tumor
US7982060 * Jun 3, 2005 Jul 19, 2011 Eisai R&D Management Co., Ltd. Intermediates for the preparation of analogs of Halichondrin B
P.S. : The views expressed are my personal and in no-way suggest the views of the professional body or the company that I represent.

References

  1. ^“FDA approves new treatment option for late-stage breast cancer” (Press release). USFDA. 2010-11-15. Retrieved November 15, 2010.
  2. ^Notice of Decision for HALAVEN
  3. ^http://www.clinicaltrials.gov/ct2/results?term=eribulin+OR+E7389
  4. ^ Towle MJ, Salvato KA, Budrow J, Wels BF, Kuznetsov G, Aalfs KK, Welsh S, Zheng W, Seletsky BM, Palme MH, Habgood GJ, Singer LA, Dipietro LV, Wang Y, Chen JJ, Quincy DA, Davis A, Yoshimatsu K, Kishi Y, Yu MJ, Littlefield BA (February 2001). “In vitro and in vivo anticancer activities of synthetic macrocyclic ketone analogues of halichondrin B”. Cancer Res.61 (3): 1013–21. PMID11221827.
  5. ^ Yu MJ, Kishi Y, Littlefield BA (2005). “Discovery of E7389, a fully synthetic macrocyclic ketone analogue of halichondrin B”. In Newman DJ, Kingston DGI, Cragg, GM. Anticancer agents from natural products. Washington, DC: Taylor & Francis. ISBN0-8493-1863-7.
  6. ^ Hirata Y, Uemura D (1986). “Halichondrins – antitumor polyether macrolides from a marine sponge”. Pure Appl. Chem.58 (5): 701–710. doi:10.1351/pac198658050701.
  7. ^ Bai RL, Paull KD, Herald CL, Malspeis L, Pettit GR, Hamel E (August 1991). “Halichondrin B and homohalichondrin B, marine natural products binding in the vinca domain of tubulin. Discovery of tubulin-based mechanism of action by analysis of differential cytotoxicity data”. J. Biol. Chem.266 (24): 15882–9. PMID1874739.
  8.  Jordan MA, Kamath K, Manna T, Okouneva T, Miller HP, Davis C, Littlefield BA, Wilson L (July 2005). “The primary antimitotic mechanism of action of the synthetic halichondrin E7389 is suppression of microtubule growth”. Mol. Cancer Ther.4 (7): 1086–95. doi:10.1158/1535-7163.MCT-04-0345. PMID16020666.
  9.  Okouneva T, Azarenko O, Wilson L, Littlefield BA, Jordan MA (July 2008). “Inhibition of Centromere Dynamics by Eribulin (E7389) during Mitotic Metaphase”. Mol. Cancer Ther.7 (7): 2003–11. doi:10.1158/1535-7163.MCT-08-0095. PMC2562299. PMID18645010.
  10.  Smith JA, Wilson L, Azarenko O, Zhu X, Lewis BM, Littlefield BA, Jordan MA (February 2010). “Eribulin Binds at Microtubule Ends to a Single Site on Tubulin to Suppress Dynamic Instability”. Biochemistry49 (6): 1331–7. doi:10.1021/bi901810u. PMC2846717. PMID20030375.
  11. Kuznetsov G, Towle MJ, Cheng H, Kawamura T, TenDyke K, Liu D, Kishi Y, Yu MJ, Littlefield BA (August 2004). “Induction of morphological and biochemical apoptosis following prolonged mitotic blockage by halichondrin B macrocyclic ketone analog E7389”. Cancer Res.64 (16): 5760–6. doi:10.1158/0008-5472.CAN-04-1169. PMID15313917.
  12. ^ Towle MJ, Salvato KA, Wels BF, Aalfs KK, Zheng W, Seletsky BM, Zhu X, Lewis BM, Kishi Y, Yu MJ, Littlefield BA (January 2011). “Eribulin induces irreversible mitotic blockade: implications of cell-based pharmacodynamics for in vivo efficacy under intermittent dosing conditions”. Cancer Res.71 (2): 496–505. doi:10.1158/0008-5472.CAN-10-1874. PMID21127197.
  13. ^ Kim DS, Dong CG, Kim JT, Guo H, Huang J, Tiseni PS, Kishi Y (November 2009). “New syntheses of E7389 C14-C35 and halichondrin C14-C38 building blocks: double-inversion approach”. J. Am. Chem. Soc.131 (43): 15636–41. doi:10.1021/ja9058475. PMID19807076.

SEE          https://wordpress.com/post/newdrugapprovals.org/3955

Eribulin
Eribulin.svg
Systematic (IUPAC) name
2-(3-Amino-2-hydroxypropyl)hexacosahydro-3-methoxy- 26-methyl-20,27-bis(methylene)11,15-18,21-24,28-triepoxy- 7,9-ethano-12,15-methano-9H,15H-furo(3,2-i)furo(2′,3′-5,6) pyrano(4,3-b)(1,4)dioxacyclopentacosin-5-(4H)-one
Clinical data
Trade names Halaven
AHFS/Drugs.com Consumer Drug Information
MedlinePlus a611007
License data
Pregnancy
category
  • US: D (Evidence of risk)
Routes of
administration
Intravenous
Legal status
Legal status
Identifiers
CAS Number 253128-41-5 
ATC code L01XX41 (WHO)
PubChem CID 17755248
ChemSpider 21396142 Yes
UNII LR24G6354G Yes
ChEMBL CHEMBL1237028 
Chemical data
Formula C40H59NO11
Molar mass 729.90 g/mol

////////Halaven, ERIBULIN, anticancer drug ,  Eisai Co.  E7389,  ER-086526,  US NCI designation,  NSC-707389.   breast cancer,  liposarcoma, halichrondrin B analog, B1939, E7389, ER-086526, 441045-17-6, FDA 2010, 253128-41-5 , ERIBULIN MESYLATE, Antineoplastic, エリブリンメシル酸塩

CC1CC2CCC3C(=C)CC(O3)CCC45CC6C(O4)C7C(O6)C(O5)C8C(O7)CCC(O8)CC(=O)CC9C(CC(C1=C)O2)OC(C9OC)CC(CN)O.CS(=O)(=O)O

C[C@@H]1C[C@@H]2CC[C@H]3C(=C)C[C@@H](O3)CC[C@]45C[C@@H]6[C@H](O4)[C@H]7[C@@H](O6)[C@@H](O5)[C@@H]8[C@@H](O7)CC[C@@H](O8)CC(=O)C[C@H]9[C@H](C[C@H](C1=C)O2)O[C@@H]([C@@H]9OC)C[C@@H](CN)O.CS(=O)(=O)O

C[C@@H]1C[C@@H]2CC[C@H]3C(=C)C[C@@H](O3)CC[C@]45C[C@@H]6[C@H](O4)[C@H]7[C@@H](O6)[C@@H](O5)[C@@H]8[C@@H](O7)CC[C@@H](O8)CC(=O)C[C@H]9[C@H](C[C@H](C1=C)O2)O[C@@H]([C@@H]9OC)C[C@@H](CN)O.CS(=O)(=O)O

CREDIT

http://www.chm.bris.ac.uk/motm/eribulin/eribulinh.htm

253128-41-5  CAS

Eribulin


Filed under: FDA 2010 Tagged: 253128-41-5, 441045-17-6, anticancer drug, Antineoplastic, エリブリンメシル酸塩, B1939, E7389, Eisai Co. E7389, ER-086526, ERIBULIN, eribulin mesylate, FDA 2010, Halaven, halichrondrin B analog, liposarcoma, NSC-707389. breast cancer, US NCI designation

Lovastatin

$
0
0

Lovastatin3Dan.gifLovastatin.svg

Lovastatin
(+)-Mevinolin
(1S,3R,7S,8S,8aR)-1,2,3,7,8,8a-Hexahydro-3,7-dimethyl-8-[2-[(2R,4R)-tetrahydro-4-hydroxy-6-oxo-2H-pyran-2-yl]ethyl]-1-naphthalenyl (S)-2-Methylbutyrate
(2S)-2-Methylbutanoic acid (1S,3R,7S,8S,8aR)-1,2,3,7,8,8a-hexahydro-3,7-dimethyl-8-[2-[(2R,4R)-tetrahydro-4-hydroxy-6-oxo-2H-pyran-2-yl]ethyl]-1-naphthalenyl ester
[1S-[1a(R*),3a,7b,8b(2S*,4S*),8ab]]-2-Methylbutanoic Acid1,2,3,7,8,8a-Hexahydro-3,7-dimethyl-8-[2-(tetrahydro-4-hydroxy-6-oxo-2H-pyran-2-yl)ethyl]-1-naphthalenyl Ester
1,2,6,7,8,8a-Hexahydro-b,d-dihydroxy-2,6-dimethyl-8-(2-methyl-1-oxobutoxy)-1-naphthaleneheptanoic Acid d-Lactone
2b,6a-Dimethyl-8a-(2-methyl-1-oxobutoxy)mevinic Acid Lactone
6a-Methylcompactin
75330-75-5

Lovastatin (Merck’s Mevacor) is a statin drug, used for lowering cholesterol (hypolipidemic agent) in those withhypercholesterolemia to reduce risk of cardiovascular disease. Lovastatin is a naturally occurring compound found in food such asoyster mushrooms,[2] red yeast rice,[3] and Pu-erh.[4]

Medical uses

The primary uses of lovastatin is for the treatment of dyslipidemia and the prevention of cardiovascular disease.[5] It is recommended to be used only after other measures, such as diet, exercise, and weight reduction, have not improved cholesterol levels.[5]

Pleurotus ostreatus, the oyster mushroom, naturally contains up to 2.8% lovastatin on a dry weight basis.[15]

Structure

 

 

History

 Compactin and lovastatin, natural products with a powerful inhibitory effect on HMG-CoA reductase, were discovered in the 1970s, and taken into clinical development as potential drugs for lowering LDL cholesterol.

However, in 1980, trials with compactin were suspended for undisclosed reasons (rumoured to be related to serious animal toxicity). Because of the close structural similarity between compactin and lovastatin, clinical studies with lovastatin were also suspended, and additional animal safety studies initiated.

In 1982 some small-scale clinical investigations of lovastatin, a polyketide derived natural product isolated from Aspergillus terrus, in very high-risk patients were undertaken, in which dramatic reductions in LDL cholesterol were observed, with very few adverse effects. After the additional animal safety studies with lovastatin revealed no toxicity of the type thought to be associated with compactin, clinical studies resumed.

Large-scale trials confirmed the effectiveness of lovastatin. Observed tolerability continued to be excellent, and lovastatin was approved by the US FDA in 1987.

Lovastatin at its maximal recommended dose of 80 mg daily produced a mean reduction in LDL cholesterol of 40%, a far greater reduction than could be obtained with any of the treatments available at the time. Equally important, the drug produced very few adverse effects, was easy for patients to take, and so was rapidly accepted by prescribers and patients. The only important adverse effect is myopathy/rhabdomyolysis. This is rare and occurs with all HMG-CoA reductase inhibitors.

 Mechanism of action

Lovastatin is an inhibitor of 3-hydroxy-3methylglutaryl-coenzyme A reductase (HMG-CoA reductase), an enzyme which catalyzes the conversion of HMG-CoA to mevalonate. Mevalonate is a required building block for cholesterol biosynthesis and lovastatin interferes with its production by acting as a competitive inhibitor for HMG-CoA which binds to the HMG-CoA reductase. Lovastatin, being inactive in the native form, the form in which it is administered, is hydrolysed to the β-hydroxy acid form in the body and it is this form which is active. Presumably, the reductase acts on the hydrolyzed lovastatin to reduce the carboxylic acid moiety.

Discovery, Biochemistry and Biology

 It is now generally accepted that a major risk factor for the development of coronary heart disease is an elevated concentration of plasma cholesterol, especially lowdensity lipoprotein (LDL) cholesterol. The objective is to decrease excess levels of cholesterol to an amount consistent with maintainence of normal body function. Cholesterol is biosynthesized in a series of more than 25 separate enzymatic reactions that initially involves 3 successive condensations of acetyl-CoA units to form a 6-carbon compound, 3-hydroxy-3-methylglutaryl coenzyme A (HMG CoA). This is reduced to mevalonate and then converted in a series of reactions to the isoprenes that are building blocks of squalene, the immediate precursor to sterols, which cyclizes to lanosterol (a methylated sterol) and further metabolized to cholesterol. A number of early attempts to block the synthesis of cholesterol resulted in agents that inhibited late in the biosynthetic pathway between lanosterol and cholesterol. A major rate limiting step in the pathway is at the level of the microsomal enzyme which catalyzes the conversion of HMG CoA to mevalonic acd and which has been considered to be a prime target for pharmacologic intervention for several years.

            HMG CoA reductase occurs early in the biosynthetic pathway and is among the first commited steps to cholesterol formulation. Inhibition of this enzyme could lead to accumulation of HMG CoA, a water-soluble intermediate that is then capable of being readily metabolized that is then capable of being readily metabolized to simpler molecules. This inhibition of reductase would nto lead to accumulation of lipophylic intermediates having a formal sterol ring.

            Lovastatin is the first specific inhibitor of HMG CoA reductase to receive approval for the treatment of hypercholesterolemia. The first breakthrough in efforts to find a potent, specific, competitive inhibitor of HMG CoA reductase occurred in 1976 when Endo et al reported discovery of mevastatin, a highly functionalized fungal metabolite, isolated from cultures of  Penicillium citrium. Mevastatin was demonstrated to be an unusually potent inhibitor of the target enzyme and of cholesterol biosynthesis. Subsequent to the first reports describing mevastatin, efforts were initiated to search for other naturally occurring inhibitors oh HMG CoA reductase. This led to the discovery of a novel fungal metabolite – Lovastatin. The structure of Lovastatin was determined to be different from that of mevastatin by the presence of a 6 alphamethyl group in the hexahydronaphthalene ring.

Key points from the study of the Biosynthesis of Lovastatin :-

– Lovastatin is comprised of 2 polyketide chains derived from acetate that are 8- and 4-

  carbons long coupled in head to tail fashion.

– 6 alphamethyl group and the methyl group on the 4-carbon side chain are derived from

  the methyl group of methionine, and

– 6 alphamethyl group is added before closure of the rings.

This implies that lovastatin is a unique compound synthesized by A. terreus and that mevastatin is not an intermediate in its fornmation.

Cholesterol Biosynthetic Pathway

 

The HMG CoA reductase reaction

 

Biosynthesis — Diels-Alder Catalyzed Cyclization

            In vitro formation of a triketide lactone using a genetically-modified protein derived from 6-deoxyerythronolide B synthase has been demonstrated. The stereochemistry of the molecule supports the intriguing idea that an enzyme-catalyzed Diels-Alder reaction may occur during assembly of the polyketide chain. It thus appears that biological Diels-Alder reactions may be triggered by generation of reactive triene systems on an enzyme surface.

 

Biosynthesis – Using Broadly specific Acyltransferase

It has been found that a dedicated acyltransferase, LovD, is encoded in the lovastatin biosynthetic pathway. LovD has a broad substrate specificity towards the acyl carrier, the acyl substrate and the decalin acyl acceptor. It efficiently catalyzes the acyl transfer from coenzyme A thoesters or N-acetylcysteamine (SNAC) thioesters to monacolin J.

            The biosynthesis of Lovastatin is coordinated by two iterative type I polyketide synthases and numerous accessory enzymes. Nonketide, the intermediate biosynthetic precursor of Lovastatin, is assembeled by the upstream megasynthase LovB (also known as lovastatin nonaketide synthase), enoylreductase LovC, and CYP450 oxygenases. The five carbon unit side chain is synthesized by LovF (also known as lovastatin diketide synthase) through a single condensation diketide undergoes methylation and reductive tailoring by the individual LovF catalytic domains to yield an α-S-methylbutyryl thioester covalently attached to the phosphopantetheine arm on the acyl carrier protein (ACP) domain of LovF. Encoded in the gene cluster is a 46kDa protein, LovD, which was initially identified as an esterase homolog. LovD, which was initially identified as an esterase homolog. LovD was suggested to catalyze the last step of lovastatin biosynthesis that regioselectively transacylates the acyl group from LovF to the C8 hydroxyl group of the Nonaketide to yield Lovastatin. 

 

  

K. Auclair, A. Sutherland, J. Kennedy, D. J. Witter, J. P. Van den Heever, C. R. Hutchinson and J. C. Vederas, Lovastatin Nonaketide Synthase Catalyses An Intramolecular Diels-Alder Reaction Of A Substrate Analogue, J. Am. Chem. Soc., 2000, 122, 11519-11520. DOI: 10.1021/ja003216+

JACS(Lov2)

http://pubs.rsc.org/en/content/articlelanding/2013/np/c2np20069d/unauth#!divAbstract

196264.fig.002

http://www.hindawi.com/journals/bmri/2012/196264/#B30

  1. Z. Jia, X. Zhang, Y. Zhao, and X. Cao, “Enhancement of lovastatin production by supplementing polyketide antibiotics to the submerged culture of Aspergillus terreus,” Applied Biochemistry and Biotechnology, vol. 160, no. 7, pp. 2014–2025, 2010. 

Patent

https://www.google.com/patents/US6307066

PATENT

https://www.google.com/patents/WO2002009697A1?cl=en

https://www.google.com/patents/EP0625208B1?cl=en

Total Synthesis

A major bulk of work in the synthesis of Lovastatin was done by M. Hirama in the 1980’s. Hirama synthesized Compactin and used one of the intermediates to follow a different path to get to Lovastatin. The synthetic sequence is shown in the schemes below. The γ-lactone was synthesized using Yamada methodology starting with aspartic acid. Lactone opening was done using lithium methoxide in methanol and then silylation to give a separable mixture of the starting lactone and the silyl ether. The silyl ether on hydrogenolysis followed by Collins oxidation gave the aldehyde. Stereoselective preparation of (E,E)-diene was accomplished by addition of trans-crotyl phenyl sulfone anion, followed by quenching with Ac2O and subsequent reductive elimination of sulfone acetate. Condensation of this with Lithium anion of dimethyl methylphosphonate gave compound 1.Compound 2 was synthesized as shown in the scheme in the synthetic procedure. Compounds 1 and 2 were then combined together using 1.3eq sodium hydride in THF followed by reflux in chlorobenzene for 82 hrs under nitrogen to get the enone 3.

Simple organic reactions were used to get to Lovastatin as shown in the scheme.

 

 

 

 

Pharmacopoeia Information

Lovastatin tablets are preserved in well closed, light resistant containers. Protected from light and stored either in a cool place or at controlled room temperature.

Lovastatin tablets are tested for Dissolution and Assay as per the USP.

Limit for Dissolution – Not less than 80% (Q) of the labeled amount of Lovastatin is dissolved in 30 mins.

Limit for Assay – Each tablet contains not less than 90% and not more than 110% of the labeled amount of Lovastatin, tested by HPLC analysis.

Lovastatin raw material contains 5 impurities – A, B, C, D and E (as shown below).

 

 

Market brands and other analogues  

There are other derivatives of Lovastatin which possess cholesterol reducing activity. Simvastatin (Zocor®) is another statin closely related to Lovastatin, differing only by the presence of a methyl group in the butanoyl ester moiety. Both effective in lowering total cholesterol.

Another statin having vastly different structure but a popular drug – Atorvastatin (Lipitor®), administered as a calcium salt is a pyrrole derivative and a synthetic compound rather than a natural product.

NMR

  1 H NMR spectrum of lovastatin, 300 MHz, solvent CDCl 3 . 

STR1 str2 STR3

STR1 str2 STR3UV LOVASTATIN

Figure 6. The mean FT-IR spectra (the calibration set) and variables selected after application of UVE-PLS for modelling lovastatin (triangles) and wavenumbers for characteristic peaks for lovastatin IR spectrum (dots).

PATENT

https://www.google.com/patents/EP0702679B1?cl=en

Lovastatin is produced as a secondary metabolite of the fungusAspergillus terreus (US 4,231,938) deposited in American Type Culture Collection under Nos. ATCC 20541, ATCC 20542, and Monascus ruberdeposited in Fermentation Research Institute Agency of Industrial Science and Technology, Ministry of International Trade and Industry, Japan (DE 30 06 216 A1) under No. Ferm 4822. Other kinds of microorganisms producing lovastatin are known as well, e.g. a mutant of the microorganism Aspergillus terreus andAspergillus oryzae marked ATCC 74135.

Lovastatin is chemically 1′,2′,6′,7′,8a’-hexahydro-3,5-dihydroxy-2′,6′-dimethyl-8′-2″-methyl-1″-oxobutoxy)-1-naphtalene heptanoic acid-5-lactone (Stubbs et al., 1986) of the formula (EP 0 033 537 A1)

Figure 00010001

An active form of lovastatin is also an acid, which is chemically 1,2,6,8,8a-hexahydro-β,δ-dihydroxy-1-naphtalene heptanoic acid (Alberts et al., 1980) of the formula (EP 0 022 478 A1)

Figure 00020001

The lactone form of lovastatin is used as an agent for reducing cholesterol level in blood (Scott M.G. and Vega G.L, 1985). It inhibits the biosynthesis of mevalonic acid by inhibition of 3-hydroxy-3-methylglutaryl A reductase coenzyme (HMG-CoA reductase, E.C. 1.1.1.34) (Zubay et al., 1984).

Prior Art

After the completed fermentation, lovastatin is present in the broth in the lactone form (compound I) and in the acid form (compound II). In the isolation process as disclosed in EP 0 033 536 A2, lovastatin is extracted from the broth with ethyl acetate. The extract is concentrated by vacuum distillation. Since lovastatin is present in the lactone form as well as in the acid form and only the lactone is of commercial interest, the acid form should be converted into the lactone. The lactonisation is carried out by the reflux of the concentrate in toluene at 106 °C for 2 hours. After the lactonisation is complete, the solution is concentrated to a small volume. A pure substance is obtained by means of purifying the concentrate on columns packed with silica gel, in the presence of solvents such as ethyl acetate or n-hexane. The collected fractions are again concentrated in vacuo and then pure lovastatin crystallizes in the lactone form.

Due to the sophisticated multi-step procedure and vigorous conditions applied during the isolation, the yields of lovastatin are generally low. Different solvents, which in part exhibit toxicity, are used such as benzene, toluene, acetonitrile or ethyl acetate. Hence working with these solvents endangers the health of the persons involved and poses a problem with respect to the environment.

https://www.google.com/patents/EP0702679B1?cl=en

The structure was confirmed by IR spectroscopy (Fig.1), mass spectroscopy (Fig. 2), NMR (Fig. 3) and UV spectroscopy (Fig. 4).

STR1 str2

IR spectrum of lovastatin.IR spectrum of lovastatin.

 Lovastatin

Title: Lovastatin
CAS Registry Number: 75330-75-5
CAS Name: (2S)-2-Methylbutanoic acid (1S,3R,7S,8S,8aR)-1,2,3,7,8,8a-hexahydro-3,7-dimethyl-8-[2-[(2R,4R)-tetrahydro-4-hydroxy-6-oxo-2H-pyran-2-yl]ethyl]-1-naphthalenyl ester
Additional Names: (1S,3R,7S,8S,8aR)-1,2,3,7,8,8a-hexahydro-3,7-dimethyl-8-[2-[(2R,4R)-tetrahydro-4-hydroxy-6-oxo-2H-pyran-2-yl]ethyl]-1-naphthalenyl (S)-2-methylbutyrate; 1,2,6,7,8,8a-hexahydro-b,d-dihydroxy-2,6-dimethyl-8-(2-methyl-1-oxobutoxy)-1-naphthaleneheptanoic acid d-lactone; 2b,6a-dimethyl-8a-(2-methyl-1-oxobutoxy)mevinic acid lactone; mevinolin; 6a-methylcompactin; monacolin K
Manufacturers’ Codes: MK-803
Trademarks: Lovalip (Merck & Co.); Mevacor (Merck & Co.); Mevinacor (Merck & Co.); Mevlor (Merck & Co.); Sivlor (Sidus)
Molecular Formula: C24H36O5
Molecular Weight: 404.54
Percent Composition: C 71.26%, H 8.97%, O 19.77%
Literature References: Fungal metabolite; potent inhibitor of HMG-CoA reductase, the rate controlling enzyme in cholesterol biosynthesis. Isoln from Monascus ruber: A. Endo, J. Antibiot. 32, 852 (1979); from Aspergillus terreus: R. L. Monaghan et al., US4231938 (1980 to Merck & Co.). Structure and biochemical properties: A. W. Alberts et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 77, 3957 (1980). Total synthesis: M. Hirama, M. Iwashita, Tetrahedron Lett. 24, 1811 (1983). Review of syntheses: T. Rosen, C. H. Heathcock, Tetrahedron 42, 4909-4951 (1986). Biosynthesis: M. D. Greenspan, J. B. Yudkovitz, J. Bacteriol. 162, 704 (1985); R. N. Moore et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc. 107, 3694 (1985). HPLC determn in plasma and bile: R. J. Stubbs et al., J. Chromatogr. 383,438 (1986). Clinical pharmacology: S. M. Grundy, G. L. Vega, J. Lipid Res. 26, 1464 (1985). Clinical comparison with gemfibrozil,q.v.: M. J. Tikkanen et al., Am. J. Cardiol. 62, 35J (1988). Review of clinical experience: J. A. Tobert, Am. J. Cardiol. 62, 28J-34J (1988). Comprehensive description: G. S. Brenner et al., Anal. Profiles Drug Subs. Excip. 21, 277-305 (1992). Prevention of acute coronary events in men and women with average cholesterol levels: J. R. Downs et al., J. Am. Med. Ass

References

  1.  Neuvonen, PJ; Backman, JT; Niemi, M (2008). “Pharmacokinetic comparison of the potential over-the-counter statins simvastatin, lovastatin, fluvastatin and pravastatin.”. Clinical Pharmacokinetics. 47 (7): 463–74. doi:10.2165/00003088-200847070-00003. PMID 18563955.
  2.  . Gunde-Cimerman N; Cimerman A. (Mar 1995). “Pleurotus fruiting bodies contain the inhibitor of 3-hydroxy-3-methylglutaryl-coenzyme A reductase-lovastatin.”. Exp Mycol. 19 (1): 1–6.doi:10.1006/emyc.1995.1001. PMID 7614366.
  3. Jump up^ Liu J, Zhang J, Shi Y, Grimsgaard S, Alraek T, Fønnebø V (2006).“Chinese red yeast rice (Monascus purpureus) for primary hyperlipidemia: a meta-analysis of randomized controlled trials”.Chin Med. 1 (1): 4. doi:10.1186/1749-8546-1-4. PMC 1761143free to read.PMID 17302963.
  4. Jump up^ Zhao ZJ, Pan YZ, Liu QJ, Li XH (2013). “Exposure assessment of lovastatin in Pu-erh tea”. International Journal of Food Microbiology.164 (1): 26–31. doi:10.1016/j.ijfoodmicro.2013.03.018.PMID 23587710.
  5. ^ Jump up to:a b “Lovastatin”. The American Society of Health-System Pharmacists. Retrieved 3 April 2011.
  6. ^ Jump up to:a b “Mevacor, Altoprev (lovastatin) dosing, indications, interactions, adverse effects, and more”. Medscape Reference. WebMD. Retrieved 17 March 2014.
  7. ^ Jump up to:a b “Lovastatin”. MedlinePlus. U.S. National Library of Medicine. 15 June 2012. Retrieved 1 December 2012.
  8. Jump up^ “Lovastatin”. LactMed. U.S. National Library of Medicine. Retrieved 1 December 2012.
  9. Jump up^ Stöppler, Melissa. “Mevacor Side Effects Center”. RxList. Retrieved 1 December 2012.
  10. Jump up^ David G. Bailey, J. Malcolm, O. Arnold, J. David Spence (1998). “Grapefruit juice-drug interactions”. Br J Clin Pharmacol 46 (2): 101–110. doi:10.1046/j.1365-2125.1998.00764.x. PMC 1873672. PMID 9723817.
  11. Jump up^ Kantola T, Kivistö KT, Neuvonen PJ (Apr 1998). “Grapefruit juice greatly increases serum concentrations of lovastatin and lovastatin acid”. Clin Pharmacol Ther. 63 (4): 397–402. doi:10.1016/S0009-9236(98)90034-0. PMID 9585793.
  12. ^ Jump up to:a b Alberts AW (1998). “Discovery, biochemistry and biology of lovastatin”. The American Journal of Cardiology. 62 (15): 10J–15J.doi:10.1016/0002-9149(88)90002-1. PMID 3055919.
  13. Jump up^ Katz MS (2005). “Therapy insight: Potential of statins for cancer chemoprevention and therapy”. Nature Clinical Practice Oncology. 2(2): 82–9. doi:10.1038/ncponc0097. PMID 16264880.
  14. Jump up^ Rao S, Porter DC, Chen X, Herliczek T, Lowe M, Keyomarsi K (July 1999). “Lovastatin-mediated G1 arrest is through inhibition of the proteasome, independent of hydroxymethyl glutaryl-CoA reductase”. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 96 (14): 7797–802.doi:10.1073/pnas.96.14.7797. PMC 22141free to read. PMID 10393901.
  15. Jump up^ Alarcón J, Aguila S, Arancibia-Avila P, Fuentes O, Zamorano-Ponce E, Hernández M (Jan–Feb 2003). “Production and purification of statins from Pleurotus ostreatus (Basidiomycetes) strains”. Z Naturforsch C. 58 (1–2): 62–4. doi:10.1515/znc-2003-1-211.PMID 12622228.
  16. Jump up^ Vederas JC, Moore RN, Bigam G, Chan KJ (1985). “Biosynthesis of the hypocholesterolemic agent mevinolin by Aspergillus terreus. Determination of the origin of carbon, hydrogen and oxygen by 13C NMR and mass spectrometry”. J Am Chem Soc. 107 (12): 3694–701.doi:10.1021/ja00298a046.
  17. Jump up^ Alberts AW, Chen J, Kuron G, Hunt V, Huff J, Hoffman C, Rothrock J, Lopez M, Joshua H, Harris E, Patchett A, Monaghan R, Currie S, Stapley E, Albers-Schonberg G, Hensens O, Hirshfield J, Hoogsteen K, Liesch J, Springer J (July 1980). “Mevinolin: a highly potent competitive inhibitor of hydroxymethlglutaryl-coenzyme A reductase and a cholesterol-lowering agent”. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 77(7): 3957–61. doi:10.1073/pnas.77.7.3957. PMC 349746free to read.PMID 6933445.
  18. Jump up^ FDA Orange Book Detail for application N019643 showing approval for 20 mg tablets on Aug 31, 1987 and 40 mg tablets on Dec 14, 1988
  19. Jump up^ Endo, Akira (Oct 2004). “The origin of the statins”. Atheroscler. Suppl. 5 (3): 125–30.doi:10.1016/j.atherosclerosissup.2004.08.033. PMID 15531285.
  20. ^ Jump up to:a b Bobek P, Ozdín L, Galbavý S (1998). “Dose- and time-dependent hypocholesterolemic effect of oyster mushroom (Pleurotus ostreatus) in rats”. Nutrition. 14 (3): 282–6. doi:10.1016/S0899-9007(97)00471-1. PMID 9583372.
  21. Jump up^ Hossain S, Hashimoto M, Choudhury EK, et al. (July 2003). “Dietary mushroom (Pleurotus ostreatus) ameliorates atherogenic lipid in hypercholesterolaemic rats”. Clin Exp Pharmacol Physiol. 30(7): 470–5. doi:10.1046/j.1440-1681.2003.03857.x.PMID 12823261.
  22. Jump up^ Bobek P, Galbavý S (October 1999). “Hypocholesterolemic and antiatherogenic effect of oyster mushroom (Pleurotus ostreatus) in rabbits”. Nahrung. 43 (5): 339–42. doi:10.1002/(SICI)1521-3803(19991001)43:5<339::AID-FOOD339>3.0.CO;2-5.PMID 10555301.
  23. Jump up^ Opletal L, Jahodár L, Chobot V, et al. (December 1997). “Evidence for the anti-hyperlipidaemic activity of the edible fungus Pleurotus ostreatus”. Br. J. Biomed. Sci. 54 (4): 240–3. PMID 9624732.
  24. Jump up^ Bajaj M, Vadhera S, Brar AP, Soni GL (October 1997). “Role of oyster mushroom (Pleurotus florida) as hypocholesterolemic/antiatherogenic agent”. Indian J. Exp. Biol. 35(10): 1070–5. PMID 9475042.
  25. Jump up^ Bobek P, Ozdín L, Kuniak L, Hromadová M (March 1997). “[Regulation of cholesterol metabolism with dietary addition of oyster mushrooms (Pleurotus ostreatus) in rats with hypercholesterolemia]”.Cas. Lek. Cesk. (in Slovak). 136 (6): 186–90. PMID 9221192.
  26. Jump up^ Bobek P, Ozdín L, Kuniak L (August 1996). “Effect of oyster mushroom (Pleurotus Ostreatus) and its ethanolic extract in diet on absorption and turnover of cholesterol in hypercholesterolemic rat”.Nahrung. 40 (4): 222–4. doi:10.1002/food.19960400413.PMID 8810086.
  27. Jump up^ Bobek P, Ozdín O, Mikus M (1995). “Dietary oyster mushroom (Pleurotus ostreatus) accelerates plasma cholesterol turnover in hypercholesterolaemic rat”. Physiol Res. 44 (5): 287–91.PMID 8869262.
  28. Jump up^ Bobek P, Ozdin L, Kuniak L (1995). “The effect of oyster mushroom (Pleurotus ostreatus), its ethanolic extract and extraction residues on cholesterol levels in serum, lipoproteins and liver of rat”. Nahrung. 39(1): 98–9. doi:10.1002/food.19950390113. PMID 7898579.
  29. Jump up^ Bobek P, Ozdin L, Kuniak L (March 1994). “Mechanism of hypocholesterolemic effect of oyster mushroom (Pleurotus ostreatus) in rats: reduction of cholesterol absorption and increase of plasma cholesterol removal”. Z Ernahrungswiss. 33 (1): 44–50.doi:10.1007/BF01610577. PMID 8197787.
  30. Jump up^ Chorváthová V, Bobek P, Ginter E, Klvanová J (1993). “Effect of the oyster fungus on glycaemia and cholesterolaemia in rats with insulin-dependent diabetes”. Physiol Res. 42 (3): 175–9.PMID 8218150.
  31. Jump up^ Bobek P, Ginter E, Jurcovicová M, Kuniak L (1991). “Cholesterol-lowering effect of the mushroom Pleurotus ostreatus in hereditary hypercholesterolemic rats”. Ann. Nutr. Metab. 35 (4): 191–5.doi:10.1159/000177644. PMID 1897899.
  32. Jump up^ Khatun K, Mahtab H, Khanam PA, Sayeed MA, Khan KA (January 2007). “Oyster mushroom reduced blood glucose and cholesterol in diabetic subjects”. Mymensingh Med J. 16 (1): 94–9.doi:10.3329/mmj.v16i1.261. PMID 17344789.
  33. Jump up^ “FDA bans red yeast rice product” by Michael McCarthy, The Lancet, Volume 351, Issue 9116, Page 1637, 30 May 1998
  34. Jump up^ Cholesterol Treatment Upheld, The New York Times, February 18, 1999
  35. Jump up^ Coronary heart disease: MedLine Plus Medical Encyclopedia
  36. Jump up^ Endo, Akira; Kuroda M.; Tsujita Y. (December 1976). “ML-236A, ML-236B, and ML-236C, new inhibitors of cholesterogenesis produced by Penicillium citrinium”. Journal of Antibiotics (Tokyo). 29(12): 1346–8. doi:10.7164/antibiotics.29.1346. PMID 1010803.
  37. Jump up^ Witter, DJ; Vederas, JC (1996). “Putative Diels-Alder catalyzed cyclization during the biosynthesis of lovastatin”. J Org Chem. 61 (8): 2613–23. doi:10.1021/jo952117p. PMID 11667090.
  38. Jump up^ Hirama M, Vet M (1982). “A chiral total synthesis of compactin”. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 104 (15): 4251. doi:10.1021/ja00379a037.
  39. Jump up^ Hirama M, Iwashita; Iwashita, Mitsuko (1983). “Synthesis of (+)-Mevinolin starting from Naturally occurring building blocks and using an asymmetry inducing reaction”. Tetrahedron Lett. 24 (17): 1811–1812. doi:10.1016/S0040-4039(00)81777-3.
  40. Jump up^ Javernik S, Kreft S, Strukelj B, Vrecer F (2001). “Oxidation of lovastatin in the solid state and its stabilization with natural antioxidants”. Die Pharmazie. 56 (9): 738–40. PMID 11593996.
  41. Jump up^ Hartig K, Beck E (2005). “Assessment of lovastatin application as tool in probing cytokinin-mediated cell cycle regulation”. Physiologia Plantarum. 125 (2): 260–267. doi:10.1111/j.1399-3054.2005.00556.x.
Lovastatin
Lovastatin.svg
Lovastatin3Dan.gif
Systematic (IUPAC) name
(1S,3R,7S,8S,8aR)-8-{2-[(2R,4R)-4-Hydroxy-6-oxooxan-2-yl]ethyl}-3,7-dimethyl-1,2,3,7,8,8a-hexahydronaphthalen-1-yl (2S)-2-methylbutanoate
Clinical data
Trade names Mevacor
AHFS/Drugs.com Monograph
MedlinePlus a688006
Pregnancy
category
  • US: X (Contraindicated)
Routes of
administration
Oral
Legal status
Legal status
Pharmacokinetic data
Bioavailability <5%[1]
Protein binding >98%[1]
Metabolism Hepatic (CYP3A andCYP2C8 substrate)[1]
Biological half-life 2–5 hours[1]
Excretion Faeces (83%), urine (10%)[1]
Identifiers
CAS Number 75330-75-5 Yes
ATC code C10AA02 (WHO)
PubChem CID 53232
IUPHAR/BPS 2739
DrugBank DB00227 Yes
ChemSpider 48085 Yes
UNII 9LHU78OQFD Yes
KEGG D00359 Yes
ChEBI CHEBI:40303 Yes
ChEMBL CHEMBL503 Yes
Synonyms Monacolin K, Mevinolin
Chemical data
Formula C24H36O5
Molar mass 404.54 g/mol

////////////////


Filed under: Uncategorized Tagged: Lovastatin

MICONAZOLE NITRATE , Миконазол , ミコナゾール硝酸塩

$
0
0

Miconazole            C18H14Cl4N2O    416.13             [22916478]

Miconazole Nitrate            C18H14Cl4N2O.HNO3              479.14             [22832877]

ミコナゾール硝酸塩 JP16
Miconazole Nitrate

C18H14Cl4N2O▪HNO3 : 479.14
[22832-87-7]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


click on above image for clear view











MORE GRAPHS

13C






1D 1H, n/a spectrum for Miconazole

2D [1H,1H]-TOCSY  BELOW

2D [1H,1H]-TOCSY, n/a spectrum for Miconazole

1D DEPT90

1D DEPT90, n/a spectrum for Miconazole

1D DEPT135

1D DEPT135, n/a spectrum for Miconazole

 

2D [1H,13C]-HSQC

2D [1H,13C]-HSQC, n/a spectrum for Miconazole

2D [1H,13C]-HMBC

2D [1H,13C]-HMBC, n/a spectrum for Miconazole

2D [1H,1H]-COSY

2D [1H,1H]-COSY, n/a spectrum for Miconazole

2D [1H,13C]-HMQC

2D [1H,13C]-HMQC, n/a spectrum for Miconazole
Miconazole is an imidazole antifungal agent, developed by Janssen Pharmaceutica, commonly applied topically to the skin or tomucous membranes to cure fungal infections. It works by inhibiting the synthesis of ergosterol, a critical component of fungal cell membranes. It can also be used against certain species of Leishmania protozoa which are a type of unicellular parasites that also contain ergosterol in their cell membranes. In addition to its antifungal and antiparasitic actions, it also has some antibacterialproperties. It is marketed in various formulations under various brand names.

Miconazole is also used in Ektachrome film developing in the final rinse of the Kodak E-6 process and similar Fuji CR-56 process, replacing formaldehydeFuji Hunt also includes miconazole as a final rinse additive in their formulation of the C-41RA rapid access color negative developing process.
It is on the World Health Organization’s List of Essential Medicines, the most important medications needed in a basic health system.[1]

ALTERNATIVE ROUTES beginning with the racemic raw material will likely be more costly or more time-consuming to develop, Cox says. Crystallization might be tricky because the stereogenic center does not have a group that can readily undergo acid-base chemistry. Catalytic asymmetric chemistry will necessitate converting the raw material to an appropriate substrate and identifying effective, as well as usable, chemical catalysts or biocatalysts.
What happens to the unwanted enantiomer also depends on the economics. Reracemizing and feeding the racemate back into the process is ideal but not always practical. In the miconazole case, the raw material costs $32 per kg. It is unlikely that reracemizing would be less costly in this example, Cox explains.
People should not forget that the goal of chiral technologies–enantiopure product–also may be achieved with chemistry that already exists, notes David R. Dodds, founder of Dodds & Associates LLC, Manlius, N.Y., a consulting service for biotechnology and chemical companies. Process chemists seek the most robust, most productive, and least expensive synthetic route and aim to find it as fast as possible. Any reaction that can help reach this goal is useful. It is the overall process cost that will dictate which reactions will be used. And that cost covers not only reagents but also waste streams, utilities, equipment use, unit operations, and downstream requirements. Thus, it may be more commercially attractive to replace an elegant but expensive single reaction with several more mundane ones that have a lower total cost, he says. Such a situation is likely to arise when an asymmetric step requires an expensive chiral catalyst or chiral auxiliary.

Brief background information

 

Salt ATC Formula MM CAS
A01AB09 
A07AC01 
D01AC02 
G01AF04 
J02AB01 
S02AA13
18 H 14 Cl 4 N 2 O 416.14 g / mol 22916-47-8
mononitrate A01AB09 
A07AC01 
D01AC02 
G01AF04 
J02AB01 
S02AA13
18 H 14 Cl 4 N 2 O ⋅ HNO 3 479.15 g / mol 22832-87-7

Using

 

  • antifungal agent for topical use
  • antimycotic agent

Classes substance

 

  • Imidazoles, 1- (hlorfenetil) imidazoles

synthesis Way

 

Synthesis of a)

trade names

 

A country Tradename Manufacturer
Germany Castellani Hollborn
Daktar McNeil
Derma-Mikotral Rosen Pharma
Fungur HEXAL
Gyno-Daktar Janssen-Cilag, 1974
Gyno-Mikotral Rosen Pharma
Infektozoor Mundgel Infectopharm
Mikobeta betapharm
Mikotar Dermapharm
Mikoderm Engelhard
Mikotin Ardeypharm
Vobamik Almirall Hermal
France Daktapin Janssen-Cilag
Gyno-Daktapin Janssen-Cilag
Loramik Bioalliance
United Kingdom Gyno-Daktapin Janssen-Cilag
Italy Daktapin Janssen-Cilag
Mikonal Ecobi
Mikotef LPB
Miderm Mendelejeff
Nizakol PS Pharma
Pivanazolo Medestea
Prilagin Sofar
Japan Florid Mochida
USA Fungoid Pedinol
Ukraine GІNEZOL 7 Sagmel, Іnk., USA
MІKONAZOL-Darnitsa CJSC “Farmatsevtichna FIRMA” Darnitsa “, m. Kyiv, Ukraine
MІKOGEL BAT “Kiїvmedpreparat”, m. Kyiv, Ukraine
various generic drugs

Formulations

 

  • ampoule 200 mg / 20 ml;
  • cream 1%, 2 g / 100 g 20 mg / g;
  • losyon 1%;
  • ointment 1%;
  • 2% oral gel;
  • Powder 2 g / 100 g 20 mg / g (in the form mononitrate);
  • solution of 20 mg / ml;
  • 100 mg suppositories;
  • Tablets of 250 mg (free base form);
  • vaginal cream 20 mg / g;
  • bottles of 400 mg / 40 ml

references

 

  1. Synthesis of a)
    • DAS 1,940,388 (Janssen; appl 8.8.1969;. USA-prior 19.8.1968, 23.7.1969.).
    • US 3,717,655 (Janssen; 20.2.1973; appl 19.8.1968.).
    • US 3,839,574 (Janssen; 1.10.1974; prior 23.7.1969.).

Miconazole nitrate was prepared by Godefori et
al
[5­
7]. Imidazole 1 was coupled with
brominated 2,4‑dichloroacetophenone 2 and the resulting ketonic product 3
was reduced with sodium borohydride to its corresponding alcohol 4. The
latter compound 4 was then coupled with 2,4-dichlorotoluene by sodium borohydride
in hexamethylphosphoramide (an aprotic solvent) which was then extracted with
nitric acid to give miconazole nitrate.

 

 

2-     Miconazole was also
prepared by Molina Caprile [8] as follows:
Phenyl methyl ketone 1 was brominated to give
1-phenyl-2-bromoethanone 2. Compound 2 was treated with
methylsulfonic acid to yield the corresponding methylsulfonate 3.
Etherification of 3 gave the a‑benzyloxy derivative 4 and compound 4 was
then chlorinated to give the 2,4‑dichlorinated derivative in both aromatic ring
systems 5. Compound 5 reacted with imidazole in dimethylformamide
to give miconazole 6 [7] which is converted to miconazole nitrate.

 

3-     Ye
et al reported that the reduction of 2,4-dichlorophenyl-2-chloroethanone
1 with potassium borohydride in dimethylformamide to give 90% a‑chloromethyl-2,4-dichlorobenzyl
alcohol 2. Alkylation of imidazole with compound 2 in dimethyl­formamide
in the presence of sodium hydroxide and triethylbenzyl ammonium chloride, gave
1-(2,4‑dichlorophenyl-2-imidazolyl)ethanol 3 and etherification of 3
with 2,4-dichlorobenzyl chloride under the same condition, 62% yield of
miconazole [9].
4-     Liao
and Li enantioselectively synthesized and studied the antifungal activity of
optically active miconazole and econazole. The key step was the
enantioselective reduction of 2‑chloro-1-(2,4-dichlorophenyl)ethanone catalyzed
by chiral oxazaborolidine [10].
5-     Yanez
et al reported the synthesiz of miconazole and analogs through a
carbenoid intermediate. The process involves the intermolecular insertion of
carbenoid species to imidazole from a‑diazoketones with copper acetylacetonate as the key
reaction of the synthetic route [11].
5-11 as 1-7
1.             E.F. Godefori and J. Heeres, Ger. Pat. 1,940,388
(1970).
2.
E.F. Godefori and J. Heeres, U.S. Pat. 3,717,655
(1973).
3.
E.F. Godefori, J. Heeres, J. van Cutsem and P.A.J.
Janssen, J. Med. Chem., 12, 784 (1969).
4.
F. Molina Caprile, Spanish Patent ES 510870 A1
(1983).
5.
B. Ye, K. Yu and Q. Huang, Zhongguo Yiyao Gongye
Zazhi
, 21, 56 (1990).
6.
Y.W. Liao and H.X. Li, Yaoxue Xuebao, 28,
22 (1993).
7.
E.C. Yanez, A.C. Sanchez, J.M.S. Becerra, J.M.
Muchowski and C.R. Almanza, Revista de la Sociedad Quimica de Mexico, 48,
49 (2004).

MiconazoleTitle: Miconazole

CAS Registry Number: 22916-47-8
CAS Name: 1-[2-(2,4-Dichlorophenyl)-2-[(2,4-dichlorophenyl)methoxy]ethyl]-1H-imidazole
Additional Names: 1-[2,4-dichloro-b-[(2,4-dichlorobenzyl)oxy]phenethyl]imidazole
Molecular Formula: C18H14Cl4N2O
Molecular Weight: 416.13
Percent Composition: C 51.95%, H 3.39%, Cl 34.08%, N 6.73%, O 3.84%
Literature References: Prepn: E. F. Godefroi et al., J. Med. Chem. 12, 784 (1969); E. F. Godefroi, J. Heeres, DE 1940388;eidem, US 3717655 (1970, 1973 to Janssen). Clinical evaluation: Brugmans et al., Arch. Dermatol. 102, 428 (1970); Godts et al.,Arzneim.-Forsch. 21, 256 (1971). Review: P. Janssen, W. Van Bever, in Pharmacological and Biochemical Properties of Drug Substances vol. 2, M. E. Goldberg, Ed. (Am. Pharm. Assoc., Washington, DC, 1979) pp 333-354; R. C. Heel et al., Drugs 19, 7-30 (1980).
Derivative Type: Nitrate
CAS Registry Number: 22832-87-7
Manufacturers’ Codes: R-14889
Trademarks: Aflorix (Gramon); Albistat (Ortho); Andergin (ISOM); Brentan (Janssen); Conoderm (C-Vet); Conofite (Mallinckrodt); Daktar (Janssen); Daktarin (Janssen); Deralbine (Andromaco); Dermonistat (Ortho); Epi-Monistat (Cilag); Florid (Mochida); Fungiderm (Janssen); Fungisdin (Isdin); Gyno-Daktarin (Janssen); Gyno-Monistat (Cilag-Chemie); Micatin (J & J); Miconal Ecobi (Ecobi); Micotef (LPB); Monistat (Cilag-Chemie); Prilagin (Gambar); Vodol (Andromaco)
Molecular Formula: C18H14Cl4N2O.HNO3
Molecular Weight: 479.14
Percent Composition: C 45.12%, H 3.16%, Cl 29.60%, N 8.77%, O 13.36%
Properties: Crystals, mp 170.5° (Godefroi, Heeres, 1970); 184-185° (Godefroi).
Melting point: mp 170.5° (Godefroi, Heeres, 1970); 184-185° (Godefroi)
Derivative Type: (+)-Form nitrate
Properties: mp 135.3°. [a]D20 +59° (methanol).
Melting point: mp 135.3°
Optical Rotation: [a]D20 +59° (methanol)
Derivative Type: (-)-Form nitrate
Properties: mp 135°. [a]D20 -58° (methanol).
Melting point: mp 135°
Optical Rotation: [a]D20 -58° (methanol)
Therap-Cat: Antifungal (topical).
Therap-Cat-Vet: Antifungal (topical).
Keywords: Antifungal (Synthetic); Imidazoles.

References

  1. Jump up^ “WHO Model List of EssentialMedicines” (PDF)World Health Organization. October 2013. Retrieved 22 April 2014.
  2. Jump up^ British National Formulary ’45’ March 2003
  3. Jump up^ “Strange Beauty: Monistat Effectively Increases Hair Growth?”. Black Girl With Long Hair. Retrieved 12 April 2012.
  4. Jump up^ Ju, Jiang; Tsuboi, Ryoji; Kojima, Yuko; Ogawa, Hideoki (2005). “Topical application of ketoconazole stimulates hair growth in C3H/HeN mice”Journal of dermatology32: 243–247.
  5. Jump up^ S., Venturoli; O. Marescalchi; F. M. Colombo; S. Macrelli; B. Ravaioli; A. Bagnoli; R. Paradisi; C. Flamigni (April 1999). “A Prospective Randomized Trial Comparing Low Dose Flutamide, Finasteride, Ketoconazole, and Cyproterone Acetate-Estrogen Regimens in the Treatment of Hirsutism”The Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism84 (4): 1304–1310. doi:10.1210/jc.84.4.1304. Retrieved 12 April 2012.
  6. Jump up^ Duret C, Daujat-Chavanieu M, Pascussi JM, Pichard-Garcia L, Balaguer P, Fabre JM, Vilarem MJ, Maurel P, Gerbal-Chaloin S (2006). “Ketoconazole and miconazole are antagonists of the human glucocorticoid receptor: consequences on the expression and function of the constitutive androstane receptor and the pregnane X receptor”. Mol. Pharmacol70 (1): 329–39. doi:10.1124/mol.105.022046PMID 16608920.
  7. Jump up^ Najm, Fadi J.; Madhavan, Mayur; Zaremba, Anita; Shick, Elizabeth; Karl, Robert T.; Factor, Daniel C.; Miller, Tyler E.; Nevin, Zachary S.; Kantor, Christopher (2015-01-01).“Drug-based modulation of endogenous stem cells promotes functional remyelination in vivo”Nature522 (7555). doi:10.1038/nature14335.
  8. Jump up^ United States Patent 5461068

External links

Medical

Photographic

 

Miconazole
Miconazole2DCSD.svg
Miconazole ball-and-stick.png
Systematic (IUPAC) name
(RS)-1-(2-(2,4-Dichlorobenzyloxy)-2-(2,4-dichlorophenyl)ethyl)-1H-imidazole
Clinical data
Trade names Desenex, Monistat, Zeasorb-AF
AHFS/Drugs.com Monograph
MedlinePlus a601203
Pregnancy
category
  • AU: A
  • US: C (Risk not ruled out)
  • In Australia, it is category A when used topically. In the US, the pregnancy category is C for oral and topical treatment.
Routes of
administration
topicalvaginalsublabial,oral
Legal status
Legal status
  • AU: S2 (Pharmacy only)
  • UK: POM (Prescription only)
  • US: OTC
  • Schedule 2 in Australia for topical formulations, schedule 3 (Aus) for vaginal use and for oral candidiasis, otherwise schedule 4 in Australia
Pharmacokinetic data
Bioavailability n/a
Metabolism n/a
Biological half-life n/a
Excretion n/a
Identifiers
CAS Number 22916-47-8 Yes
ATC code A01AB09 (WHO)A07AC01 (WHO)D01AC02 (WHO)G01AF04 (WHO)J02AB01 (WHO)S02AA13 (WHO)
PubChem CID 4189
IUPHAR/BPS 2449
DrugBank DB01110 Yes
ChemSpider 4044 Yes
UNII 7NNO0D7S5M Yes
KEGG D00416 Yes
ChEBI CHEBI:6923 Yes
ChEMBL CHEMBL91 Yes
Chemical data
Formula C18H14Cl4N2O
Molar mass 416.127 g/mol
Chirality Racemic mixture

Day 2 of the 2016 Doodle Fruit Games! Find out more at g.co/fruit

DRUG APPROVALS BY DR ANTHONY MELVIN CRASTO …..FOR BLOG HOME CLICK HERE

 

Join me on Linkedin

View Anthony Melvin Crasto Ph.D's profile on LinkedIn

Join me on Facebook FACEBOOK

Join me on twitterFollow amcrasto on Twitter
Join me on google plus Googleplus

 amcrasto@gmail.com

Day 3 of the 2016 Doodle Fruit Games! Find out more at g.co/fruit
///////////


Filed under: GENERICS, Uncategorized Tagged: ミコナゾール硝酸塩, Миконазол, MICONAZOLE NITRATE
Viewing all 2871 articles
Browse latest View live


<script src="https://jsc.adskeeper.com/r/s/rssing.com.1596347.js" async> </script>